Didactic Katalog 07 en Monitor

F
e
s
t
o

D
i
d
a
c
t
i
c

2
0
0
8
www.festo-didactic.com
5
3

0
8
4

E
N

2
0
0
8

F
e
s
t
o

D
i
d
a
c
t
i
c

G
m
b
H

&

C
o
.

K
G
Festo Didactic 2008
10
Festo Didactic
Your ideal partner for vocational and further training
1
Learning, knowledge and education are major themes of this century
Festo Didactic brings over 40 years experience to the table when develop-
ing solutions for fast learning and successful retention for the entire spectrum
of automation and technology. This expertise and experience puts us in a key
position in the market of the future. Demand for training will continue to grow
rapidly. And thats why we have set ourselves the goal of making learning ever
more efficient. A great challenge for us. A great partner for you.
Everything from a single source
The Learning System for Automation includes all current automation topics in
its product range: pneumatics, electropneumatics, hydraulics, electrohydrau-
lics, electronics, sensors, robotics, CNC technology, PLC and fieldbus technol-
ogy, manufacturing technology and process engineering as well as mechatron-
ics.
From fundamentals to a complete training centre
From basic training packages and technology-specific courses right through
to the planning, control and handling of complex networked CIM systems and
complete, fully furnished learning centres we have created a world of learn-
ing for you which is tailored to your personal needs for efficient study and
guaranteed learning success.
Your partner, worldwide
We speak your language! And were just around the corner in more than
100 countries around the world. Well gladly visit you at your office or home
whether you want to book courses or buy software, books or other products.
Or perhaps you want to use the extensive range of online services were just
a mouse click away!
The Internet marketplace for education and training.
2
Content
3
Media ............................................................................................................ 10
Software ......................................................................................................... 12
Courseware ..................................................................................................... 37
Laboratory equipment ................................................................................... 60
Workstation systems.......................................................................................64
Training packages ...........................................................................................74
Robotino
The new learning system Learning with robots .................... 144

Mechatronics and production automation ................................................... 154
MPS
The Modular Production System .......................................................156

iCIM Professional CIM training ....................................................................235
MicroFMS CNC and robot technology similar to industry ............................244
MultiFMS Learning platform with MPS
, transport system, CNC .................251

Process automation ..................................................................................... 258
MPS
PA The new learning system for process automation ........................264

Compact Workstation ....................................................................................280
AFB factory hybrid production ..................................................................... 284
Quality with a certificate ...................................................................................4
Service with Value added .................................................................................. 6
Training and Consulting .................................................................................... 8
Index alphabetical .........................................................................................302
Index numerical ............................................................................................308
Festo worldwide ............................................................................................312
4
Quality with a certificate
5
Prized quality
The quality of training concepts, the
quality of the product and the com-
pany processes are integral parts of
innovation. As the leading supplier
of automation technology worldwide
we offer you guaranteed quality.
However, the best training concepts
are of little value if the products do
not meet the demands of everyday
practice.
Here too, we guarantee 100%
quality:
Festo Didactics training systems
and components meet the require-
ments of all the relevant standards
and guidelines such as DIN/ISO
and VDE.
Only industrial components are
employed.
Festo Didactic is DIN EN ISO 9001
quality certified.
Our training and project compe-
tence has been awarded the title
SIMATIC Solution Provider by Sie-
mens.
Our customers opinions are im-
portant to us. Thats why we regu-
larly commission customer surveys
via the economic research institute
TNS Infratest.
Festo Didactic is to be awarded the
Worlddidac Quality Charter certifi-
cate for excellence in products and
services in the area of training.
The training hardware and study ma-
terials conform to the latest teaching
requirements and perspectives.
The awards speak for themselves:
Robotino

reddot Design Award 2006
Worlddidac Award 2006
Learnline
Winner of international design
prizes:
iF product design award 2006
Focus design award in Silver 2005
COSIMIR
Robotics
Nominated for:
digita award 2001
Futurion

digita award 2000
FluidSIM

digita award 1996
MPS


The GIobaI TRI*M Centre
certiIies herewith, that

Festo Didactic GmbH & Co.KG
has successIully measured

Customer Retention 2004
and developed action plans

with TRI*M, the Stakeholder Management System
to increase Customer Retention, Employee Commitment
and Corporate Reputation.

Dr. Jo Scharioth Norma van den Berk
Global Director Key Account Manager
6
Service with Value added
7
We have defined Value added
for you
Festo Didactic is your partner in vo-
cational and further training. We
measure our success by your satis-
faction which is why we are con-
stantly striving to optimize our
products and services to meet your
needs.
At your side
We speak your language! And were
just around the corner in more than
100 countries around the world.
Swap shop
If a part is faulty after years of serv-
ice and you need an urgent re-
placement: no problem. Our replace-
ment service offers to replace your
part within a few days for a moder-
ate charge. Ask about it!
24-month warranty
Our quality pays off. Thats why all
of our products with the exception
of parts subject to wear come with
a 24-month warranty. Well be there
for you when you need us even
years later.
The Internet marketplace for
schools and vocational training:
All you need is access to the Inter-
net and a web browser to have a
look around, to order products or to
access our extensive range of serv-
ices. We are at your service around
the clock.
Create your customised three-
dimensional training lab with
VRLAb 2.
The software for this is now available
free of charge on the DVD Interac-
tive Guide or you can download it
at www.festo-didactic.com.
8
Training and Consulting
9
Consistently value-oriented
Festo Training and Consulting:
40 years of experience in the field of
training and 20 years of experience
in process optimisation.
In various projects in over 53 coun-
tries worldwide, we have proved that
we can successfully set up conver-
sion processes together with our
customers.
All the solutions we propose have
been introduced and tested within
the Festo organisation, and are con-
tinuously being developed.
Training
Seminars, workshops and business
games. Open or in-house seminars.
The constant focus is on practical
application and learning, using real
products and learning factories.
Because individual success in learn-
ing is measurable, rapid implemen-
tation in day-to-day working is a key
quality characteristic.
Topics
People
Problem solving processes
Moderation of teams
Communicating efficiently
Intercultural skills
Technology
Pneumatics, hydraulics
Control technology
PLC technology, robotics
Sensors, control technology
Organisation
Process optimisation
Pulling manufacture
Plant efficiency and set-up opti-
misation
Value flow analysis
Target engineering

Qualification programmes
Certified qualification programmes
for technical and management per-
sonnel.
Practical examples and case stud-
ies from the business environment of
the participants promote individual
success in learning and the imple-
mentation of the learned material in
the company.
Certificates
Masters
Accredited Masters degree courses
in cooperation with leading higher
education institutions, e.g. Engineer-
ing Management
Manager
Qualification programs for special-
ists and managers in industrial com-
panies focussed on industrial man-
agement, e.g. General Business
Expert
Specialist know-how aimed at build-
ing expertise within the company,
e.g. production systems, target en-
gineering, change management, hu-
man resource strategies
Consulting
Identifying and optimising value-cre-
ating processes.
We jointly track the progression of a
product through your company al-
ways keeping our eyes on the goal
of maintaining procedural efficiency
and avoiding wastefulness.
Experienced consultants will em-
ploy methods and tools being used
by world-wide leaders and at Fes-
to. With the goal of achieving de-
fined objectives together. That is
the benchmark we have set for our-
selves.
Processes
Product development
Lean production
Procurement and logistics
Marketing and sales
Strategy for growth
Project Management
CIP
Leadership and teamwork
All information, dates, loca-
tions and prices can be found
on the Internet:
10
Media
11
Software ........................................................................................................ 12
Digital training programs ................................................................................ 13
Corporate strategic plan simulations ..............................................................24
Simulating ....................................................................................................... 25
FluidSIM
Designing/Simulating ..................................................................... 26
COSIMIR
Simulating systems and virtual learning environment .................... 28

Programming software ....................................................................................34
Visualisation software ..................................................................................... 36
Courseware .................................................................................................... 37
Pneumatics ..................................................................................................... 38
Hydraulics .......................................................................................................44
Sensors ........................................................................................................... 50
Elektronics/PLC ............................................................................................... 51
Mechatronics/Handling technology ................................................................ 55
Metal technology/CNC technology .................................................................. 58
Working material ............................................................................................. 59
12
Excellent solutions for ...
learning and teaching
programming
experimentation
simulation
visualisation
management
play
operation and observation
... and more in digital format.
Software from Festo Didactic

13
Digital training programs: Knowledge delivered brilliantly
Freedom for the tutor and
motivation for the pupil
Media Software Digital training programs
Outstanding didactic and multi-me-
dia training content
Freedom to choose from attend-
ance training, due to self-study
phases
Customised learning scenarios
Feature-packed, with functions
such as glossary, search, notepad
Used in Classroom Manager
Integration into training concepts
via other formats (Word, Excel,
PDF, etc.)
Participant management
Progress monitoring and certifi-
cation
Training programs optionally of-

fered as:
CD-ROM
Licence for local networks (on re-
quest)
Web-based training (WBT) for
Classroom Manager
For installation on one of your
servers
For use over the Internet (on re-
quest)
If you have other wishes, we can

provide you with a quotation for an
e-learning solution tailored to your
needs. We will be glad to advise
you on all phases from conception
through to the installation of com-
plete learning management systems.
14
Order online at: www.festo-didactic.com
Classroom Manager Administration, Evaluation
200 User DE/EN/ES/FR/EL 550804
1000 User DE/EN/ES/FR/EL 550805
Structuring and delivering digital
training aids in a simple manner.
Aids to everyday practice:
You can compile your personal
training aids library from exist-
ing and new digital training me-
dia (Word, Excel, Powerpoint, PDF,
WBT, JPG, etc.).
From the digital training aids you
can quickly produce custom cours-
es.
The course structure maps out
your training concept with a time
frame, attendance courses, train-
ing aids, access requirements, cer-
tificates and a range of communi-
cations facilities.
As the tutor, you have a con-
stant overview of your trainees
progress.
You can make the structured
knowledge available to specific
colleagues based on access privi-
leges. You decide who can access
what.
Ordering information
Classroom Manager (with up to
200 named registered users on 20
workstations simultaneously), CD-
ROM with installation instructions.
Classroom Manager (with up to
1000 named registered users on
100 workstations simultaneous-
ly), CD-ROM with installation in-
structions. General academic and
trade schools can use this version
of Classroom Manager for 2000
named registered users on 200
workstations simultaneously.
Classroom Manager service pack-
age (1-day installation support,
induction and training on-site in
Germany)
System requirements
Windows operating system: at
least Windows 2000 Server (Web
Edition)
Administrator rights are essential
to carry out installation.
In addition to Classroom Manag-
er, the following free open-source
components, bundled in the instal-
lation package, must be installed:
Apache 2.x, MySQL 4.x or 5.x, PHP
4.x, Zend Optimizer
The ports required by the standard
installation are ports 80 (Apache)
and 3306 (MySQL).
The hardware should be an Intel/
AMD x86 or x86-64 platform. No
minimum requirements for CPU,
memory or hard disk.
15
Soft skills
with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR
Order no. 549767
with network licence connector DE/EN/
ES/FR
Order no. 549771
Time management
Optimise the way you manage your
most valuable asset. Create new
freedom, thus generating more ener-
gy for new things.
In this training program you have
the chance to achieve an extremely
high return. The time commitment
is around 60 minutes; the time you
save could be many times more. In
two modules, you will learn the ba-
sics of time management and how to
apply it to your everyday work.
Content extracts:
Basics
The time phenomenon
Goal-oriented working
Time robbers
Biorhythms
Day planning
Limits of time management
Application to everyday practice
Goals and tasks
Definition as per S.M.A.R.T.
Setting priorities
Pareto principle
ABC0 analysis
Workplace organisation
ALPEN method
Training time: approx. 1 hour

Order no. 549759
ES/FR
Order no. 549763
Internet search
Give yourself an advantage by learn-
ing quick and easy ways to search
for relevantinformation on the World
Wide Web.
In two modules, you will learn to uti-
lise the Internet effectively as anin-
formation resource and to use search
methods and tools.
Content extracts:
The Internet as an information
resource
The right preparation
The difference between catalogues
and search engines
Search terms and logic operations
Logic operations
Using filters
Tools and methods
Search processes
Goal description
Consolidation circle
Relevance of search results
Verification of search results
Making content available

Order no. 540905
ES/FR
Order no. 540907
Project management
Successfully manage complex tech-
nical projects and systems.
Your investment in a learning time of
around 60 minutes will be rewarded
many times over by a high degree of
professionalism and safety in project
management. In three modules, you
will learn the key basics and get lots
of practical tips and help for project
practice.
Content extracts:
Basics
What is a project?
Project plan
Project organisation
Project documentation
Project practice
Analysis
Structuring
Timetable
Resources
Organisation
Documentation
Management aids
4-rooms method
S.M.A.R.T.
Project structure plan
Work parcels and milestones
Network diagrams
Successive planning
Cost and time commitment plan-
ning
Scheduling and capacity planning
E.g. single licence on CD-ROM

16
All learning programs on CD-ROM or as a WBT version, also for installation on networks and learning management systems with as many licences as you need.
The fascination of technology
This exciting journey through the his-
tory of technology shows how in-
ventions have changed the world.
New forms of work have been creat-
ed: from the hunter to the engineer.
The fascination of technology is an
interactive journey through the world
of automation. The program contains
many different multimedia compo-
nents to help you on your journey.
Experience the excitement of dis-
covery and learning this is pure
edutainment! The programme con-
sists of 4 modules:
Technology and automation
Every day we come across technolo-
gy and automated processes. This in-
troduction illustrates, with practical
examples, just how much life is af-
fected by technology, in earlier times
too but particularly today.
The history of automation
technology
Mankind has always tried to make
work easier through mechanisation
and automation. Fascinating exam-
ples show how hard this develop-
ment has sometimes been and how
impressive the results can be.
Fundamentals of automation
technology
This training module goes more
deeply into practical examples. A
manufacturing process previously
carried out manually is automated:
you learn about the parts (sensors,
actuators) and processes (material
flow, energy flow, signal flow) in-
volved in an automated process.
Technology and ...
Technology and society have always
been closely interwoven. This train-
ing module uses easy-to-understand
examples to show how technology
and society influence each other. The
module also covers the limitations of
technology and possible negative
impacts on society.
Training time: approx. 6 hours
Order no. 540899
ES/FR
Order no. 540901
17
Fluid engineering
Pneumatics
Everything on the subject of pneu-
matics in about 12 hours of learning.
The program is divided into technical
knowledge and coursework.
Technical knowledge
This interactive self-taught program
covers the basics of pneumatic con-
trol. Participants learn to find practi-
cal and theoretical solutions to the
key tasks of a basic course on pneu-
matics, e.g. as part of a basic voca-
tional training course.
Course
In this course the theoretically ac-
quired technical knowledge is re-
inforced. A wide range of exercise
types makes the course interesting
and successful: participants have to
draw symbols and circuit diagrams,
answer multiple-choice questions
and set up and connect circuits in
PC-based video clips.
From the contents:
Physical basics (units, properties,
laws)
Energy supply (production, prep-
aration and distribution of com-
pressed air)
Circuit diagram (circuit diagram,
symbols)
Drive components (applications,
linear drives, rotational drives)
Valves (designs, directional valves,
stop valves, pressure control
valves, flow control valves, valve
combinations, logic elements)
Signalling components (manual
signalling, endpoint detection)
Additional requirements

Order no. 540911
ES/FR
Order no. 540913
Electropneumatics
The Electropneumatics training pro-
gram builds on the Pneumatics train-
ing program and reinforces mate-
rial already learned from practical
projects. Starting with concrete in-
dustrial applications, fundamental
electropneumatic circuits are pro-
duced. With the help of numerous
exercises, learnt material will be re-
vised, applied and further developed
by you. During an exercise, the pro-
gramme reacts to each answer with
varying feedback.
The trainee is supported by the basic
knowledge module, which provides
fundamental knowledge on elec-
tropneumatics in a structured, sys-
tematic manner. In the components
module, the structure, function and
application of typical electropneu-
matic components is described. Vari-
ous supporting materials are availa-
ble to complete the exercise such as
PDF documents, a variety of down-
loads and a comprehensive glossary.
From the contents:
Advantages and drawbacks of elec-
tropneumatics
Safety in electropneumatic circuits
Fundamentals of electrical engi-
neering
Pneumatic circuit diagram
Electrical circuit diagram
Basic logic functions
Direct and indirect electrical con-
trol, time and pressure dependent
process controls
Signal storage in the power and in
the control unit, latching circuit
Documentation for a control unit
Maintenance and repair of elec-
tropneumatic systems
Solenoid actuated valves
Double-acting cylinders
Electrical buttons and switches
Sensors
Relays and contactors, timed relays
Pressure switch
Standardised circuit diagrams,
electrical and pneumatic circuit
diagrams

Order no. 540923
ES/FR
Order no. 540925
18
Fluid engineering
Hydraulics
Everything on the subject of hydrau-
lics in about 12 hours of training.
The program is divided into technical
knowledge and coursework.
Technical knowledge
This interactive self-taught program
covers the basics of hydraulic con-
trol. Participants learn to find practi-
cal and theoretical solutions to the
key exercises in a basic course on
hydraulics, e.g. as part of a basic vo-
cational training course.
Course
In this course the theoretically ac-
quired technical knowledge is re-
inforced. A wide range of exercise
types makes the course interesting
and successful: participants have to
draw symbols and circuit diagrams,
answer multiple-choice questions
and set up and connect circuits in
PC-based video clips.
From the contents:
Physical basics (units, properties,
laws)
Hydraulic systems (principles of a
hydraulic system)
Drive units (components, pumps,
containers, filters)
Drives (single-acting cylinders,
double-acting cylinders, hydrau-
lic motors)
Directional valves (design charac-
teristics, 2/2 directional valves,
3/2 directional valves, 4/2 di-
rectional valves, 4/3 directional
valves, special circuits)
Stop valves (non-return valves, pi-
lot operated non-return valves)
Pressure control valves (pressure
relief valves, pressure regulation
valves)
Flow control valves (throttle valves,
flow control valves)
Additional requirements

Order no. 540917
ES/FR
Order no. 540919
Electrohydraulics
The Electrohydraulics training pro-
gram builds on the Hydraulics train-
ing program and reinforces mate-
rial already learnt from practical
projects. Starting with concrete in-
dustrial applications, fundamen-
tal electrohydraulic circuits are pro-
duced. With the help of numerous
exercises, learnt material will be re-
vised, applied and further developed
by you. During an exercise, the pro-
gramme reacts to each answer with
varying feedback.
The trainee is supported by the basic
knowledge module, which provides
fundamental knowledge on elec-
trohydraulics in a structured, sys-
tematic manner. In the components
module, the structure, function and
application of typical electrohydrau-
lic components is described. Various
supporting materials are available to
complete the exercise such as PDF
documents, a variety of downloads
and a comprehensive glossary.
From the contents:
Advantages and drawbacks of elec-
trohydraulics
Safety in electrohydraulic circuits
Fundamentals of electrical engi-
neering
Hydraulic circuit diagram
Basic logic functions
Direct and indirect electrical con-
trol, time and path-dependent
process controls
Signal storage in the power and in
the control unit, latching circuit
Documentation for a control unit
Maintenance and repair of electro-
hydraulic systems
Solenoid actuated valves: spring
return and pulse valves
Double-acting cylinders
Electrical buttons and switches
Sensors
Relays and contactors, timed relays
Standardised circuit diagrams,
electrical and hydraulic[nb1] cir-
cuit diagrams
Documentation of electrohydraulic
controllers
Simulation of a hydraulic and elec-
trical circuit diagram

Order no. 540929
ES/FR
Order no. 540931
19
Electrical engineering
Electrical engineering 1
The Electrical Engineering 1 train-
ing program is one of a series of new
programs in the field of electrical
engineering and electronics. These
programs are practically oriented
and authentically structured. Case
studies from practice provide a con-
cise illustration of the matters cov-
ered. All training content is taught by
means of audio clips. Additionally,
the narrative text can be viewed on
the sitemap.
Trainees experience a regular ex-
change of input and output, with
phases of presentation and explana-
tion alternating with phases of ac-
tivity and interaction. This enhances
motivation and learning.
Progress monitoring exercises are
scheduled after a maximum of five
pages of learning. The aim of this is
to have trainees repeat, apply and
develop what they have learned
themselves. Exercises are incorpo-
rated during teaching, at the end of
each learning step and within the
case studies. During an exercise,
the program responds to each of the
trainees answers with the appropri-
ate feedback.
Various tools are built-in to the train-
ing program, such as Excel work-
sheets, an integrated calculator, PDF
files and various downloads. The
training programs include an exten-
sive glossary and a full text search
facility.
Content extracts:
Closed circuit
Electrical conductivity
Units and symbols
Ohms Law
Measuring in the circuit
Voltage supplies
The resistor as a component
Series connection of resistors
Parallel connection of resistors
Voltage divider
The resistor as a sensor
Battery-powered screwdriver
Measuring range extension
Temperature controlled heating
Level detection

Order no. 549623
ES/FR
Order no. 549625
The Electrical Engineering 2 train-
ing program is one of a series of new
training programs in the field of elec-
trical engineering and electronics.
These programs are practically ori-
ented and authentically structured.
Case studies from practice provide
a concise illustration of the mat-
ters covered. All training content is
taught by means of audio clips. Ad-
ditionally, the narrative text can be
viewed on the sitemap.
Various tools are built into the train-
facility.
Content extracts:
Electric charge
Capacitor
A capacitor in a DC circuit
A capacitor in an AC circuit
Applications of the capacitor
Variable capacitor
Coil
A coil in a DC circuit
A coil in an AC circuit
Applications of the coil
Physical variables
Calculating with changing values
Light switch-off delay
Electrical behaviour of a grinder
Power generation and transmission

Order no. 549626
ES/FR
Order no. 549628
E.g. single licence on CD-ROM E.g. single licence on CD-ROM
20
Electrical engineering
Electronics 1
The Electronics 1 training program
is one of a series of new programs
in the field of electrical engineering
and electronics. These programs are
practically oriented and authentically
structured. Case studies from prac-
tice provide a concise illustration
of the matters covered. All training
content is taught by means of audio
clips. Additionally, the narrative text
can be viewed on the sitemap.
Trainees experience a regular ex-
change of input and output, with
phases of presentation and explana-
tion alternating with phases of ac-
tivity and interaction. This enhances
motivation and learning.
Progress monitoring exercises are
scheduled after a maximum of five
pages of learning. The aim of this is
to have trainees repeat, apply and
develop what they have learned
themselves. Exercises are incorpo-
rated during teaching, at the end of
each learning step and within the
case studies. During an exercise,
the program responds to each of the
trainees answers with the appropri-
ate feedback.
facility.
Content extracts:
Semiconductor technology
Diodes
Bipolar transistors
Field-effect transistors
Regulated power supply
Audio amplifier
Audio amplifier with sound control

Order no. 549629
ES/FR
Order no. 549631
Electronics 2
The Electronics 2 training program
is one of a series of new programs
in the field of electrical engineer-
ing and electronics. These programs
are practically oriented and authen-
tically structured. Real case studies
provide a concise illustration of the
matters covered. All training content
is taught using audio clips. Addition-
ally, the narrative text can be viewed
on the sitemap.
facility.
Content extracts:
Signal types
Integrated circuits
Operational amplifier (OpAmp)
AC voltage of various frequencies
Characteristic values of amplify-
ing circuits
Circuit technology of amplifiers
Filters
Bistable flip-flop
Single flip-flop
Sine wave generator
Rectangle generator
Thyristor-controlled drilling ma-
chine
Brightness control with triac
Adjusting the speed of an electric
screwdriver

Order no. 549632
ES/FR
Order no. 549634
21
Automation technology
Sensor technology 1 Sensors in
pneumatics
This training program deals in de-
tail with the sensors used to detect
end position on cylinders and with
pressure and flow sensors in pneu-
matic systems. Based on a complex
example from industrial practice,
trainees are taught to select suitable
sensors. The necessary basic knowl-
edge for this is provided in the Tech-
nical Knowledge and Components
modules, to which they can refer at
any time.
All training content is taught by
the sitemap.
Content extracts:
Project: Selection of sensors in one
of the clamping units of a process-
ing centre
Advantages and disadvantages of
various end position sensors on
cylinders
Simple displacement encoders on
cylinders
Use of pressure sensors to improve
safety in pneumatic systems
Use of flow sensors to safeguard
system cycle times
Output signals from sensors
Connection technology
NO/NC (Normally Open, Normally
Closed)
Switching functions
Sensors for end position detec-
tion: Pneumatic and mechanical
limit switch, reed switch, transistor
switch, Hall sensor, position sensor
Types of pressure measurement
Sensors for pressure measure-
ment: Mechanical pressure switch,
electronic pressure sensor,
Sensors for flow measurement:
Volumetric flow meter, effective
pressure principle, ultrasonic flow
meter, mass flow meter, heat-loss
method

Order no. 549752
ES/FR
Order no. 549755
Sensor technology 2 Sensors for
object detection
This training program deals in detail
with the sensors used to detect ob-
jects in automated systems. Based
on a complex example from indus-
trial practice, trainees are taught to
select the suitable sensors. The nec-
essary basic knowledge for this is
provided in the Technical Knowledge
and Components modules, to which
they can refer at any time.
All training content is taught by
the sitemap.
Content extracts:
Project: Selection of sensors in a
milk bottling plant
Object detection in industrial prac-
tice
Switching characteristics of prox-
imity switches
Hysteresis
Connection technology: Two-wire
technology, three-wire technology,
four-wire technology
NO/NC (Normally Open, Normally
Closed)
Inductive sensors: Construction
and mode of operation, factor-1
sensors, special designs, flush fit-
ting sensors, application examples
Optical sensors: Diffuse sensor,
through-beam sensor, retro-reflec-
tive sensor, background fade-out,
fibre optic cable, light types, reflec-
tion types, adjustment, contrast
sensor, colour sensor
Capacitive sensors: Construction,
mode of operation, usage and ex-
amples
Ultrasonic sensors: Construction,
mode of operation, applications

Order no. 549758
ES/FR
Order no. 549761
22
Order no. 540941
ES/FR
Order no. 540943
LOGO! Training
This training program provides an
introduction to logic functions. First
of all, AND & OR functions and their
processing are shown in function ta-
bles. Other basic control functions
such as memory, timer and counter
functions round off the contents. The
second part starts by covering the
basics of open-and closed-loop con-
trol circuits and describes the ele-
ments of a controller. It then takes
a detailed look at minicontrollers
with their features and areas of ap-
plication.
From the contents:
Basic technical functions (AND &
OR function, memory function, tim-
er function, counter function)
Digital minicontrollers (differen-
tiation between open- and closed-
loop control)
Control components
Positioning with digital minicon-
trollers
Design and function of a minicon-
troller
Cyclical programme processing
Areas of application
Programming languages

Order no. 540953
ES/FR
Order no. 540955
Actuators DC motor
Using the everyday example of a
car park access control system, the
trainee learns the basics of a me-
chatronic system.
Building on this, the training pro-
gram determines what function the
actuators have in the controller. A DC
motor is then studied in more detail
as an example of a typical actuator,
e.g. its structure and the laws which
govern its operation. Further chap-
ters cover speed control and the use
of data sheets as well as the trans-
mission ratios which can be achieved
by using a gearbox.
From the contents:
The function of actuators in me-
chatronic systems
Electric motors
DC motor
Torque and current
Behaviour of DC motors
Induced voltage and speed control
Characteristic torque/speed curve
Working with data sheets
Determining the transmission ratio

Order no. 540947
ES/FR
Order no. 540949
Open- and closed-loop control
The training program uses practical
examples to show the difference be-
tween open- and closed-loop control
in automation. Easy-to-understand
tasks are used first to examine the
overall process of a simple function-
ing system. Later sections then look
at different types of controllers, the
different ways in which signals are
represented and processed and the
ways in which programs are imple-
mented.
From the contents:
Differences between open- and
closed-loop control (characteris-
tics of controllers, characteristics
of regulators
DIN 19226
Signal types
Differences between types of con-
trol
Signal processing (synchronous
control, controlling links, asynchro-
nous control, process control)
Types of control (regulating to
fixed values, tracking values)
Regulators (P, I and D controllers,
combined controllers such as PI or
PID controllers)

Order no. 540959
ES/FR
Order no. 540961
Fieldbus technology
The multimedia and interactive train-
ing program will teach you the ba-
sics of Fieldbus technology. It is suit-
able for beginners who would like to
get an overview of the subject. Ani-
mations are used to illustrate vari-
ous practical examples. All relevant
terms on the subject of bus technol-
ogy can be found in the integrated
lexicon.
From the contents:
Advantages of Fieldbus systems
The design of Fieldbus systems
(different areas of application,
open and closed technical con-
cepts such as message-oriented
bus systems, user-oriented bus
systems, multi-master concepts,
database concepts, installation
concepts)
RS 485/RS 422 (introduction, ca-
bling, function)
Topology (introduction, line, ring,
tree)

23
DE/EN/ES/FR 542682
Discover MPS
200
A multimedia introduction makes it
simple to work with the MPS
200
modular production systems by Fes-
to Didactic. First, we introduce you
to the principle behind the complete
system, and then we show you how
to operate and commission it. You
then become familiar with the indi-
vidual Distribute and Sort sta-
tions in the process and learn how
the modules function. You can apply
your new knowledge of MPS
200
in a short test, then relax and play
a game.
DE/GB/ES/FR/IT 525722
Dictionary of Automation
This dictionary on CD-ROM contains
some 18,000 terms in German, Eng-
lish, Spanish, French, Italian and Ar-
abic. The terms cover: automation
(fundamentals and products), organ-
isation and administration.
An indispensable aid for mechatron-
ics training.
Safety engineering
The Safety Engineering training
program offers an introduction to the
complex subject of safety engineer-
ing in industrial plant and machinery.
It aims to make trainees more aware
of the issues surrounding safety en-
gineering and help them understand
safety engineering equipment and
hazard/risk analysis methods.
Content extracts:
Project 1: MPS
Distribution sta-
tion (categories of hazard, crush-
ing hazard, protection by enclo-
sure and door switches, protection
circuits)
Project 2: MPS
Robot station
(shock impact hazard, control cate-
gories, operation modes, stop cat-
egories, component selection)
Hazard/risk analysis
Planning and implementation of
protective measures
Safety terms: Hazards, hazard
points, intended use, foreseeable
misuse, limits of the machine, re-
dundancy, diversity
Standards and their application:
Structure of A-B-C standards; risk
assessment to EN 1050; risk mini-
misation to EN 292; control catego-
ries to EN 954-1 and their basic cir-
cuit configurations
Safety components

Order no. 549766
ES/FR
Order no. 549769
24
Media Software Corporate strategic plan simulations
learn2work: Commercial thinking and practical learning
learn2work Educational
Low-cost introduction to learning
with simulations:
Game-based learning with simu-
lations
Motivational introduction to com-
mercial thinking
Testing and applying theoretical
knowledge
Development of practical commer-
cial know-how (e.g. in human re-
sources, production, marketing
and sales, investments, soft skills)
Identification of commercial inter-
dependencies, understanding up-
stream and downstream processes
in businesses
learn2work Professional
Professional learning and individual
case studies with simulations:
Challenging customised training
scenarios for wide-ranging tar-
get groups. From basic training for
trainees, through problem-oriented
scenarios involving skilled workers
and foremen, to case studies for
managers
learn2work Editors: Goal Editor
and Scenario Editor
Easy compilation of custom learn-
ing scenarios for different groups
Technology:
Network-capable and usable as a
Web-based system
Learner management
Installation by remote administra-
tion or optionally 1-day on-site in-
stallation
Service and hosting contract pos-
sible
DE On request
EN On request
learn2work Enterprise
Tailored solution for your industry or
company:
Your products and processes are
reproduced in the simulation
Extremely practice-related and
quick to implement
Faster induction of new staff
Fewer errors thanks to improved
overview and better understand-
ing of in-house inter-dependencies
(enabling action with foresight)
Early identification and encourage-
ment of talent
Technology:
Network-capable and usable as a
Web-based system
Learner management
On-site installation
Service and hosting contract
DE 549519
EN 549520
DE 549517
EN 549518
Commercial thinking and practical
learning
learn2work simulates a business in
all its aspects. Market fluctuations
and events such as employee sick-
ness or failures of equipment pose
continual challenges. In this way,
learn2work combines qualification
with motivation and promotes a
commercially aware way of thinking
and acting. A broad range of realistic
measures is provided to this end.
Easy access
A tutorial explains the basic func-
tions, ensuring trainees are able to
work independently after just a brief
induction phase (of around 30 min-
utes). To help newcomers, the de-
gree of difficulty can be set at sev-
eral levels.
Expert support
Users and trainers are provided with
personalised induction by KORION-
certified trainers if they so wish.
We will advise you on integrating
the simulation into an existing learn-
ing portfolio and on closer adapta-
tion to industry-specific and in-house
processes. Long-term assistance
and train-the-trainer workshops pro-
vide extra momentum and optimise
the benefits.
Multi-user licence for 5 users
Multi-user licence for 5 users
Single-user version on CD-ROM
Product features
General information
Selecting profitable orders
Planning production
Making investments
Hiring and firing personnel
Planning personnel deployment
Training and motivating personnel
Incorporating and promoting soft skills
Adjusting wages and salaries
Starting marketing campaigns
Monitoring key performance indicators and costs
Monitoring success continuously
Professional features
Managing sales and service staff
Purchasing and stocking material
Applying ergonomics
Social influences
Adaptability of scenarios, customised training
3 different starting scenarios
Creating custom starting scenarios
Adapting economic conditions
Setting individual goals
Platform
CD-ROM
Web capability with learner platform
Customising
Customisation of simulation to industry and situation
Educational
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Professional
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Enterprise
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
25
PLC starter kit
We have put together a starter kit for
you with everything you need to get
started.
Accessories, also order:
4 mm connecting cable/wire end
sleeves (24 V supply)
RS232 PC data cable (EasyPort with
PC on RS232)
RS232 USB adapter (EasyPort with
PC on USB)
SysLink cable (digital) with plugs
at both ends (EasyPort with actual
process or SimuBox)
SysLink cable (digital) with plugs at
both ends, crossover (EasyPort with
actual PLC)
SysLink cable (digital) with SysLink
plug at one end and open wire end
sleeves (EasyPort can be freely wired
to any PLC)
Analogue cable, parallel (EasyPort
with actual process and/or SimuBox)
Analogue cable, crossover (EasyPort
with actual PLC and/or SimuBox)
EasyPort digital

EasyPort digital is the PC interface
for the simulated process to
COSIMIR
PLC
FluidSIM
EasyVeep
or connects
FluidSIM
S7-PLCSIM
as a controller on the PC with the
processes. EasyPort digital also func-
tions as a connection to the process
or controller in the world of 24 volts.
With 16 digital inputs and 16 digital
outputs (24 V DC, 2 x SysLink sock-
ets). Includes EasyVeep, the visuali-
sation software with practical proc-
ess models.
EasyPort digital/analogue
EasyPort digital/analogue is the PC
interface for the simulated proc-
ess to
COSIMIR
PLC
FluidSIM

EasyVeep
or connects
FluidSIM

S7-PLCSIM
Fluid Lab
PA or Fluid Lab
P/H
as a controller on the PC with the
processes. EasyPort digital/ana-
logue also functions as a connection
to the process or controller in the
world of 24 V as well as transmitting
0 10 V signals.
With 8 digital inputs and 8 digital
outputs (24 V DC, 1 x SysLink sock-
et), 4 analogue inputs (0 10 V) and
2 analogue outputs (0 10 V).
EasyPort digital now includes

EasyVeep visualisation software,
which comes with practical process
models.
The process models can be activat-
ed via the EasyPort using an actual
PLC. The practical models are docu-
mented and meet a broad range of
requirements. The topics covered in-
clude the following:
Level crossings
Multi-storey car parks
Sorting systems
Sluice gates, Lifts
Washing machines
7-segment display
Garage doors
EasyPort from PC to the world of 24 volts

Media Software Simulating
Order no. 193930
Order no. 381525
Order no. 162305
Order no. 540699
Order no. 34031
Order no. 167106
Order no. 167122
Order no. 529141
Order no. 533039
Order no. 543081
EasyPort brings together the
world of software and simulation
with actual training equipment.
The principle is simple: EasyPort is
connected to the PC via the serial
RS232 interface and to the automa-
tion equipment by means of SysLink
sockets. Input and output signals
can then be read into and output by
the PC. We have developed software
with a graphical user interface simi-
lar to a clipboard for the device driv-
er to allow the EasyPort adapt to dif-
ferent situations.
We have also preconfigured the most
important I/O connections and made
them available online for free down-
loading.
Order no. 167121
26
Media Software FluidSIM
Designing/Simulating
Free demos: www.festo-didactic.com
FluidSIM
4.0 Pneumatics/Hydraulics
Individual and multiple licenses
The versatile software package
FluidSIM
can be used to perform

experiments, carry out simulations
in real time and prepare lessons. It
can also be used as a virtual modular
control system and integrated into
blended learning concepts. Version 4
features outstanding dynamic simu-
lation, many new components and
enhanced didactic material.
The lesson preparation tool
Windows functionality: drag &
drop, copy & paste, context-sensi-
tive menus
Copying of text and graphics to
Word and Powerpoint
Print preview, scaling and printing
in all formats
Integrated slide show: basic cir-
cuits, animated sectional views,
tuition sessions, support for many
Windows-compatible image and
multimedia file formats
Integrated fundamentals for pneu-
matics and hydraulics on video CD
Realistic simulations in real time

Calculation of pressure build-up
and flow rate, current and voltage
Consideration of characteristic da-
ta for calculating the pressure drop
in valves
Realistic switching times
Calculation of piston acceleration
and speed taking into considera-
tion inertia, stiction and sliding
friction, leakage and end position
cushioning
Proportional and closed-loop con-
trol technology
Digital technology in accordance
with Siemens LOGO! Soft
Cylinder and directional control
valve configurator
Learn simulate apply:

FluidSIM
in blended learning
concepts
User-friendly project administra-
tion
Detailed description of all compo-
nents, in most cases with colour
illustrations
Application examples in video CD
format
Standard-compliant symbol librar-
ies according to DIN ISO 1219
Integrated learning program as the
ideal complement to Festos other
learning programs
Variable network licenses or soft-
ware activation via Internet
27
New in Version 4
Media Software FluidSIM
Designing/Simulating
Dynamic simulation
The new simulator, which rivals
those found in much more expensive
professional programs, permits the
simulation of dynamic effects such
as pressure build-up, inertia, accel-
eration, stiction and sliding friction.
Systems with open-loop and closed-
loop control can be simulated.
FluidSIM
4.0 Pneumatics
Single licence for local installation DE 544145
Single licence for network installation DE 544146
Single licence for local installation EN 544153
Single licence for network installation EN 544154
FluidSIM
4.0 Hydraulics
Single licence for local installation DE 544149
Single licence for network installation DE 544150
Single licence for local installation EN 544157
Single licence for network installation EN 544158
Circuit diagram creation
The component library has been
greatly extended in comparison with
Version 3.6. All the components are
shown in clearly structured trees. In
addition to the enhanced valve con-
figurator, a flexible cylinder configu-
rator is now also available.
Documentation
Flexible, highly detailed diagrams
with automatic optimum scaling. Au-
tomatic current path numbering, log-
ic element tables, terminal designa-
tions and terminal allocation lists in
electrical circuits. Function diagram
editor and bill of material generator.
OPC and EasyPort
the gateway to the world of 24 volts
FluidSIM
can also communicate

with other applications. This makes
it extremely easy to use FluidSIM

for process simulation.
Didactic material
Extended and updated didactic ma-
terial. Comprehensive descriptions
of the physical-mathematical mod-
els of the components used in Flu-
idSIM
. A detailed learning program

makes it easier to get started with
simulation using FluidSIM
.
Mini control system with 16 I/O
Complete mini control system as a
logic module with up to 16 inputs
and outputs that can access the
EasyPort via OPC or directly.
System requirements
PC with Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP
At least Pentium II 500 MHz
128 MB RAM
Sound card
4-speed CD-ROM drive
Network license:
Mobile and flexible
One individual network li-
cence allows you to install
and use FluidSIM
on any
number of computers. The
number of users who can
simultaneously work with
FluidSIM
is limited only by
the number of licences pur-
chased.
Further information
Multiple licences for local in-
stallation or network instal-
lation, with as many licences
as you need and in numerous
other languages. As a user
of FluidSIM
you will benefit

from low-cost updates.
28
Media Software COSIMIR
Simulating systems and virtual learning environment

We full all your needs Multiple licences for local installation or network installation, with as many licences as you need.
Professional training in virtual learning environments with
COSIMIR
Flexible and modular:

The structure of COSIMIR

Complete automation:
Mechatronics/Robotics/CIM
COSIMIR
Professional
The industrially tried and tested,
extremely high-performance devel-
opment platform for creating 3D
simulation systems for automation
technology
Mechatronics
COSIMIR
PLC
The virtual learning environment
for the MPS
mechatronic train-
ing system
COSIMIR
PLC Advanced
For the construction and distribut-
ed control of virtual MPS
systems
Robotics
COSIMIR
Robotics
The e-learning environment for ro-
botics with outstanding 3D simu-
lation
COSIMIR
Industrial
The offline programming environ-
ment for Mitsubishi robots
COSIROP
For online programming of Mitsubi-
shi robots
CIM
COSIMIR
Factory
The unique virtual learning envi-
ronment for factory planning, pro-
duction automation and produc-
tion control
COSIMIR
Control
The professional solution for creat-
ing Manufacturing Execution Sys-
tems (MES)
The fascination of 3D simulation

Todays PC technology permits real-
istic 3D simulation of even very com-
plex automation systems.
The participants discover the kinetic
dynamism of mechatronic systems
using virtual reality, without any
risk to human or machine. A worry-
free and exciting introduction to the
world of automation technology.
COSIMIR
supports todays changing

learning habits. The main focus here
is on visual comprehension instead
of text. The attractive visual display
on the PC motivates and promotes
learning.
Efficient, attractive and affordable
training is only possible with 3D sim-
ulation using COSIMIR
. 3D simula-
tion systems are now state of the art
in industrial practice. Knowledge ac-
quired using 3D systems can be ap-
plied directly to real systems.
29
COSIMIR
Professional

DE/EN USB Port 539089
COSIMIR
Professional is the indus-

trially triedand tested, extremely
high-performance development soft-
ware for creating 3D simulation sys-
tems for automation technology. It
combines three tools under one com-
mon interface:
3D simulation
3D modelling
Robot programming
Modelling
Basic CAD functions
Parametric modelling of geometry,
kinematics, material and physical
properties.
Importing of numerous CAD for-
mats
Libraries with industrial robot sys-
tems and numerous automation
components.
Library of high performance auto-
mation mechanisms
Robot programming
Supports programming in various ro-
bot languages:
IRL (DIN 66312)
KRL for KUKA robots
RAPID for ABB robots
V+ for Adept and Stubli robots
Movemaster Command and Melfa
Basic for Mitsubishi robots
Programming assistant with syntax
check and automatic generation of
trajectories
RCI Explorer forMitsubishi robots

Extremely powerful interface to the
Mitsubishi robotcontrollers via Ether-
net TCP/IP or a serial interface. With
features such as a user-friendly pro-
gramming editor, downloading and
uploading of programs, online visu-
alisation of robot system data, pro-
gram tracking in single step mode
and automatic mode and project
backups.
Real-time simulation
All 3D objects are controlled by in-
tegrated virtual controllers via me-
chanical or electrical interfaces. This
permits real-time experiments and
evaluations.
Transport simulation
A powerful mechanism for flexible
movement of workpieces.
Collision detection
Through colour changes or warning
messages with/without acknowl-
edgement. Easy selection of the ob-
jects to be checked for collision.
Sensor simulation
Almost all sensors, from the induc-
tive sensor to the camera, can be re-
produced complete with their char-
acteristics. You can thus realistically
evaluate interactions with the pe-
ripherals.
Process simulation
Surface processes such as painting
or welding can be shown graphically
as a first approximation. This permits
efficient preparation for your on-site-
optimisations.
Multitasking of virtual controllers
Process models can be controlled in
parallel by a number of robots and/
or PLC controllers (either S5 or S7).
Simulation of hose connections and
chain link trunking
Error simulation
Creation of user interfaces to con-
figure error scenarios and trouble-
shoot.
OPC Client
With configuration menu for commu-
nication with any OPC servers.
COSIMIR
Professional Update
COSIMIR
Professional release 4.2

replaces release 4.1; in addition to
numerous enhancements, it provides
the following new features:
Transport simulation
New mechanisms for inter-linking
objects
New licence dongle for USB port
only: Works perfectly under Win-
dows XP
Future modifications in the licence
dongle can be created online (by e-
mail). Additional licences, e.g. for an-
other COSIMIR product, can be trans-
ferred to the existing licence dongle
online (by e-mail).
Update DE/EN 4.0 4.2 539095

Update DE/EN 4.1 4.2 548580
System requirements
PC with Win 2000/XP
MS Internet Explorer from 5.0
At least Pentium IV 2 GHz
512 MB RAM
700 MB free space on hard disk
Graphic card with 3D acceleration
and Open-GL support 128 MB RAM
CD-ROM drive
USB interface for single licences or
USB interface on the network li-
cence server
Serial or Ethernet interface for on-
line communication with Mitsubi-
shi robot control
30

COSIMIR
Robotics
Single licence DE with online activation 536572
Single licence EN with online activation 536573
Network single license DE for USB port 536568
Network single license EN for USB port 536569
COSIMIR
Industrial
Update Version 4.0 4.2 539087
COSIMIR
Robotics is the virtual

learning environment for industrial
robot technology with an extensive
online tutorial on robotics and nu-
merous ready-made robot work cells.
COSIMIR
Robotics uses the robot

programming and 3D simulation en-
vironment of COSIMIR
Professional.
Robot programming
IRL (DIN 66312)
Movemaster Command and Mel-
fa Basic III, IV
Programming assistant with syntax
check and automatic generation of
trajectories
Sensor and process simulation
Simulation of chain link trunking
Collision detection
Multitasking
Library containing functioning robot
cells
The work cells cover a broad range
of standard industrial applications
and tasks: ranging from simple
handling tasks, all MPS
robot sta-
tions, painting and welding sys-
tems up to a complete robot-con-
trolled production line.
With extensive online documenta-

tion for all work cells with learning
objectives, functional descriptions
and programming information.
Condensed information on robotics
The Robotics Assistant offers a com-
prehensive, integrated online tutorial
on robotics from the fundamentals
of handling technology right through
to the use of robots in space travel.
The display shows many diagrams
and animations to explain technical
terms and problems, as well as video
films on many application for indus-
trial robots.
System requirements
PC with Win 2000/XP
MS Internet Explorer 5.0
At least Pentium IV, 2 GHz
512 MB RAM
Graphic card with 3D acceleration
and OpenGL support 128 MB RAM
CD-ROM drive
cence server
COSIMIR
Industrial is the industri-

al offline programming environment
for the Mitsubishi class of robots. It
uses the three tools from COSIMIR

Professional:
3D simulation
3D modelling
Robot programming
Modelling
Robot library
Contains all types of Mitsubishi ro-
bots and the library is constantly
being extended. Now with the new
RV-S robot, including the control ex-
tension.
Collision detection
Virtual robot control
RCI Explorer for Mitsubishi robots
System requirements
PC with Win 2000/XP
MS Internet Explorer from 5.0
At least Pentium III 800 MHz
256 MB RAM
Graphics card with OpenGL sup-
port, 32 MB RAM
CD-ROM drive
cence server
Serial or Ethernet interface for on-
line communication with Mitsubi-
shi robot control
DE/EN USB Port 539084

We full all your needs Multiple licences for local installation or network installation, with as many licences as you need.
31

Single licence DE with online activation 538997
Single licence EN with online activation 538998
Network single licence DE for parallel port 538944
Network single licence EN for parallel port 538945
Network single licence DE USB Port 539053
Network single licence EN USB port 539063
COSIMIR
PLC COSIMIR
PLC Advanced
COSIMIR
PLC is a PC-based graphi-

cal 3D simulation system that offers
a virtual learning environment for the
MPS
mechatronic training system.

On mechatronic systems of varying
complexity, you can learn the func-
tion and structure of a system, PLC
programming, testing a PLC program
and methodical fault-finding in sys-
tems.
Library with functioning me-
chatronic work cells
Integrated virtual control
Introduction to PLC programming
with FluidSIM
Professional PLC control

Manual mode
Collision detection
Sensor simulation
Fault simulation
System requirements
PC with Win 98/NT/2000/XP
At least Pentium III 800 MHz
256 MB RAM
Graphics card with Open-GL sup-
port, 32 MB RAM
CD-ROM drive
COSIMIR
PLC Advanced sets new

standards in the virtual learning en-
vironment. Using COSIMIR
PLC Ad-
vanced you can flexibly create and
commission mechatronic systems
with a distributed control architec-
ture.
Layout planning
With just a few clicks of the mouse
you can create almost any MPS
sys-
tem configuration. A second library
enables you to also design MPS

systems with a conveyor.
Distributed control concept
Each station has its own STEP 7 con-
troller with its own control program,
which can be changed or recreated
in full at any time. Simple program-
ming of the communication system:
communication connections are au-
tomatically created during layout
planning.
Commissioning of distributed
control systems
Each station in your system can be
operated in manual mode. This al-
lows you to gradually commission
the control programs in the individu-
al stations and to test the communi-
cation system.
Error simulation
Error simulation now focuses on er-
rors that can occur as a result of the
combination of various stations.
System requirements
PC with Win 2000/XP
MS Internet Explorer 5.0
Adobe Acrobat Reader 6.0
At least Pentium IV 2 GHz
512 MB RAM
2 GB of hard disk space
Graphics card with 3D acceleration
and OpenGL support, 128 MB RAM
17 monitor with 1024 x 768
screen resolution
USB interface for individual licence
or USB interface on the server in
the case of a network licence
Update DE 542841
Update EN 542842
Single licence DE USB port 544436
Single licence EN USB port 544437
COSIMIR
PLC Update
Working with COSIMIR
PLC? Order
and download our free update today.
It now enables you to simulate
the new Fluidic Muscle Press and
Pick&Place MPS
stations, as well
as version B stations and the four
equipment levels of the Conveyor
MPS
, and to use them to learn PLC

programming.
32

COSIMIR
Factory ...
The unique software solution for a
virtual learning environment for in-
dustrial production automation. This
solution focuses on the planning of
production systems, the logistics of
production processes as well as pro-
duction management and the layout
and optimisation of Manufacturing
Execution Systems.
COSIMIR
Factory SIM
3D simulation encompasses all of
the main components of a produc-
tion system from a flexible flow of
materials right through to individual
sensors and uses the extensive func-
tionality of COSIMIR
Professional.
Layout planning
With just a few clicks of the mouse
you can not only design the layout
of your future production line, but at
the same time create the 3D model.
The library provides numerous pro-
duction, assembly, storage and
measurement stations for building
an iCIM production line. The stations
already have their own intelligence
in the form of process tasks that you
can execute.
COSIMIR
Factory Control
The extremely powerful development
tool for creating an MES system
(Manufacturing Execution System).
At the push of a button you can au-
tomatically create a powerful sample
solution for an MES system for your
production line. This sample solution
offers the following functions:
Production control station with
graphical process monitoring
Link to the production database
Of course you can extend and opti-
mise this MES system at any time.
Single licence DE USB Port 542165

Single licence EN USB Port 542166
10 Network licences DE USB Port 542163
10 Network licences EN USB Port 542164
33
... The virtual learning environment for production automation

First steps towards creating
production processes
Create sequential production se-
quences using the graphical lay-
out display. You select a worksta-
tion and choose one of the process
tasks displayed that this station can
perform. You then decide on the
subsequent process. This can be
a transport operation or a subse-
quent process task. This allows you
to create and execute your own pro-
duction sequences even before you
have learned the production plan
language.
Creating a Manufacturing Execution
System (MES)
An MES system must perform the fol-
lowing tasks:
Communication with the planning
or ERP system
Material flow control
Planning, creation and monitoring
of the production sequences
Implementation of communication
with the automation units and re-
sources
The automatically created MES sys-
tem includes an extremely powerful
material flow controller and in par-
ticular offers a sophisticated solu-
tion for the two communication inter-
faces. This allows you to concentrate
on the planning and optimisation of
the production sequences. Power-
ful debugging tools are provided for
support.
Production management with

graphical user interface
The production management sys-
tem consists of a Microsoft Access
database that you can access us-
ing a very user-friendly graphical in-
terface:
Warehouse administration
Bills of material with work plans
Resource administration
Order administration
Scheduling of orders
This allows you to manually repro-
duce the basic structures of a plan-
ning system. The database can al-
so be used to integrate an external
planning system or ERP system.
System requirements
PC with Win 2000/XP
At least Pentium IV 2.0 GHz
MS Internet Explorer
Adobe Acrobat Reader 6.0
512 MB RAM
2 GB of hard disk space
Graphics card with Open-GL sup-
port and 3D acceleration, 128 MB
RAM
CD-ROM drive
Local USB interface for individual
licence or USB interface on the net-
work licence server
34
Media Software Programming software
Programming software
DE 537927
EN 537928
FST for FEC
FST for FEC
offers powerful func-

tions for programming, testing,
commissioning and servicing of
automation projects. The tried-
and-tested programming language
Statement List (STL) is available for
programming.
Includes manual and textbook. Soft-
ware and textbook on CD-ROM (Ger-
man/English).
System requirements
PC with Win 95/98/NT4.0/2000/
XP
CD-ROM drive
DE/EN/FR 539005 DE/EN 541149

MULTIPROG for FEC
3x
MULTIPROG is a standard program-
ming system for programmable
logic controllers. It is based on the
IEC 61131 standard and includes all
IEC features.
Programming languages:
Text-based languages Structured
Text (ST) and Statement List (STL)
as well as the graphic languages
Function Block Diagram (FBD), Lad-
der Diagram (LDR) and Sequential
Function Chart (SFC).
The current version is designed for
programming the SPS FEC
-FC34-
MWT.
Includes manual in PDF format (DE/
EN/FR).
System requirements
PC with Win 95/98/NT 4.0
SP5/2000
At least Pentium 350 MHz
128 MB RAM
Approx. 60 MB of hard disk space
Internet Explorer 4 or higher
Mitsubishi GX Trainer Package

The standard programming software
for controller type FX from Mitsubi-
shi includes GX Developer for the
programming of AWL, FUP, KOP, as
well as GX IEC Developer, the power-
ful development environment to IEC
61131 (AWL, FBS, KOP, AS, ST). The
Trainer package consists of six full
licences and six student versions on
separate CD-ROMs for doing home-
work.
Scope of delivery:
GX IEC Developer (DE/EN)
GX IEC Developer for students
(DE/EN)
GX Developer (DE/EN)
GX Developer for students (EN)
Manual on CD-ROM (DE/EN)
System requirements
PC with Win 98/ME/NT/2000/XP
At least PentiumII 450 MHz
64 MB RAM
The Trainer package is intended ex-
clusively for basic and further train-
ing.
RSLogix 500 Starter

The programming software for the
Micro Logix controller type by Allen-
Bradley contains the RSLogix 500
Starter as well as RS Linx Lite for pro-
gramming LDR. The CD-ROM (EN)
manual incorporates Getting Results
with RSLogix 500.
System requirements
PC with Win NT/2000/XP
At least Pentium II 500 MHz
128 MB RAM
45 MB free space on hard disc
3.5 floppy disc drive
EN 535829
35
Programming software Siemens
Media Software Programming software
STEP 7 Trainer Package Upgrade
To the current version of the STEP 7
Trainer Package. Prerequisite: Train-
er package for 12 students. Intend-
ed for non-industrial users only. The
trainer package contains 60 copies
of the STEP 7 Software for Students
(365-day licence).
For 12 students. Scope as for
STEP 7 Trainer Package (order
no. 548573).
STEP 7 Software for Students
The trial licence for 365 days in-
cludes the programming languages
Statement List (STL), Function Chart
(FCH) and Ladder Diagram (LDR) (ba-
sic package), STEP 7-SCL, STEP 7-
GRAPH, as well as the S7-PLCSIM
simulation software.
The software and documentation are
supplied on CD-ROM whilst the float-
ing licence is supplied on disk (DE/
EN/FR/ES/IT).
Prerequisite: S7 Trainer Package for
12 users.
STEP 7 Professional for Training
Contains the programming lan-
guages Statement List (STL), Func-
tion Chart (FCH) and Ladder Diagram
(LDR) (basic package) as well as
STEP 7-SCL, STEP 7-GRAPH and S7-
PLCSIM.
EN/FR/ES/IT).
Intended for industrial users.
STEP 7 Trainer Package
The STEP 7 Trainer Package for 12
users contains the programming lan-
guages Statement List (STL), Func-
tion Chart (FCH) and Ladder Dia-
gram (LDR) (basic package) as well
as STEP 7-SCL, STEP 7-HiGraph and
STEP 7-GRAPH. It facilitates the reali-
sation of networked solutions with
SIMATIC S7-300/-400, SIMATIC C7.
The trainer package also contains
the S7-PLCSIM simulation software.
Using the simulation software S7-
PLCSIM it is possible to carry out the
functional test of the SIMATIC S7 us-
er blocks on PG/PC regardless of the
availability of the target hardware.
Detection and elimination of pro-
gram errors are therefore possible at
a much earlier stage in development.
The trainer package contains 60 cop-
ies of the STEP 7 Software for Stu-
dents (365-day licence).
S7-PLCSIM can be used for all user
blocks and a selection of existing
system functions which have been
created in one of the following pro-
gramming languages: STL, LDR, FCH,
STEP 7-GRAPH, STEP 7-HiGraph,
STEP 7-SCL.
EN/FR/ES/IT).
Intended for non-industrial users
only.
STEP 7 Trainer Package DE/EN/FR/ES/IT 548573
STEP 7 Software for Students DE/EN/FR/ES/IT 548576
STEP 7 Professional for Training DE/EN/FR/ES/IT 548575
STEP 7 Trainer Package Upgrade DE/EN/FR/ES/IT 548574
System requirements
PC with Win XP PROF/2000 PROF
At least 128 MB RAM
200-430 MB of hard disk space
3.5 disk drive
At least 8-speed CD-ROM drive
36
Media Software Programming software/Visualisation software
DE 170095
EN 170097
WinPisa for SPC 200
WinPISA is software for planning,
commissioning, programming and
servicing pneumatic axes involving
the SPC 200 axis controller. It offers
the following functions:
Convenient management of various
positioning drives in projects
Commissioning and diagnosis of
positioning drives in online mode
Programming of positioning sys-
tems in accordance with DIN 66025
Graphic presentation of measured
values
System requirements
PC with Win 95/98/NT/2000
At least Pentium
4 MB RAM
Approx. 30 MB of hard disk space
DE/EN/FR/ES/IT/PT 526505
WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC is a PC-based control
and monitoring system designed for
the visualisation and control of proc-
esses, sequences and machines.
The package consists of a configu-
ration (development) system and a
runtime system for 1024 variables
(PowerTags). Coupling with S5, S7,
Profibus (DP) is integrated into the
package. Coupling with other sys-
tems on request.
Supplied on CD-ROM, without doc-
umentation. Detailed documenta-
tion and configuration manuals on
request.
System requirements
PC with Win 2000/XP
At least Pentium 800 MHZ
512 MB RAM
Approx. 20 GB of hard disk space
LOGO! Soft Comfort

Powerful programming software for
the creation of LOGO! programs by
means of drag and drop. With simu-
lation and extensive program docu-
mentation. Program creation in FCH
or LDR.
System requirements
PC with Win 95/98/2000/ME/
NT/XP
Pentium processor
64 MB RAM
90 MB of hard disk space
InTouch
InTouch is an interactive system for
visualising, monitoring and control-
ling industrial processes.
The package comprises the InTouch
development and runtime version for
Windows with 256 PLC variables and
the standard Wizard library.
Includes manual and context-related
help texts in the software. Supplied
on CD-ROM with dongle.
Also order:
Intouch manual containing detailed
descriptions of software handling
and the functions for the creation of
visualisation applications (order no.
95241 (German), order no. 95242
(English))
System requirements
PC with Win 2000/XP
1.2 GHz Pentium III
512 MB RAM
2 GB harddisk
CD-ROM drive
DE/EN 192108
1 licence
Visualisation software
DE/EN/ES/FR/IT 195439
6 licences
37
Theory and practice. We have a wide
range of courseware tailored to your
needs:
Text books
Standard books imparting basic
knowledge. With many exercises
and practical examples that can be
solved without the hardware. Ide-
al for self-tuition and as a guide for
trainers.
Workbooks
Practical exercises with supplemen-
tary notes, worked examples and
data sheets. The exercises are based
on the various Festo Didactic equip-
ment sets. For comprehensive, prac-
tice-focused training.
Dictionaries, manuals and technical
books
Offer specialised information for cov-
erage of various topics in greater
depth. Ideal for self-tuition or refer-
ence.
Transparency sets, videos
Didactically designed for easy-to-fol-
low and interesting presentation.
Posters
The large DIN A1 formats are a clear
and striking medium for the presen-
tation of complex subject matter.
Working material
Media for optimum training, reduc-
ing preparation time and cutting
classroom time.
Courseware
Take a look for yourself and check
out our training offers on the Inter-
net at:
38
Media Courseware Pneumatics
Free of charge reading samples: www.festo-didactic.com
Textbooks
Pneumatics
1extbeek 1P 201
Festo uldactlc
091181 en
|ectrepneumatics
asic Leve|
151508 DE
11/06
Pneumatische
Grundsteuerungen
1V1 2
3
1
1A1
1S1 1S2 2 2
3 3 1 1
14 12
4
5
Grundlagen der
pneumatischen
Steuerungstechnik
Lehrbuch
Festo Didactic
090850 DE
1B1 1B2 2 2
3 3 1 1
1A1 1B2 1B1
12
1V1 4
14
3
1
5
1S1 2
3 1
2
1B1 1B2 2 2
3 3 1 1
1A1 1B2 1B1
12
1V1 4
14
3
1
5
1S1 2
3 1
2
1extbeek 1P 101
Festo uldactlc
093131 en
Pneumatics
asic Leve|
DE 93130
EN 93131
ES 94384
FR 93132
Pneumatics, Basic level
This book is intended for basic train-
ing in pneumatic control technology
and teaches physical fundamentals
of pneumatics as well as the function
and use of pneumatic components.
Numerous diagrams facilitate and
ensure comprehension. Pneumatic
circuits are explained using exam-
ples. Model solutions and detailed
explanations improve the students
knowledge of circuit design and se-
quences.
DE 91180
EN 91181
ES 90877
FR 90872
Electropneumatics, Basic level
This textbook represents an impres-
sive synthesis of years of experience
gained in Festo Didactic courses
and the requirements of company
and college training. It explains ba-
sic equipment and modern installa-
tion-saving components that require
little maintenance. An extensive de-
scription of methods of representa-
tion showing motion sequences and
circuit states makes complex circuits
easy to understand. A detailed exam-
ple provides students with the nec-
essary knowledge for planning and
implementing an electropneumatic
circuit.
Practical knowledge:
Basic pneumatic controllers
Fully revised and extended. Now
over 80 pages:
This booklet has been created for
practitioners who need to implement
small projects quickly and effective-
ly. The various circuit examples fa-
cilitate the creation of many simple
tasks. The examples shown are com-
plementary. If something is not clear,
the previous step can be referred
to. This means that even those with
little experience can quickly get to
grips with the subject matter.
Reference work for circuit planning
symbols
A detailed overview of the most im-
portant circuit planning symbols
shows the structure of controllers
and gives hints on the practical im-
plementation of circuit diagrams that
have been developed.
Fundamentals of pneumatic control
technology
Fundamentals of control technol-
ogy, pneumatic controls, circuit de-
sign, exercises, and drawing pneu-
matic symbols are explained in this
textbook.Readers and seminar at-
tendees will be able to solve simple
control problems and develop circuit
diagrams. Includes an introduction
to general fundamentals of control
technology, symbols, definition of
terms, and covers topics from basic
controls to the systematic develop-
ment of control systems.
Also order:
FluidSIM
Pneumatics. This
software enables you to de-
sign and simulate the sample
circuits supplied on a PC.
P. Croser, F. Ebel
Edition 2003, 280 pages, bound
G. Prede, D. Scholz
W. Braungard, P. Lbelenz, G. Mark
Edition 2006, 80 pages, booklet
J. P. Hasebrink, R. Kobler, S. Idler
DE 151508
DE 90850
EN 90851
ES 542504
39
Werkbeek 1P 101
Cu-k0M lncluded
Festo uldactlc
541088 en
Pneumatics
asic Leve|
Werkbeek 1P 201
Cu-k0M lncluded
Festo uldactlc
541090 en
|ectrepneumatics
asic Leve|
Arbeitsbuch TP 220
Mit CD-ROM
Festo Didactic
549982 DE
Pneumatische Antriebe
The new workbooks: project-oriented, with CD-ROM
The new training reference on the
fundamentals of pneumatic and
electro-pneumatic control technol-
ogy from Festo Didactic. These work-
books provide detailed descriptions
of industry-oriented projectswith
problem descriptions, parameters
and project assignments. Work-
sheets support the students through
the required stages of planning, ex-
ecution and function testing and pro-
vide sample solutions.
New topics
Extended fundamentals such as
economy and safety. Our goal is to
empower the participants to make
sound and safe decisions.
Includes the multimedia CD-ROM
containing photos and videos of in-
dustrial applications and circuit dia-
grams. Theoretical information is
conveyed using animated cutaway
models for greater clarity. Work-
sheets and exercise sheets can be
reprinted as necessary.
You will need the matching equip-
ment sets to carry out the project
exercises.
Pneumatics, Basic level TP 101
Pneumatics, Advanced level TP 102
Electro-pneumatics, Basic level
TP 201
Electro-pneumatics, Advanced lev-
el TP 202
Pneumatic drives TP 220
DE 540671
EN 541088
ES 542503
FR 542507
Pneumatics Workbook,
Basic level TP 101
R.C. Weber, W. Haring, U. Metzger
Edition 2005, 200 pages, with CD-ROM,
in binder
DE 540672
EN 541089
ES 542504
FR 542508
Pneumatics Workbook,
Advanced level TP 102
R.C. Weber, W. Haring, U. Metzger
in binder
DE 540673
EN 541090
ES 542505
FR 542509
Electropneumatics Workbook,
Basic level TP 201
M. Pany, S. Scharf
in binder
DE 540674
EN 541091
ES 542506
FR 542510
Electropneumatics Workbook,
Advanced level TP 202
M. Pany, S. Scharf
in binder
DE 549982
Pneumatic drives workbook,
TP 220
Details issues and projects in 16 ex-
ercises closely linked to industrial-
practice, each comprising a problem
description and work assignment.
F. Ebel, J. Hasel
in folder
40
Closed-loop and servopneumatics
The amazing world of pneumatics
Werkbeek PneuPes
Festo uldactlc
196949 en
5erve-Pneumatic
Pesitiening
Werkbeek 1P 111
Festo uldactlc
094465 en
C|esed-Leep Pneumatics
Closed-loop pneumatics
The 21 exercises contained in this
workbook offer a practical introduc-
tion to closed-loop control pneumat-
ics. Besides fundamentals, the work-
book also covers subjects such as
the function of various controllers
and control circuits, empirical setting
of controller parameters and the in-
fluence of interference variables. You
will need equipment set Closed-loop
control pneumatics, TP 111 to carry
out the exercises.
Servopneumatic positioning
This workbook containing 12 exer-
cises and solutions offers a prac-
tice-oriented introduction to servop-
neumatics. You will need the partial
equipment sets PneuPos to carry out
the exercises.
The amazing world of pneumatics
This book uses countless examples
to illustrate the range of applications
of air and also gives a short history
of this technology. But above all, it
shows the direction in which air-driv-
en systems are developing. Vendor-
independent and exciting.
Amazing world of pneumatics is
not a textbook, but a book full of ide-
as showing all the different things
you can do with air and giving some
idea of the future development of
pneumatics.
DE 94459
EN 94465
ES 533499
FR 94347
DE 192503
EN 196949
ES 533498
J. Gerhartz, D. Scholz
Edition 2001, 542 pages, in binder D. Scholz, H.-J. Eberhardt
Edition 2000, 290 pages, in binder
DE 53977
EN 54085
Gerhard Vogel, Eugen Mhlberger
41
BIBB courses
Pneumatics
DE 90070
Pneumatic control engineering
Fundamentals and application exam-
ples. Recommended and published
by the German Federal Institute for
Vocational Training (Bundesinstitut
fr Berufsbildung (BIBB)).
Contents
Physical fundamentals
Single-acting cylinder
3/2-way valve, 4/2- and 5/2-way
valve, 5/3-way valve
Double-acting cylinder
Flow-control valve, one-way flow-
control valve, supply-air and ex-
haust-air flow control
Structure of a circuit diagram
Quick-exhaust valve, shuttle valve
and dual-pressure valve, time-de-
lay valve
Displacement-step diagram
Application example
The BIBB Pneumatics equipment set
is designed for the BIBB course.

DE 93070
Electropneumatic control
technology
Electropneumatic control technol-
ogy, fundamentals and application
examples. Recommended and pub-
lished by the German Federal Insti-
tute for Vocational Training (Bundes-
institut fr Berufsbildung (BIBB)).
Designed for further and vocational
training in the field of electrical con-
trol of pneumatic systems. The BIBB
Electropneumatics equipment set is
designed for the BIBB course.
DE 90090
Tasks, log sheets, exercise circuits
For the BIBB Pneumatics course.
Recommended and published by the
German Federal Institute for Voca-
tional Training (Bundesinstitut fr
Berufsbildung (BIBB)).
Edition 1999, 48 pages, loose-leaf
Also order:
DE 93080
Tasks, log sheets, exercise circuits
For the BIBB Electropneumatics
course.
Also order:
42
Transparency sets and videos
Pneumatics
2
1 3
Festo Didactic GmbH & Co.
Conversion of Electrical Signals into Pneumatic Signals
unactuated actuated
3 3
1 1
2 2
TP 201, Transparency 08
Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. TP 101, 03 Transparency
Direct Actuation of Cylinders

Single-acting cylinder Double-acting cylinder
Fundamentals of pneumatics
This transparency set is used to il-
lustrate the fundamentals of pneu-
matics, display motion sequences
and circuit states, direct and indi-
rect directionally dependent circuits,
logic AND/OR functions of the start-
up signal, time-dependent circuits
with a pressure sequence valve and
troubleshooting in simple pneumat-
ic circuits.
The text page contains a complete
image of the transparency with addi-
tional explanations and descriptions
that can be entered on the transpar-
ency.
All symbols compliant with DIN/ISO
1219. Includes CD-ROM with PDF
files of slides.
Fundamentals of electropneumatics
This transparency set is used to il-
lustrate the fundamentals of elec-
tropneumatics. The following subject
matter is covered: function and use
of electropneumatic components,
drawing pneumatic and electropneu-
matic circuit diagrams according to
the standard, representation of mo-
tion sequences and circuit states, di-
rect and indirect controls, etc.
The text page contains a complete
image of the transparency with addi-
tional explanations and descriptions
that can be entered on the transpar-
ency.
DE 95010
EN 95011
ES 95246
files of slides.
F. Ebel
Edition 2000, 42 transparencies, with CD-
ROM, in binder
DVD Electropneumatics/
Electrohydraulics, Basic level
This video primarily covers electrical
controllers. In addition to an intro-
duction to electrical engineering, it
shows the most important switching
elements and basic circuits. Practical
applications alternate with anima-
tions and circuit examples.
Order no. 538487
The DVD is multilingual (DE, EN, FR,
ES, IT, TR, CN, RU). The language can
be selected. The DVD is packed in
the systainer.
48 minutes
DE 95000
EN 95001
ES 95003
F. Ebel
ROM, in binder
43
Everything that you need to know:
5 posters on pneumatics
Now the updated version of the
popular A1 poster is supplied rolled
up, quickly providing a comprehen-
sive overview. All symbols and ter-
minology correspond to the current
standards ISO 1219-2 and DIN/EN
61346-2.
Set of posters on pneumatics
Subjects on the poster:
Electrical, pneumatic and logic
symbols
Systematic control diagram of a
pneumatic control system
Electrical and electropneumatic
components
Pneumatic Directional control,
stop and pressure control valves
Pneumatic Power components
DE 193129
EN 551015
ES 551014
FR 551013
Timer
adjustable
switch-on
delayed
Memory
Nor
Nand
Implication
Inhibition
Negation
pneumatic motor with
alternating flow direction
and two directions of
rotation
pneumatic motor with
one flow direction
I2
Q
I1
Q
I1
I2
Q
I
Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG www.festo-didactic.com 053614 en
K
Q
I
Q
I
I
Q
Q
I
R S
Q Q
Q
I1 I2
2
3 1
4
2
1
2
1
Electrical, pneumatic and logic symbols
Energy conversion
Manual actuation
Actuation
Directional control valves
Valves
Mechanical actuation
line
pneumatic
energy source
line connection
air outlet without
connection option
pressure supply port,
closed
quick decoupler without
non-return valve, coupled
three-way rotary
connection
air outlet with
connection option
silencer
crossing line vacuum pump
by
plunger
actuated in initial position
by
pedal
by
roller
by
pushing
by
lever
by roller lever, actua-
tion in one direction
of travel only
Energy transfer
shut-off valve
filter
air dryer
service unit with lubricator
(simplified representation)
reservoir
lubricator
Combined actuation
Mechanical components
by solenoid coil with
one active winding
by solenoid coil and
pilot valve
detents
spring-centred
pneumatically actuated,
different size control
areas
by electric motor with
continuous rotary motion
magnetic field
actuated
by stepper motor
by solenoid coil with two
counter-windings
by solenoid coil or
manual override and
pilot valve
Port designations
for 5/2-way
and 5/3-way
valves
for 4/2-way
and 4/3-way
valves
for 2/2-way
and 3/2-way
valves
P
A
R
Z
Z
1
4
2
5
3
12
10*
14
* pilot port, on valves with normally open position
(NOT function)
P
B
R
A
Y
Z
P
B
S
A
R
Y
Z
quick decoupler with
two non-return valves,
coupled
I Q 1 I
0
1
Q
0
1
Q=I1 I2
Q=I1 I2
Q=I1I2
Q=I1 I2
Q=I1 I2
Q=I1I2
Q=I
Q=I I
0
1
Q
1
0
I Q 1
I1
0
0
1
1
I2 Q
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
Q I2
I1 &
I1
0
0
1
1
I2 Q
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
Q I2
I1 &
I1
0
0
1
1
I2 Q
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
Q I2
I1 1
I1
0
0
1
1
I2 Q
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
1 Q I2
I1
I1
0
0
1
1
I2 Q
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
1 Q I2
I1
I1
0
0
1
1
I2 Q
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
Q I2
I1 &
S
0
0
1
1
R Q Q
0
1
0
1
q
0
1
0
n-1 q
1
0
1
n-1 S S Q
R R Q
I
0
1
1
texpired Q
0
0
1
0
0
1
Q I t1
I
0
1
0
Q
0
0
1
0
1
0
Q I
t2
quick decoupler without
non-return valve,
decoupled;
i.e. line open
quick decoupler with two
non-return valves,
decoupled;
i.e. line closed
filter with separator,
with manual drain
fluid separator,
with automatic drain
cooler with flow lines
for the direction of flow
of coolant
cooler without flow lines
of coolant
2/2-way valve
normally closed position
3/2-way valve
3/3-way valve
mid-position closed
5/2-way valve
directional control valve with
intermediate positions dynamic
control valve
5/3-way valve
mid-position closed
2/2-way valve
normally open position
3/2-way valve
normally open position
4/2-way valve
non-return
valve
shuttle valve
one-way flow control valve, adjustable
non-return
valve with
spring
dual-pressure valve
Stop valves
5/3-way valve
mid-position exhausted
pressure relief valve,
adjustable
sequence valve with
exhaust, adjustable
pressure regulator
without vent hole,
adjustable
Pressure control valves
flow control valve,
adjustable
single-acting cylinder,
return motion by
external force
double-acting cylinder
with piston rod at
one end
double acting cylinder with through piston rod
double-acting rodless cylinder with adjustable
cushioning at both ends (pneumatic linear drive)
pressure medium converter
with adjustable cushioning
at both ends
single-acting cylinder,
return motion by
spring force
flow meter
temperature gauge
(thermometer)
rotary drive/semi-rotary drive with limited angle
of rotation
tachometer
pressure gauge
pneumatically
actuated
Electrical actuation
2
3 1
2
3 1
2
3 1
2
3
4
5 1
2
3
4
5 1
flow control valve, fixed
Q
I
Q
K
I
compressor
by
whisker
2
1
2
1 3
2
1
pressure regulator with
vent hole, adjustable
Q
I2 I1
I2
Q
I1
Q
I
Q
I2 I1
Q
I1
I2
Q
I2 I1
Q
I2 I1
Q
I1
I2
Q
I2 I1 K1
K
K
I1 K1
I2
Q
K
S K
R
K
Q
by
turning
5
gripper, double acting,
with permanent magnet
on the piston
fluidic Muscle
(hose cylinder)
2
3 1
12
reset via spring
vacuum generator suction cup
p1 p2
pressure booster, single-acting, which
converts a pneumatic pressure p1 into
higher hydraulic pressure p2
3 1
2
3
2
1 1
2
3
service unit without lubricator
(simplified representation)
2
3
4
5 1
5/3-way valve
mid-position pressurised
2
3
4
5 1
Flow control valves
2
1
2
1
piloted non-return
valve with spring
2
1 21
2
1 1
2
1 1
quick-exhaust valve
2
3 1
service unit filter with manual drain, regulator with
manual adjustment, pressure control, pressure
display and lubricator (detailed representation)
by
rocker
2
3 1
Pneumatic actuation
reset by
pneumatic
spring
by solenoid coil or
manual override
by solenoid coil or manual
override with detent
ISO 11727
Standardised
designation
1 2 2
2 1
Q
1
by
pulling
Timer
adjustable
witch-off
delayed
s
Comparison of logic elements
Equation Function table Designation
Identity
Or
And
EN 60617-7
electrical
Representation to Representation to
ISO 1219-1
pneumatic
Symbol to
EN 60617-12
texpired
Previous designation
Measurement and display devices
Accessories
optical indicator digital display
1 2 3 = 1
2
1
2
2 2 2
2
3 3 3 1 1 1
1 1
1
1B2 1B1 1A1
1V3
1V1
1S1
1V4
1B1 1B2
2
3
1
4
5
14 12
1V2
1B2
1S1*1B1
0
1
2
3
Start
1B1
1B2
Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG www.festo- com didactic.
cylinder 1A1
front
rear
path
steps
Power component
Supply components
Processing component
Control components
Adjusting component
Input components
(forward stroke)
Input component
(return stroke)
Displacement-step diagram
GRAFCET (EN 60848)
053615 en
In order to achieve identical identification of mechanical
signal generators (S) and contactless signal generators (B)
in pneumatic and electro-pneumatic circuit diagrams,
identification has been selected according to ISO 1219-2
and DIN/EN 61346-2.
0Z1
1B1
Systematic control diagram of a pneumatic control system
1A1:=1
1A1:=0
start condition
cylinder advance stroke
cylinder return stroke
forward end position reached
1S1 Start
Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG www.festo- com didactic. 051269 en
cylinder barrel
piston rod
Mounting types
Rotary drive/semi-rotary
drive with limited angle
of rotation
Pneumatic gripper, double-acting
Cylinder with guide unit Single-acting cylinder for sensing proximity
Swivel/linear drive, double-acting with
permanent magnet on the piston
adjustable
end position cushioning
adjustable
end position cushioning
guide bush piston seal
seal and wiper
bearing cap seal piston
end cap
cushioning piston
Pneumatic linear drive
Pneumatic linear drive with magnetic coupling
permanent magnet
Pneumatic Power components
Double-acting cylinder for proximity sensing with adjustable cushioning at both ends
Directional control valves
3/2-way valve
Stop valves
One-way flow control valve
Pressure regulator
Pressure relief valve
Sequence valve
5/2-way valve
5/3-way valve
Shuttle valve
Dual-pressure valve
Quick-exhaust valve
form 2
form 1
2
1 1
2
1 1
1
14 12
2 4
3 5
2
3 1
2 3 5 14 12 4 1
1
2
3
2 1
2 3 1 12 2 3 5 14 12 4 1
1
14 12
2 4
3 5
1
2
3
2
1 1
1 2
2
1 1
2
1
3
2
1
2
1
1 12
2
3
2
1 3
2
1
12
3
1 2
3 3
Pneumatic Directional control, stop and pressure control valves
5/2-way double solenoid valve, pilot actuated
optical
capacitive
inductive
Proximity sensors, electrical
magnetic
3/2-way solenoid valve, directly controlled
3/2-way solenoid valve, pilot actuated
5/2-way solenoid valve, pilot actuated
Pressure switch
(PE-converter, adjustable)
Relay
pressure switch: connection to P1
vacuum switch: connection to P2
differential pressure switch: p1 p2 connection to P1 and P2,
Limit switch, electrical
Electrical and electropneumatic components
2
1
4
1M1
1M1
14
(1M1)
1
2 4
3 5
12
(1M2)
1M2
11 12 14 A1 A2
1 3 82 2
2 3 5 4 1
1M1
A1
A2 2
1
11
14 A1
A2
12
21
24 22
4
3 A1
A2
1
4 A1
A2
2
p
BN
BK
BU
p
1
2
3
24 V
0 V
BN
BK
BU
A1
A2
24 V
0 V
BN
BK
BU
A1
A2
24 V
0 V
BN
BK
BU
A1
A2
24 V
0 V
BN
BK
BU
A1
A2
2 3 5 4 1
2
3 1
12
(1M1)
82
14
(1M1)
1
2 4
3 5
P1 P2
adjusting screw
2
3 1
12
(1M1)
1M1
44
Media Courseware Hydraulics
Textbooks
Hydraulics
1extbeek 1P 601
Festo uldactlc
093611 en
|ectrehydrau|ics
asic Leve|
1extbeek 1P 701
Festo uldactlc
094378 en
Prepertiena| Bydrau|ics
asic Leve|
1extbeek 1P 501
Festo uldactlc
093281 en
Bydrau|ics
asic Leve|
Also order:
FluidSIM
Hydraulics. This
software enables you to de-
sign and simulate the sample
circuits supplied on a PC.
Hydraulics, Basic level
This textbook covers the basics of
hydraulic control technology. Prac-
tical exercises with model solutions
are used to explain the most impor-
tant basic hydraulic circuits. Numer-
ous illustrations help the reader to
understand the descriptions.
Thanks to the use of electrical con-
trol systems, many new areas of ap-
plication have now been found for
conventional hydraulics. The text-
bookexplains the construction and
mode of operation of the compo-
nents which are used for electrohy-
draulic control. In the following chap-
ters, the procedures required to plan
and implement electrohydraulic con-
trols are described using descriptive
and fully substantiated examples.
Proportional hydraulics, Basic level
How can speed be controlled? How
is a position held? How is leakage
avoided? Where and when can ener-
gy be conserved? This book provides
a clear and easy-to-understand intro-
duction to the fundamentals of pro-
portional hydraulics.
DVD Electropneumatics/
This video primarily covers electrical
controllers. In addition to an intro-
duction to electrical engineering, it
shows the most important switching
elements and basic circuits. Practical
applications alternate with anima-
tions and circuit examples.
The DVD is multilingual (DE, EN, FR,
ES, IT, TR, CN, RU). The language can
be selected. The DVD is packed in
the systainer.
DE 93280
EN 93281
ES 93287
FR 93282
D. Merkle, B. Schrader, M. Thomes
DE 93610
EN 93611
C. Lffler, D. Merkle, G.Prede, K. Rupp,
D. Scholz
DE 94377
EN 94378
D. Scholz
Order no. 538487
48 minutes
45
Workbooks
Hydraulics
Hydraulics, Basic level
The 20 exercises in this book are
used to introduce hydraulic circuits.
The circuit diagrams include circuit
symbols in accordance with DIN/ISO
1219. You will need equipment set
Hydraulics, Basic level TP 501 to car-
ry out the exercises.
Werkbeek 1P 502
Festo uldactlc
094015 en
Bydrau|ics
Advanced Leve|
Werkbeek 1P 601
Festo uldactlc
094470 en
|ectrehydrau|ics
asic Leve|
Werkbeek 1P 602
Festo uldactlc
094471 en
|ectrehydrau|ics
Advanced Leve|
Werkbeek 1P 501
Festo uldactlc
094468 en
Bydrau|ics
asic Leve|
Hydraulics, Advanced level
The exercises in this book are used
to present hydraulic circuits. You will
need equipment set Hydraulics, Ba-
sic level TP 501 and Advanced level
TP 502 to carry out the exercises.
used to introduce basic electrical cir-
cuits used in hydraulic control tech-
nology. You will need equipment set
Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601
to carry out the exercises.
Electrohydraulics, Advanced level
used to introduce basic electrohy-
draulic circuits. You will need equip-
ment set Electrohydraulics, Basic lev-
el TP 601 and Advanced level TP 602
to carry out the exercises.
DE 94454
EN 94468
ES 94428
EN-US 526095
A. Zimmermann
DE 94014
EN 94015
ES 94429
T. Ocker
Edition 1999, 192 pages, in binder DE 94455
EN 94470
ES 196953
FR 94351
D. Merkle, H. Werner
DE 94456
EN 94471
ES 196954
D. Merkle, A. Zimmermann, H. Werner
46
Workbooks
Proportional and closed-loop hydraulics
DE 94457
EN 94472
ES 94404
FR 94352
The 10 exercises in this book provide
an introduction to proportional hy-
draulic equipment and circuits. First
the individual devices are present-
ed and their settings tried out. Then
a complete solution is developed
based on a series of graduated exer-
cises. You will need equipment set
TP 701 to carry out the exercises.
D. Scholz, A. Zimmermann
Werkbeek 1P 702
Festo uldactlc
094473 en
Prepertiena| hydrau|ics
Advanced |eve|
Werkbeek 1P 511
Festo uldactlc
094469 en
C|esed-Leep Bydrau|ics
Werkbeek 1P 701
Festo uldactlc
094472 en
asic |eve|
DE 94458
EN 94473
ES 94450
Proportional hydraulics, Advanced
level
used to introduce the most impor-
tant devices and circuits used in pro-
portional hydraulics. You will need
equipment set Proportional hydrau-
lics, Basic level TP 701 and Advanced
level TP 702 to carry out the exer-
cises.
E. Bauer
EN 94469
ES 94368
FR 94348
Closed-loop hydraulics
used to introduce the fundamentals
of analogue closed-loop hydraulics:
pressure and position control with
PID controllers and position control
with status controllers. You will need
equipment set Closed-loop control
hydraulics, TP 511 to carry out the
exercises.
A. Zimmermann
47
BIBB Course
Hydraulics
Recommended and published by the
German Federal Institute for Voca-
tional Training (Bundesinstitut fr
Berufsbildung (BIBB)).
Contents
Power supply unit with gear pump
Filter and tank
Directional-control valves: 3/2-,
4/2- and 4/3-way valve
Non-return valve: flow-control
valve, 2-way flow-control valve,
one-way flow-control valve
Pressure valve and pressure
switch: pressure-relief valve and
pressure-control valve
Accumulator
Application circuits: differential cir-
cuit, fast-feed circuit, pressureless
pump circulation, Hydraulic motor
Commissioning and maintenance
with troubleshooting.
The BIBB Hydraulics equipment set
is designed for the BIBB course.

The BIBB Hydraulics course con-
sists of:
Booklet for instructor
Edition 1993, 112 pages, in loose-leaf
folder
Exercises for students
Edition 1993, 138 pages, in loose-leaf
binder
Exercises and log sheets
Also order:
Workbook
Contains the above three BIBB
course publications and the appro-
priate solutions. Designed for use
with Festo Didactic equipment sets.
462 pages, in binder
Fundamentals and equipment,
calculations and application
examples
Documentation for training and pro-
fessional use. This book is a stan-
dalone reference work that is based
on the chapter structure of the book
of exercises (order no. 93685) and
contains further information.
Transparencies for the series of
exercises
Cutaway drawings and functional
diagrams of the most important hy-
draulic components.
R. Gnger
Edition 2000, 24 transparencies, on CD-
ROM
DE 93680
DE 93024
DE 94558
DE 93685
DE 93690
DE 92190
48
Transparency sets
Hydraulics
Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. TP 601, 24 Transparency
Electrical power Hydraulic power
+
-
701-24-GB
Pressure relief valve, piloted
Proportional hydraulics Festo Didactic
P
T
P
T Y
Y
p [bar]
40
30
20
10
200 400 0 I [mA]
50
Fundamentals of hydraulics
These transparencies are used to il-
lustrate the most important com-
ponents used in hydraulic control
technology: directional, pressure
and flow control valves of poppet
and spool design, single and double-
acting cylinders, pumps and meas-
uring devices for pressure and flow
rate.
An accompanying sheet with techni-
cal and didactic notes is provided for
each transparency.
Fundamentals of electrohydraulics
This transparency set is used to illus-
trate the following topics: fundamen-
tals of electrohydraulics, function
and use of electrohydraulic compo-
nents, fundamentals of electrical
engineering, production and inter-
pretation of standard hydraulic and
electrical circuit diagrams.
The text page includes a complete
image of the transparency, in cer-
tain cases with additional explana-
tions and legends which the trainer
can enter on the transparency in the
course of a training session.
DE 95050
EN 95051
ES 549241
files of slides.
T. Ocker, D. Scholz
ROM, in binder
Fundamentals of proportional
hydraulics
This transparency set has been de-
signed in accordance with didactic
and methodological principles and is
used to illustrate the following sub-
jects: fundamentals of proportional
hydraulics, function and use of pro-
portional hydraulic components,
electronic components for the ac-
tuation of proportional valves, com-
parison with electrohydraulic control
systems.
The text page includes a complete
image of the transparency, in cer-
tain cases with additional explana-
tions and legends which the trainer
can enter on the transparency in the
course of a training session.
Includes CD-ROM with PDF files of
slides.
DE 95040
EN 95041
ES 95043
T. Ocker
Edition 1998, 28 transparencies, in binder
DE 95060
EN 95061
ES 549242
F. Ebel, T. Ocker
ROM, in binder
49
Everything that you need to know:
5 posters on hydraulics
Now the updated version of the
popular A1 poster is supplied rolled
up, quickly providing a comprehen-
sive overview. All symbols and ter-
minology correspond to the current
standards ISO 1219-2 and DIN/EN
61346-2.
Set of posters on hydraulics
Subjects on the poster:
Hydraulic symbols
Hydraulics Structure of a hydrau-
lic system
Hydraulics Directional control
and non-return valves
Hydraulics Flow control and pres-
sure control valves
Hydraulics Energy supply and
cylinders
DE 196948
EN 551012
ES 551011
FR 551010
Mechanical actuation
by
plunger
by
roller
by roller lever, actuation
in one direction of travel
only
examples for connection
identification:
A = port
B = port
P = pump
T = reservoir
X = control oil supply
Y = control oil relief
L = leakage oil
M = solenoid coil
P
G
A
T
L
Hydraulic symbols
Energy conversion
Manual actuation
Actuation Valves
Basic symbols line, supply line, return line, component framing
and symbol boxed in
hydraulic
energy source
line
connection
pressure supply port,
closed
crossing
line
hydraulic variable displacement pump with alternating
direction of delivery at constant direction of rotation
Energy transfer
filter
heating
spring-centred
coupled
tubing line
decoupled;
i.e. line closed
cooler without flow lines
of coolant
Function unit for valves with main ports.
The number of ports corresponds to the number
of lines shown above and below a square.
paths and directions of flow through a valve
with piston rod at one end
single-acting cylinder
with piston rod at one end,
spring chamber with
leakage oil connection
flow meter
fluid level display
(sight glass)
temperature gauge
(thermometer)
reversible hydraulic pump/hydraulic motor unit with
two directions of flow and variable displacement
volume, external leakage oil line and two directions
of rotation.
tachometer
pressure gauge
Pressure actuation
hydraulic pump with constant delivery rate
hydraulic motor with
constant displacement/
absorption capacity and
two directions of rotation
rotary drive/semi-rotary
drive with limited angle
of rotation and two
directions of flow
electric motor
compact gear unit (simplified representation)
double-acting cylinder with through piston rod of
different diameters, with cushioning
at both ends
adjustable
single-acting cylinder, plunger cylinder
telescope cylinder,
single-acting
telescope cylinder,
double-acting
p1 p2
pressure booster, single-acting, which
converts a pneumatic pressure p1 into a
higher hydraulic pressure p2
internal and external pilot line, leakage oil line,
purging line, exhaust line
frames for several components
plug within a fluid line
tank connection, ending
below and above the oil level
reservoir closed
with cover
reservoir open to
atmosphere
pump shaft points to
the left (preferably)
or to the right
motor shaft points to
the right (preferably)
or to the left
tank ventilation filter
filter with bypass valve with optical contamination
indicator and switch
gas pressure accumulator, separation of
media through:
diaphragm
(diaphragm
accumulator)
bladder
(bladder
accumulator)
piston
(piston
accumulator)
hydraulic pump and hydraulic motor with shaft
coupling
2
1
3
2
1
3
three-way rotary connection
basic elements with 2, 3, 4 switching positions
function: leak-tight locking, hydraulic seat
directional control valve with intermediate
positions dynamic control valve
A
T L
Valves
Directional control valves Stop valves
Valves
A
T P
3/2-way valve with
solenoid coil, directly
actuated, reset by
spring and manual
override with detent
B A
T P
4/2-way valve with two
solenoid coils,
with detent
(double solenoid valve)
directly
actuated,
B A
T P X1 X2
4/3-way valve, hydraulically actuated, spring-centred
B A
T P
4/3-way proportional valve, directly actuated
G G
4/3-way servo valve piloted by a control solenoid,
with closed-loop position control of main and pilot
stage, with integrated electronics, external pilot
supply and drain
B A
T P
B A
T P
A
T P
3/2-way poppet valve with solenoid coil and
limit switch
directly actuated
2-way pressure regulator
with external control
oil relief
T
P
directly actuated
adjustable
A
P L
piloted 2-way pressure
regulator with external
control oil relief
G G
with displacement
encoder on the piston rod
with integrated
displacement encoder
Measurement and display devices
Accessories
flow rate display
pressure switch, electro-
mechanical, adjustable
P
pressure sensor,
analogue output signal
optical indicator digital display
with analogue output
signal
G
with digital output signal
pressure switch, electronically adjustable,
output signal switching
4
fluid level switch with
4 normally closed
contacts
L
electrical fluid level
monitoring with analogue
output signal and
digital display
sequence valve,
self-actuating, with
bypass valve
A
P L
A
P T
X
accumulator charging valve
P
T
shut-off/
counterbalancing valve
proportional pressure
relief valve, directly
actuated with closed-loop
position control of
solenoid coil and with
integrated electronics
G
T
P
Combined actuation
Mechanical components
by solenoid coil with one winding
by solenoid coil
and pilot valve
Detents are to be symmetrically matched with the
mechanical connection.
With more than three detent positions the number
of positions can be displayed above the detent
element.
by electric motor with
continuous rotary motion
by stepper motor
by solenoid coil with two windings, active direction
to and from the valving element
by solenoid coil or
manual override and
pilot valve
Electrical actuation
5
active direction
towards the
valving element
active direction
away from the
valving element
hydraulically
actuated
reset by spring
B
T P
A
4/2-way valve with
4 ports and
2 switching positions
X Y
Connections must be marked on the circuit diagram
using the identification marked on the component,
sub-base or block (ISO 1219-2).
2/2-way valve with 2 ports, 2 switching positions
for 2 flow directions.
normally closed
position
normally open
position
3/2-way valve with
3 ports and
2 switching positions,
4/3-way valve with 4 ports and 3 switching
positions various mid-position variants
1M1 1M2
1M1
4/3-way servo valve, piloted, solenoid coil with two
windings, with mechanical feedback of the valve slide
position to the pilot stage
A
P
3-way stop-cock shut-off valve
non-return valve with spring non-return valve
B
X A
piloted non-return
valve with spring
B2
B1
A2
A1
double non-return valve,
piloted
shuttle valve
(OR function)
dual-pressure valve
(AND function)
B
A2 A1 A1
Flow control valves
flow control
valve, adjustable
flow control
valve, fixed
one-way flow control
valve, adjustable
orifice, fixed
B
A
B A
flow distributor
B2
A
B1
T
A
B B
A
3-way flow control
valve, adjustable
2-way flow control
valve, non-adjustable
B
A2
closed exhaust
port
by
pulling
by
pushing
by
turning
by
rocker
actuated in initial position
A
T P
pneumatically
actuated
by solenoid coil
or manual override
by solenoid coil or
manual override with
detent
by pulling
and pushing
by
lever
X Y
B P A T
B A X
B A X
B A X
T A P B X Y
1M1 1M2
B
T P
A
1M1
1M1
B
A X
valve slide
T A P B
1M1 1M2
B
T P
A
1M1 1M2
flow
direction
Directional control valves, directly controlled
4/2-way solenoid valve
Directional control valve, pilot actuated
4/3-way solenoid valve,
mid-position closed
Non-return valves
Non-return valve, spring-loaded
mid-position closed
Poppet principle Slide principle
flow from B to A closed
flow from A to B
flow from B to A
high-resistance
direction
manual override
ar mature
return spring coil
housing
Non-return valve, piloted
B
T P
A
1M1 1M2
X Y
Hydraulics Directional control and non-return valves
960 3000
960 3000
...... 3000
750 3000
750 3000
5 160
5 160
100
25 800
25 800
10 16
16 32
20
16 25
16 32
0.80 0.93
0.90
0.82 0.92
0.82 0.92
0.80 0.92
500 4000 4 630 2.5 16 0.70 0.84

500 3500 4 250 16 25 0.80 0.91
500 3500 1.2 250 6.3 16 0.80 0.91
area ratio 2:1
(piston area :
piston ring area)
A1 A2 =
Double-acting cylinder
pump holder
Filtration
Hydraulic filters are installed in
different ways, depending on
the application in question.
return-line, intake-line and pressure
filtration (also in combination)
bypass filtration
Classic filter applications:
Further application:
Hydraulic power pack
baffle plate drain
screw
cleaning aperture
filling strainer
return line
directional
control valve
pressure gauge
temperature
gauge
air filter
level indicator suction filter
suction pipe
hydraulic pump
cooling water
circuit
pressure relief valve
electric motor
cooler
return filter
breather filter
suction filter
pressure filter with
contamination indicator
high-pressure filter
differential
cylinder
synchronous
cylinder
cylinder with
end position
cushioning
telescopic
cylinder
pressure
intensifier
tandem cylinder
pressurised areas
identical in size;
advance and return
speed identical
gives higher pressure
for cases requiring
high forces and where
the available space is
limited
Designs Schematic
representation Designs Remarks Schematic representation
Speed
range
(min )
-1
Displace-
ment
volume
(cm )
3
Nominal
pressure
(MPa)
Overall
efficiency
Designs of cylinders Single-acting cylinder,
hydraulic ram
Pump types
Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG www.festo-didactic.com 053034 en
gear pump,
externally
geared
gear pump,
internally
geared
Screw
pump
vane
pump
radial
piston
pump
axial
piston
pump
to reduce the speed of
heavy loads and to
prevent heavy impact
increased stroke travel
Hydraulics Energy supply and cylinders
m
A
P T
M
T P
A B
1A1
1V1
0Z1 0Z1
1Z1
1A1
L
P
T
T L
A
P
P L
A
P L
A
P
A L
X
P
A L
P
T L
B
A
A
B
l
l d <<
d
l
l d >
d
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 8
0
3
5
MPa
2
1
7
4
l/min
p
q
B
A
B
A
B
A
P
A
X
L
L
A
P
A
P T L
opening characteristics p = f (q)
adjustable fixed adjustable fixed
Flow control valves
Throttle Orifice
2-way flow control valve
Pressure relief valve,
internally controlled, damped
Sequence valve,
externally controlled
Pressure relief valve, application example: pressure relief valve
Pressure relief valve, application example: counter-pressure valve
Pressure relief valve, application example: brake valve
adjustment range
adjustment
range
helix
differential
pressure
regulator
throttle
point
counter-pressure valve
2 MPa
system pressure limitation
8 MPa
safety valve
10 MPa
Hydraulics Flow control and pressure control valves
B
A
safety valve and
10 MPa
system pressure
limitation
brake valve
16 MPa
suction
valve
brake valve
16 MPa
suction
valve
T
P
1M1
A B
T P
T
P
m
A
B
1M1
1A1
0Z3
0Z2
0V1 0Z1
1V1
8 MPa
10 MPa
T
P
A B
T P
0Z4
P
1M1
A B
T P
1M2 T
m
P
T
B
A
1A1
1Z1
1V1
0Z1
0V1
B
A
form 2
form 1 0Z1
0V1
0Z3
0Z2
1V1
1V2
1A1
1Z1
1V3
10 MPa
10 MPa
1Z1 1Z2
1A1
1V2
0Z1
1V1 1V3
1V4 1V5
T
B
A
P
system pressure limitation
8 MPa
safety valve
10 MPa
X
T
P
T
P
pumps and compressors:
ignal input:
alves:
all other componets:
fluid drives:
s
v
Identification key Examples for the identification of components to ISO 1219-2
and DIN/EN 61346-2
1A1
1B1
1B2
1V3
1V6
1V4
1V5
1V2
limit switch
limit switch
non-return valve
non-return valve
2-way flow control valve
adjustable
(counter-pressure valve
for tractive load)
spring-centred
0Z2
1Z2
1Z3
0V1
1V1
0Z1
0P1
0M1
1Z1
pressure gauge
pressure gauge
pressure gauge
adjustable
adjustable
fluid level indicator
pump
electric motor
filter
22x2
16x2
16x2
22x2
1Z3
15 MPa
63/45x300
16 cm3 5.5 kW
1500 min-1
b = 75 10
P
5 MPa
T
P
A B
A
16
T P
1M1 1M2
P
A
S
V
Z, or any
letter not yet included in the list
1 1 S 2
K1 K2 1M2
24 V 2 3 4 5 1 6
1B2
S2
0 V
S3
K2
1M1
S1
P
16
34
31
32
K1
34
31
32 11
12
13
14
13
14
K1
14
11
12
K2
24
21
22
A1
A2
A1
A2
12
22
32
42
.2 14
24
34
44
11
21
31
41
.3
.5
K2
14
11
12
4
1
2
1B1
4
1
2
K1
24
21
22
22
32
42
.1 14
24
34
44
11
21
31
41
.4
.6
1B1 1A1 1B2
1V6 1V3 1V4
1V5
1V2
8 MPa
1V1
0Z1
15 MPa
1Z2
15 MPa
10 MPa
0V1
1Z1
0M1 0P1
0Z2
Component identification to
ISO 1219-2
signal receiver:
relay:
electric drives:
B
K
M
Component identification to
DIN/EN 61346-2
component designation
component number
Drive section
Energy control
section
Energy supply
section
energy conversion
pressure medium
preparation
Control energy supply
Signal
processing
Signal
input
Control section Power section Hydraulic power section Signal control section
E
n
e
rg
y
flo
w
Signal flow
system number
circuit number
Variants of signal control section
Electrical relay technology
PLC controllers
Pneumatic controllers (explosion-proof applications)
Mechanical controllers (e.g. cam-driven)
Manual control (e.g. excavators)
Hydraulics Structure of a hydraulic system
12
50
Media Courseware Sensors
Textbooks and workbooks
Sensors
Werkbeek fP 1110
Festo uldactlc
529939 en
Preximity 5ensers
Werkbeek fP 1120
Festo uldactlc
090156 en
5ensers Ier 0istance
and 0isp|acement
1extbeek fP 1110
Festo uldactlc
093046 en
Preximity 5ensers
Proximity sensors textbook
This sensor textbook deals in detail
with proximity sensors for handling
and processing systems. The book
can be used both to support basic
and further training programs and for
self-tuition. It is made up of a course
section, a fundamentals section and
a section with solutions to the exer-
cises in the course section. The con-
tents of the book are matched to the
corresponding workbook while a
glossary of keywords provides rapid
access to information on particular
types of sensors.
Proximity sensors workbook
This workbook contains 19 exercises
that teach the basic principles and
the use of magnetic, inductive, ca-
pacitive and optical proximity sen-
sors as well as those based on ul-
trasound technology. You will need
equipment set Proximity sensors, FP
1110 to carry out the exercises.
Werkbeek fP 1130
Festo uldactlc
090166 en
5ensers Ier ferce
and Pressure
Sensors for distance and
displacement
The 9 exercises in this workbook
deal with distance measurement
with inductive sensors, position
measurement with linear potentiom-
eters and ultrasound sensors and
distance measurement with optical
sensors. You will need equipment
set Sensors for distance and dis-
placement, FP 1120 to carry out the
exercises.
Sensors for force and pressure
The 14 exercises contained in this
workbook describe the mode of op-
eration and range of applications of
both digital sensors such as mechan-
ical and electronic pressure switches
and analogue sensors such as strain
gauges and analogue pressure sen-
sors. You will need the equipment
set Sensors for force and pressure,
FP 1130 to carry out the exercises.
DE 93045
EN 93046
ES 94342
F. Ebel, S. Nestel
DE 529938
EN 529939
ES 192168
F. Ebel
DE 90155
EN 90156
ES 94330
H. Dahlhoff, K. Rupp, H. Werner, R. Schul,
S.Nestel
DE 90165
EN 90166
ES 94331
R. Schul, P. Waiblinger
DE 93960
S. Nestel
Transparency set Sensors
This transparency set is designed
to provide an easy-to-understand
presentation of the following topics:
measurement of non-electrical vari-
ables, sensor technology, process
data processing, process technol-
ogy, measurement, open-loop and
closed-loop control technology.
51
Media Courseware Electronics/PLC
DE 93310
EN 93311
ES 93317
Programmable logic controllers,
Basic level
This book describes the structure
and mode of operation of PLCs. The
central topic of the book is the DIN
EN 61131-3 programming standard.
This standard takes into account
expansions and developments for
which there was previously no stand-
ardised language. Beginners and us-
ers will find an easy-to-understand
presentation of modern program-
ming methods in accordance with
the new standard for PLC program-
ming. The solutions to the various
examples are neutral and can there-
fore be used regardless of the PLC
manufacturer.
R. Bliesener, F. Ebel, C. Lffler, H. Regber,
E. v. Terzi, A. Winter
Werkbeek 1P 301
Festo uldactlc
093314 en
Pregrammab|e Legic Centre||ers
asic Leve|
Arbeitsbuch TP 401
Festo Didactic
534270 DE
Feldbustechnik
AS-Interface
1extbeek 1P 301
Festo uldactlc
093311 en
Pregrammab|e Legic Centre||ers
asic Leve|
DE 193449
Programmable logic controllers in
practice
This book illustrates possible appli-
cations of a PLC, in this case the SI-
MATIC S7, through practice-oriented
exercises. In addition to the classi-
cal programming languages State-
ment List (STL), Ladder Diagram
(LDR) and Function Chart (FCH), the
book also contains several program-
ming examples using the sequence
language GRAPH, SCL (Structured
Control Language) and HiGraph. The
more complex exercises relate to the
stations of Festo Didactics Modular
Production System MPS
.
Werner Braun
AS-Interface DE 534270
Profibus-DP DE 534271
AS-Interface EN 534272
Profibus-DP EN 534273
Fieldbus technology AS-Interface/
Profibus-DP
These two workbooks impart knowl-
edge on the application, function,
configuration and programming of an
AS-Interface network or a Profibus-
DP network. The exercise section
contains practical exercises based
on components that form part of the
TP 401 or TP 402 equipment list. The
solution part for these exercises de-
scribes the necessary steps for con-
figuration and programming of the
solution based on Siemens STEP 7
software.
The solution programs are provided
on CD-ROM. The theory part con-
tains key information on application,
mode of operation and data trans-
mission.
The Fieldbus technology web-
based training program is included
and gives a general overview of the
various fieldbus concepts as well as
the application and function of the
most commonly used fieldbus sys-
tems AS-Interface, Profibus-DP and
Interbus. An integrated glossary ex-
plains fieldbus terms.
M. Bliesener, R. C. Weber, S. Scharf
Edition 2003, 238/230 pages, with 2 CD-
ROMs, in binder Festo FPC 101 DE 93315
Festo FPC 101 EN 93316
Allen Bradley SLC500 EN 94440
Siemens S7-300 DE 94524
Siemens S7-300 EN 94537
Available in loose-leaf with program listing
and source program on 3.5 disk
Basic level
This workbook covers the structure
and mode of operation of a PLC and
the systematic development of PLC
programs. The content is based en-
tirely on the new DIN EN 61131-3
programming standard. Practical ex-
ercises require a PLC and an actual
process (can be represented using
equipment set PLC, TP 301).
DE 93313
EN 93314
ES 94427
R. Bliesener, F. Ebel, C. Lffler, H. Regber,
E. v. Terzi, A. Winter
Textbooks and workbooks
Elektronics/PLC
Also order:
Solution sections
For Festo FPC 101, Siemens S7-300
or Allen Bradley SLC500. Geared to
equipment set PLC, TP 301.
52
Festo Didactic
ISBN 3-8127-9265-6
Stefan Hesse
Lexikon der elektrischen
Antriebstechnik
DE 92271
EN 95021
Transparency set
Fundamentals of PLCs
This transparency set was designed
as an introduction to this technology
and also the handling of a program-
mable logic controller. Based on the
textbook Programmable Logic Con-
trollers, Basic Level, it illustrates
the basic function units of a PLC as
well as the syntax of the program-
ming languages Statement List (STL),
Ladder Diagram (LDR) and Function
Chart (FCH).
Glossary of electrical drive
technology
Modern drive technology is increas-
ingly recognised by the bringing to-
gether of electrical and mechanical
components in drive systems. New
and improved drive capabilities can
be achieved through the use of com-
pact power electronics, innovative
motor concepts, optimised mechani-
cal components, new materials and
high-performance communication
technology. This book lists the main
concepts in glossary format and pro-
vides brief explanations to facili-
tate a better understanding of these
drives. However since there is more
to an electrical drive that just the
electric motor, it also touches on ar-
eas such as measurement systems,
power electronics, gear units, con-
trollers and components for trans-
mitting power.
Siemens course SIMATIC S7-300
The contents of this CD-ROM are de-
signed for instructors in factories
and teachers in colleges of vocation-
al and further education dealing with
the subject of automation. They are
equally suitable for in-factory train-
ing as for the running of automation
courses in vocational colleges.
System requirements
PC with Win 9x/NT/2000
Microsoft Office 97/2000
CD-ROM drive
Complementary media
Electronics/PLC
DE 539265
Stefan Hesse
DE 194042
Edition 2002, CD-ROM
Order no. 528612
Also order:
Instructional material for Siemens
S7, STEP 7 and Festo valve
terminals
This CD contains training documents
for Siemens S7/STEP 7 as a PDF file.
It also contains Powerpoint displays
on the AS-interface, distributed au-
tomation with Siemens ET 200S and
Profibus-DP as well as Festo valve
terminals. Edition 2001, CD-ROM
53
Siemens technical books
DE 194039
EN 540686
Automating with SIMATIC
Using the S7-300/400 programma-
ble logic controller as an example,
the reader is given an overview of
the structure and mode of operation
of a modern automation system. The
book also covers project planning
and parameterisation of the control-
ler and the distributed peripherals,
explains communication via network
connections and describes the ways
in which a system can be operated
and monitored. The reader is given
an introduction to the various lan-
guages and their differences.
The book is excellent for all readers
who have little knowledge in the ar-
ea and wish to learn more about pro-
grammable logic controllers.
Hans Berger
DE 194040
EN 540687
Automation with STEP 7 in STL
and SCL
This book describes the elements
and applications of the text-oriented
programming languages STL (State-
ment List) and SCL (Structured Con-
trol Language), both for the SIMATIC
S7-300 and the SIMATIC S7-400. It is
designed for all users of SIMATIC S7
controllers. Beginners are given an
introduction to the area of program-
mable logic controllers, while expe-
rienced users are shown the special
applications of the SIMATIC S7 au-
tomation system. All programming
examples shown in the book are ar-
chived in the module libraries on the
accompanying disk.
Hans Berger
Edition 2005, 528 pages, with 3 disk,
bound
DE 194041
EN 540688
Automation with STEP 7 in LAD
and FBD
This book describes the elements
and applications of the graphic-ori-
ented programming languages Lad-
der Diagram (LAD) and Function
Chart (FBD), both for the SIMATIC
S7-300 and the SIMATIC S7-400. It is
designed for all users of SIMATIC S7
controllers. Beginners are given an
introduction to the area of program-
mable logic controllers, while expe-
rienced users are shown the special
applications of the SIMATIC S7 au-
tomation system. All programming
examples shown in the book and
several more besides are archived
in the module libraries on the accom-
panying disk.
Hans Berger
Edition 2005, 435 pages, with 3 disk,
bound
DE 194043
EN 540689
Decentralisation with PROFIBUS-DP
In addition to basic knowledge of the
PROFIBUS, this book focuses mainly
on PROFIBUS-DP project design us-
ing STEP 7. It explains the various
possibilities for data exchange with
application programs and provides
tips for commissioning and trouble-
shooting. A range of practical ap-
plication examples on the basis of
SIMATIC programmable logic con-
trollers helps users put theory into
practice.
This book is particularly well suited
to PROFIBUS planners, project en-
gineers and programmers because
of its practical orientation. The ba-
sic and comprehensive presentation
also makes it ideal for students and
instructors.
Josef Weigmann, Gerhard Kilian
54
Manuals
Electronics/PLC
Manual
Electronic/
Pneumatics
System Description
Soft Stop
Type SPC11......
Manual
196 724
en 0404b
[683 573]
Soft Stop SPC11
Manual Siemens S7-300
This documentation package com-
prises the following manuals:
Setup, CPU data
Module data
Operations list
DE 196723
EN 196724
Soft Stop SPC 11
The manual contains general, basic
information about the function, as-
sembly, installation and commission-
ing of pneumatic axes with the Soft
Stop SPC 11 from Festo.
S. Breuer
DE 170245
EN 170246
Pneumatic positioning system
SPC 200
This manual contains general basic
information about the mode of op-
eration, assembly, installation and
commissioning of pneumatic axes
using the pneumatic positioning sys-
tem SPC 200 from Festo.
S. Breuer
Edition 2003, 450 pages, in binder with
slipcase
DE 184557
EN 184558
Edition 2003
Siemens AS-Interface master
Manual for the AS-interface master
CP343-2 including software (FC) and
examples.
DE 533029
EN 533520
Siemens ET 200S Manual
Manual for ET 200S.
Part 1: Decentralised peripheral de-
vice
Part 2: Consumer device branches
and safety engineering
DE 533031
EN 533521
LOGO! manual
Operating and programming instruc-
tions and sample applications of
LOGO!
DE 526506
EN 526507
STEP 7 Fundamentals
The package comprises:
Booklet S7-300 simply assemble
and program
Users manual STEP 7
Programming manual S7-300/400
Converter manual
The package Siemens documenta-

tion for S7/STEP 7 on CD-ROM con-
tains all manuals for:
S7-200/300/400
C7 300/400
STEP 7-STL/LDR/FCH/GRAPH/SCL
SIMATIC HMI/NET/DP
LOGO!
System requirements
PC with WIN 95/98/2000/NT/XP

STEP 7 Fundamentals
DE 184563
EN 184564
STEP 7 Manual AWL, KOP, FUP (STL, LAD,
FCH)
DE 184565
EN 184566
STEP 7-SCL Manual
DE 193132
EN 193133
STEP 7-GRAPH Manual
DE 193130
EN 193131
55
Mechatronics Assistant:
The new 10,000-page teachware concept on CD-ROM
The time previously lost researching,
copying, collating, stapling and dis-
tributing is a thing of the past. The
new Mechatronics Assistant is a syl-
labus-oriented, structured archive
on CD-ROM containing all the docu-
mentation you need for your class-
es, whether in vocational colleges or
factories:
Practice and subject-oriented book
of exercises with solutions, includ-
ing for all MPS
stations
Drawings, circuit diagrams and
graphics
Video sequences
Presentations
Technical documentation, operat-
ing instructions and safety notes
Manuals and other aids
Universal tool
The Mechatronics Assistant is thus
a multimedia tool for project work,
training and examination prepara-
tion. A hypertext-based reference
work for all areas related to automa-
tion training and a planning aid for
the training of mechatronics special-
ists and related specialities.
More than 2,000 pages of exercises
Ready-to-use exercises on modules,
stations and systems mean that the
lesson on MPS
can start immediate-

ly. The trainer can choose from both
introductory exercises and complex
project exercises. All of the exercises
can be easily changed and saved as
custom exercises so that trainers can
create their own archives.
Media Courseware Mechatronics/Handling technology

Over 500 transparencies and more
than 1,000 pages of lesson material
for the trainer
The trainers binder contains not on-
ly ready-to-print trainee and trainer
manuals, but also extensive trans-
parency sets, prepared templates for
creating custom exercises and work-
sheets as well as numerous tips on
working with the Mechatronics As-
sistant.
Condensed information
More than 500 pages on over 25 top-
ics: fundamentals of mechatronics
as a reference or introduction to a
new topic.
The Mechatronics Assistant Archive
has several unique features that sim-
plify your work.
Source formats
Many documents in the Mechatron-
ics Assistant are available in source
format (e.g. .doc, .dxf, .ppt). This al-
lows you to tailor the documents to
your needs and update them as re-
quired.
Multi-dimensional database
structure
All documents in the Mechatronics
Assistant are structured on multi-
ple levels:
Training-oriented (toward the Me-
chatronics specialist syllabus)
Subject-oriented (commissioning,
troubleshooting, programming, in-
stallation)
MPS
station-oriented
Cross-referencing via hyperlinks

Additional information can be ac-
cessed via hyperlinks embedded in
the text. Graphics provided in source
format are also linked by keywords,
allowing you to search for graphics
via keyword.
A tool for teachers and trainees
Structure and handling are designed
to allow trainees to work independ-
ently on an exercise using the Me-
chatronics Assistant. Here they find
everything necessary for solving a
task. All solutions are available in a
password-protected area.
Master the technology with
confidence
Our premium documentation, which
sets new standards, will help you
in this: all 3D configuration instruc-
tions on stations, modules and com-
ponents, all manuals, operating in-
structions and data sheets are now
available in electronic form. This
does away with the need for long
searches since the technical docu-
mentation required for all exercises
and projects is always to hand. More
than 5,000 pages of technical docu-
mentation now thats what you call
complete!
But thats not all:
We have also set up a service page
for Mechatronics Assistant users.
Simply download updates, new exer-
cises, sample programs and project
ideas free of charge. This gives you
an advantage with your training
your Mechatronics Assistant devel-
ops in line with your needs:
www.festo-didactic.com.
Six licences now included in the
scope of delivery for the same
price. With online activation.
Can be installed in either German,
English or Spanish.
Supplied on CD-ROM in the Sys-
tainer including manual in DE/
EN/ES.
System requirements
Intel-PC or compatible, at least
300 MHz
Windows NT4.0 SP5 or Windows
2000 Professional SP2 (recom-
mended); Windows 98, 98 SE and
ME (possible)
At least 64 MB RAM
Microsoft
Word 97 or Microsoft

Word 2000
MS Internet Explorer 5.5 or 6.0
Sun Java 2 Runtime Environment
SE V1.4.1
Flash Player 6 AX control
DE/EN/ES 529134
56
Mechatronics/Handling technology
DE 543068
Communication-oriented approach
to system malfunctions
The importance of maintenance and
servicing, in particular with respect
to malfunction management, cannot
be underestimated in production.
The purpose of this textbook is to
teach students how to reduce down-
times. Identifying failure modes, di-
agnosing malfunctions and fixing
faults requires both specialist knowl-
edge and interpersonal communica-
tion skills. This practical textbook ad-
dresses the situation using the case
example of a medium-sized drinks
bottling company: training scenarios
portray realistic situations, that pro-
vide instruction in a range of faults
from the simple to the cross-linked.
Includes a CD-ROM with presenta-
tions on the topic of communica-
tion and troubleshooting, circuit di-
agrams and function charts for the
MPS
distributing and sorting sta-

tions plus the textbook.
Walter E. Theuerkauf, Sarah Funke,
Gabriele Graube
Edition 2006, 144 pages, in binder incl.
CD-ROM
539934 DE

MPS
Prozessoptimierung

Ausbildungsunterlage

543068 DE
Kommunikations-
orientiertes
Handeln bei
Strungen in
Anlagen
Leitfaden fr die
Ausbildung
Instructors handbook 550585
Students handbook 550584
Projects for teaching in the learning
areas of automation, operations
engineering, mechatronics
The complete training project work
for qualification as an electronics en-
gineer in automation. Operations en-
gineering or mechatronics engineer.
Based on the tried and proven modu-
lar system from Festo Didactic, Festo
and the Bildungsverlag 1 (Educa-
tional Publisher) have jointly devised
a project covering all 6 learning ar-
eas. Trainees are guided step by step
through different projects. The di-
dactic deployment of a wide variety
of methods and tools is explained.
The instructors handbook provides
teaching hints as well as the solu-
tions to the sample exercises. The
accompanying DVD presents demo
versions of the software products
discussed in the book as well as aids
for further practice.
S. Manemann, J. Rengsdorf
Edition 2006, bound
Training document
Process optimisation
With the basics of
Analysis of existing systems
Project plan
Planning and optimisation of auto-
mated systems
Value creation and wastage
KANBAN
SMED
TPM
Poka-Yoke
FMEA
The detailed project task, with seven
subsidiary tasks based on the exam-
ple of the MPS
Distribution, Testing,
Processing, Handling and Sorting
stations, enables practical optimi-
sation of a production process, with
material flow analysis, devising and
appraising suggestions for improve-
ment, procurement and production
of components, programming and
commissioning the optimised sys-
tem.
M. Bellenberg, T. Mehwald, H. Regber,

G. Schmidt
Edition 2006, 310 pages, in binder, includ-
ing CD-ROM with circuit diagrams, sym-
bols and sample programs for the Siemens
PLC S7-300.
DE 539934
5 projects for learning areas 1 6
Analysing electrical engineering
systems and testing functions
Planning and implementing electri-
cal installations
Analysing and adapting control
systems
Preparing information technology
systems
Analysing the sorting equipment
and verifying its safety
The workbook
Includes a flow chart for each
project
Includes exercises at various levels
of difficulty
Covers the topics of Teamwork
and Presentation
Including introductions to the
CADdy, TrySIM and PLC programs,
as well as hints on working tech-
niques and methods
The DVD
Contains project files, documenta-
tion, software, videos and diagrams
The instructors handbook
Includes teaching hints and sample
solutions
57
538957 DE
11/03
Station Verteilen
Ausbildungsunterlage
094379 DE

Modulares
Produktions-System

Die automatisierte
Produktion
Ein Leitfaden zur
Qualifizierung

081062 DE

Grundlagen der
Robotertechnik

Arbeitsbuch

Mechatronics/Handling technology
094421 DE

Mechatronik

Ausbildungs-
unterlage

DE 94421
EN 94536
Mechatronics
Part A of the Mechatronics work-
book contains the required general
knowledge on project planning, ma-
terial flow, the planning of automa-
tion systems and the commissioning,
maintenance and troubleshooting of
complex systems. Part B covers the
theoretical fundamentals in detail.
Includes 8 exercises with solutions.
These exercises require stations
from the MPS
program, Festo Di-

dactics Learning System for Me-
chatronics.
F. Ebel, E. v. Terzi
We have put together a complete set
of training documentation for MPS
.
Part A, Documentation for trainers,
contains exercises and solutions re-
lated to the areas of construction,
commissioning, programming, com-
munication and troubleshooting. Ad-
ditional information for the trainer is
provided.
Part B, Documentation for trainees,
contains solutions for the partici-
pants to work through.
The CD-ROM supplied contains both
the training documentation as a PDF
file as well as worked examples for
the Siemens SPS S7-313C-2 DP.
Training documentation:
MPS
Distribution Station
DE 538957
484 pages, in binder incl. CD-ROM
MPS
Sorting Station
DE 539308
MPS
Conveyor project kit

DE 539311
DE 94379
EN 94386
ES 94432
Automated Production A guideline
to qualification
This training documentation covers
interdisciplinary subjects relating to
training methods and automation
technology. Actual project manage-
ment phases can be taught via train-
ing projects with varying degrees of
complexity.
The following areas are covered:
training methods, planning and
project engineering, programming,
operation of systems, maintenance
including preventative maintenance,
quality management and visualisa-
tion.
F. Ebel, S. Scharf, C. Lffler, E. v. Terzi
DE 81062
EN 81063
ES 94355
Fundamentals of Robotics
This workbook covers the funda-
mentals of robotics. The exercises
in the workbook are intended as an
introduction to the handling station
with robots, but they can of course
be used together with any other ro-
bot station.
H. Dahlhoff, F. Gtz, H. Hohenburg, R.
Schul, F. Spielmann
Training documentation MPS
58
Media Courseware Metal technology/CNC technology
Metal technology/CNC technology
Training project on presses,
trainer manual
Training project on presses for learn-
ing fields 1-4 of the reorganised in-
dustrial metalworking professions.
Complete documentation set for
trainers with drawings, bills of mate-
rial, project exercises, didactic hand-
outs, evaluation sheets, solutions
and learning materials.
CD-ROM for trainers
student manual
CD-ROM for students
DE 539762
DE 539760
R. Dierenbach, T. Hug
Finding your way in the learning
field jungle
Introduction to the theory and prac-
tice of learning fields. This technical
book describes the origin of learning
fields and provides a step-by-step
explanation of the evolution from
learning situations to learning ar-
rangements.
DE 539765
Learning fields 1-4 of metalworking
professions
Working through learning fields 1-
4 of the reorganised metalworking
professions. Training situations are
described and divided into learning
arrangements. It focuses on method-
ical aspects, which means that the
content can be easily applied to oth-
er projects.
CNC textbook
Basic principles of numerically con-
trolled machine tools (CNC). Pro-
gramming in accordance with ISO
and SINUMERIK 840D.
Book of solutions for the sample
exercises from the CNC text book
DE 540693
DE 540692
Also order:
T. Hug
DE 539761
DE 539763
T. Hug
59
Working material
Media Courseware Working material
Order no. 539007
Case of cutaway pneumatic models
For visualising the structure and
function of pneumatic components.
All of the cutaway models used are
of industrial design. Dynamic ele-
ments and wearing parts correspond
to the original. The models select-
ed are those relevant to pneumatic
training. Some of the cutaway mod-
els retain their function or partial
function so that they can be demon-
strated in use.
The following components are in-
cluded in a case of cutaway models:
Single and double-acting cylinders
Filter regulator
AND gate
OR gate
Time delay valve
Quick-exhaust valve
Valve slice
Pressure gauge
Roller lever valve
Pressure sequence valve
Pneumatic valve
Pneumatics/Hydraulics 162340
Magnetic symbol sets
For step-by-step development of cir-
cuit diagrams. The symbols adhere
to a metal-backed board. Connec-
tions and designations are marked
with chalk. The symbol sets are
stored in a Systainer.
Control technology 90021
Program flow chart 90022
Drawing template
The drawing templates for control
technology. For fast designing of
pneumatic circuit diagrams or flow
diagrams.
Can be used to draw all electrical
(DIN 40713), electronic (DIN 40719),
pneumatic, hydraulic (DIN/ISO 1219)
and logic symbols (DIN 40700).
60
Laboratory equipment
61
Workstation systems and Training packages .................................................. 62
Workstation systems ..................................................................................... 64
Learnline ......................................................................................................... 65
Learntop ......................................................................................................... 72
Training packages ......................................................................................... 74
Pneumatics ..................................................................................................... 78
Hydraulics ....................................................................................................... 95
Sensors .........................................................................................................109
Elektronics/PLC .............................................................................................112
Electrical drives .............................................................................................130
Accessories and optional components ..........................................................132
Change from Blue to Silver ............................................................................143
62
Laboratory equipment Workstation systems and Training packages
Workstations and training packages:
Innovative technology with value added
Profile plate/profile columns
All of the components can be flexibly
positioned and securely mounted in
the profile slot using hammerhead
nuts or Quick-Fix
. Components can
now be mounted on the profile plate
with to-the-millimetre accuracy. A
mounting system for all technologies
and areas of application. You can
also select the profile plate width to
match your needs.
Quick-Fix
mounting system
The extensive profile plate permits
systematic arrangement of the com-
ponents in accordance with the cir-
cuit diagram, for example, to make
the transfer of information from the
drawing to the actual system as easy
as possible for the participants. Us-
ing the patented Quick-Fix
mount-
ing system you can mount compo-
nents on the profile plate easily,
safely and with little effort.
Quick and easy connections
Using standard outer diameter tub-
ing from Festo. Sturdy, more reliable
and easy to handle. Almost all pneu-
matic, hydraulic and electrical con-
nections are on the top of the com-
ponents for better ergonomics.
Festo industrial components
Learning with innovative technology
Practice-oriented basic and further
training using industrial components
provides you with the necessary con-
fidence for your daily work. You can
now also use Festo valve terminals in
basic training.
63
Laboratory equipment Workstation systems and Training packages
Worldwide at your ngertips. Find your contact person at: www.festo-didactic.com
Reassuringly sturdy
The lockable drawer units, fully ex-
tending with safety stop can sup-
port a load of 20 kg per drawer. The
transport packaging for the pneu-
matic and hydraulic equipment sets
can also be used as drawer inserts.
This saves material and provides you
with a quick overview of the drawer
contents.
ER or A4?
The mounting frames for the
workstations are designed to
hold exercise boards and sev-
eral ER units by Festo Didactic
and other manufacturers. The
ER mounting frame is compat-
ible with the electronic compo-
nents of the training packages.
Alternatively you can opt for an
A4 mounting frame the electro-
technical standard.
64
The modular training system with
many practical details
The universal aluminium profile plate
used in conjunction with ergonomi-
cally designed workstation systems
provide the perfect training environ-
ment for basic and further training in
automation technology.
Learnline
Winner of international design
awards:
iF Product Design Award 2006
Focus Design Award (silver) 2005
Workstation systems
65
Learnline The yardstick for design and function
Practical
The concept of the modular work-
station system for basic and further
training includes many practical fea-
tures to make learning easier. Learn-
line places at your disposal a uni-
versal storage system which can be
used without modification for pneu-
matic, hydraulic or electrotechnical
lessons. The attention paid to design
and function as one essential feature
is evident in every practical detail.
Versatile
Just a glance at its basic structure is
enough to see that the various el-
ements of the Learnline furniture
range can be combined to meet any
requirements. With just a few care-
fully thought-out individual compo-
nents, it is possible to achieve re-
sults that are geared to the needs of
the user, space available and techni-
cal requirements. The functional de-
sign of the profile column provides
the key to the modular structure. As
the central point of attachment, it
opens up countless possibilities for
the required configurations.
Resilient
Even large mechanical forces, result-
ing from servohydraulics, proportion-
al pneumatics or the use of robots
for example do not present a prob-
lem for the Learnline system. The
distortion-resistant design and high-
quality coating on the workstation
and frame ensure an extremely long
service life despite large loads.
Extendable
Learnline consists of basic mobile
and stationary units with cable/
oil trays, various assembly units,
wheeled and fixed drawer units for
storage and a wide range of acces-
sories.
The Learnline modular workstation
system offers a variety of possibili-
ties for both configuration and at-
tachment. Competent consultants
are available in over 50 countries to
supply you with an individual quo-
tation.
Laboratory equipment Workstation systems Learnline
66
Mobile workstations: More versatile than ever
Flexible and modular
Learnline is of modular design and
offers an almost unlimited range of
configuration possibilities for your
Learnline workstation.
High mobility and optimum use
of space
Individual or group training worksta-
tions can be created with a minimum
of effort wherever they are required.
Transport through doors is also pos-
sible. This mobile workstation is de-
signed in such a way as to permit
several people to work simultane-
ously. This is further facilitated by
the two integrated fixed drawer units
that ensure quick and easy access
to the required components of the
Learning System.
Learnline
Winner of the international
design prices
67
Optimum use of space
The positioning of the storage plate
means that the free space beside the
fixed drawer units can be used for
Systainer or other storage systems.
The hydraulic power unit with single
pump fits conveniently beside the
1100 mm profile plate.
Hydraulics for advanced trainees
The double pump power unit fits
neatly on the frame beside the fixed
drawer units with no additional at-
tachment required. The discharge
measuring container also fits beside
the 1100 mm profile plate.
Pneumatic and electrotechnical
training
The storage plate can hold up to
two compressors. Further mounting
frames for electronic components
in A4 format, for example, can be
used in addition to the 700 mm pro-
file plate.
Vertical or inclined?
Choose the vertical profile plate if
you want to use the worktop for
books or laptops for example. Or if
the workstation is to be used from
both sides, opt for the inclination
unit with an additional profile plate
to adapt the plate inclination to your
requirements.
1 2
With 1100 x 700 mm profile plate and ER frame 539028
The preferred types with price advantage. Flexibly expandable.
(Overall dimensions W1556 x D780 x H1773)
68
Stationary workstations: Ergonomic and versatile
Learnline
Winner of the international design
prices
The stationary solution
With its stationary workstations
the Learnline system is able to
meet any requirements for stand-
ard desk systems, but with great-
er functionality. It offers a gener-
ous work surface and also provides
considerable legroom thanks to the
wheeled drawer units. The drawer
units ensure quick and easy access
to the required components.
Vertical or inclined?
The tried and tested profile plate is
attached to the stable profile of the
inclination unit. Thus, the angle of
the profile plate can be infinitely ad-
justed until it reaches a horizontal
position. The layout of the exercise
is therefore always ergonomically
correct.
69
1 2
Creating a third dimension:
Profile columns as a mounting
surface
Use the versatile profile columns
as a Quick-Fix-compatible mount-
ing surface for equipment sets or for
attaching further components ver-
tically for example. Further compo-
nents can be attached horizontally
to the profile of the inclination unit,
even cylinders with a 400 mm stroke
for example. You still retain flexibil-
ity of configuration for the mounting
frames for ER or A4 units.
Optimum use of space
Thanks to the inclination unit the
profile plate can be lowered until it
reaches a horizontal position. You
can then use the free space for A4 or
ER mounting frames.
Pneumatic and electrotechnical
training
Further mounting frames for elec-
tronic components can be used in
addition to the 700 mm profile plate.
Storage accessories
Whether you store your training
packages in a Systainer or in a draw-
er unit, equipment trays from Festo
Didactic ensure you can always find
what youre looking for.
The preferred types with price advantage. Flexibly expandable.
(Overall dimensions W1512 x D780 x H1718).
70
Your individual design
1
3
Basic mobile unit
Stable and with a high-quality coat-
ing, the basic worktables are guaran-
teed to fulfil your high requirements.
1 Basic mobile unit
With castors and wheel brakes. The
high worktop ensures a comfortable
working position when standing. The
flexible design of this workstation
makes it ideally suited to simul-
2
4 6
5
taneous use from both sides.
W 1556 x D 780 x H 815.
2 Basic stationary unit
The height of the worktop ensures a
comfortable working position when
seated. With height-adjustable de-
sign and continuously variable tilting
of the profiled plate.
W 1512 x D 780 x H 760.
1 Basic mobile unit 535832
2 Basic stationary unit 535835
Drawer units
3/4 Fixed drawer unit for
installation in mobile workstations
Drawer unit with fully extending,
lockable steel drawers with safety
stop. Fronts can be labelled. Load 20
kg per drawer. External dimensions
of body (W 476 x D 788 x H 592), us-
able inner dimensions (W 375 x D
700).
5/6 Wheeled drawer unit for
stationary workstations
Wheeled drawer unit with fully ex-
tending, lockable steel drawers with
safety stop. Fronts can be labelled.
Load 20 kg per drawer. External di-
mensions body (W 476 x D 788 x H
657), usable inner dimensions (W
375 x D 700). All wheels freely mova-
ble, 2 wheels with lockable brake.
Mounting frame/mounting sets
Versatile profile columns form the
core of the Learnline system. They
are used to mount the profile plate
frame, to attach components or as an
alternative mounting surface for your
training components.
7 For vertical mounting of the
profile plate
The profile plate support is mounted
between the profile columns, the
profile plate is securely screwed to
the mounting frame and the frame
structure. This makes the worksta-
tion extremely strong and resilient
and means that the profile plate can
be used from both sides.
8 For inclined mounting of the
profile plate
The profile plate support can be
mounted at any height between the
two profile columns, ensuring work-
station ergonomics tailored to your
requirements. You can also place the
components from the training pack-
age directly on the mounting frame,
thereby freeing up additional work-
space.
Please order one mounting set per
profile plate (Not shown).
3 Fixed drawer unit pneumatic with 4 drawers 535833
4 Fixed drawer unit hydraulic with 3 drawers 539026
5 Wheeled drawer unit pneumatic with 4 drawers 535834
6 Wheeled drawer unit hydraulic with 3 drawers 539731
7 Mounting frame for vertical mounting of the profile plate 540698
8 Mounting frame for inclined mounting of the profile plate 539032
Mounting set for vertical mounting of the profile plate 540697
Mounting set for inclined mounting of the profile plate 539735
7 8
71
Accessories
9 Storage plate
Fits into the mobile frame in addition
to 2 drawer units and offers installa-
tion space for 2 JunAir compressors
(order no. 91030) for example. W
748 x D 403 x H 30.
8 Oil spillage/protective mat
Black, with rubber border. Protects
the tabletop of the Learnline system
and keeps it clean.
312 x 1512 mm 541133
Order no. 539729
11 Cable guide
For a set of laboratory cables. En-
sures that cables are kept neatly and
in order. W 150 x D 136 x H 63.
Order no. 535812
Order no. 536200
and holds up to 12 ER/6 A4 units.
One mounting frame can be attached
to each side of the mobile worksta-
tion.
4/6 Mounting frame
(700 mm wide)
The small mounting frame permits
the use of ER/A4 components to the
direct left or right of a 700 mm broad
profile plate.
Accessories
7 Universal bracket
Permits the mounting of up to 2
hydraulic power units with single
pump, up to 2 hydraulic measuring
containers or holders for storing hos-
es. W 50 x D 275 x H 130.
Order no. 539736
10 Hose holder
For up to 20 hydraulic hoses. Pro-
vides neat storage and protects hose
couplings from ingress of dirt. W 366
x D 182 x H 80.
Order no. 539737
1
3
7
2
4 6
8
10
12
1/2 Aluminium profile plates
The anodised aluminium profile plate
forms the basis for all Festo Didactic
training packages. All of the compo-
nents fit securely and safely on the
profile plate. There are grooves on
each side and, if required, both sides
can be fitted with components.
The grooves are compatible with the
ITEM profile system. Side caps in-
cluded. Grid dimensions: 50 mm.
For installation on tables we recom-
mend the appropriate rubber feet
(Order no. 158343).
1 1100 x 700 mm 159411
2 700 x 700 mm 159410
550 x 700 mm (Not shown) 159409
ER and DIN A4 mounting frame
The mounting frames for the work-
stations are designed to hold a large
number of exercise boards and ER
units from the Learning System for
Automation. This compatibility also
extends to electrotechnical equip-
ment in A4 format. It is thus possible
to obtain a satisfactory solution to
almost any specific task.
3/5 Mounting frame
(1500 mm wide)
The mounting frame mounted on the
profile column is height-adjustable
11
9
5
3 ER mounting frame (1500 mm wide) 539022
4 ER mounting frame (700 mm wide) 539033
5 A4 mounting frame (1500 mm wide) 539021
6 A4 mounting frame (700 mm wide) 539755
12 A4 ER mounting frame
The ER mounting plate can be in-
stalled in any A4 mounting frame. A
cut-out permits installation of 2 large
or 4 small Festo Didactic ER units.
72
Laboratory equipment Workstation systems Learntop
Learntop The low-cost desktop mounting system
The low-cost introduction to the
world of training packages from Fes-
to Didactic: Enjoy the advantages of
the profile plate and the ER mount-
ing frame when carrying out your
pneumatic, hydraulic, sensor or PLC
training. The devices can be clearly
arranged and ensure an ergonom-
ic working position at your existing
work tables and benches.
Mounting parts and instructions
for mounting the profile plates are
included. It is recommended that
Learntop be fastened to the table for
security reasons.
Learntop-A
Equipment holder for use on one
side of the workstation. Ergonomic
arrangement of components thanks
to the inclined profile plate. Not suit-
able for hydraulic training.
Can hold up to 2 profile plates of size
350 x 1100 mm (order no. 162360)
or one profile plate of size 700 x
1100 mm (order no. 159411).
Profile plates not included.
Learntop-S
The versatile equipment holder for
all technologies. Mobile Can be
simply set up on an existing work ta-
ble/bench. Versatile Canbe used
from both sides. Ergonomic the
angled profile plate enablescompo-
nents to be easily assembled.
Accepts up to 4 profile plates of size
350 x 1100 mm (order no. 162360)
or 2 profile plates 700 x 1100 mm
(order no. 159411).
Learntop-L
Equipment holder for use on one
side of a workstation; for profile
plates of size 700 x 1100 mm (order
no. 159411). For horizontal profile
plate configurations. Not suitable for
hydraulic training.
Order no. 540670
Order no. 540668
Order no. 540669
73
Accessories
Laboratory equipment Workstation systems Learntop
1 Aluminium profile plate
The anodised aluminium profile
plate forms the basis for all Festo Di-
dactic training packages. All of the
components fit securely and safely
into the grooves on the profile plate.
There are grooves on each side and,
if required, both sides can be fitted
with components. The grooves are
compatible with the ITEM profile sys-
tem. Side caps included. Grid dimen-
sions: 50 mm.
(order no. 158 343). Sizes 350 x
1100 mm and 350 x 250 mm sup-
plied without side caps.
1100 x 700 mm 159411
350 x 1100 mm 162360
4 Slotted mounting plate
All components with the Quick-Fix
system can be mounted on the slot-
ted mounting plate. The slotted
mounting plate can be installed in
the conventional A4 mounting frame
or on the tabletop. It is not com-
patible with the A4 table mounting
frame. Overall dimensions: 532 x
297 mm
Order no. 159331
5 A4 table mounting frame
Allows an EduTrainer
plus or other
A4 units to be installed on a univer-
sal mobile rack.
Order no. 536582
6 Rubber feet
For non-slip, protective mounting
of profile plates on tabletops of any
type. Set (4 pieces).
Order no. 158343
7 Plug-in adapter set
The plug-in adapter set can be used
to mount the ER units directly on the
blue plug-in board or on the alumin-
ium profile plate. One set is required
to mount one unit.
Order no. 541122
2 Cable rack for Learntop-S
workstation
in order. W 150 x D 136 x H 63.
Order no. 535812
3 Hose holder for Learntop-S
workstation
couplings from ingress of dirt.
W 366 x D 182 x H 80.
Order no. 539737
Oil drip tray for Learntop-S
workstation
Dimensions: 1160 mm x 760 mm
Order no. 357283
1
4
5
6
7
2
3
74
Basic and further training redefined!
The new training packages for the
fundamentals of pneumatics ande-
lectropneumatics.
TP 101: Pneumatics, Basic level
TP 102: Pneumatics, Advanced
level
TP 201: Electropneumatics, Ba-
sic level
TP 202: Electropneumatics, Ad-
vanced level
TP 210: Measurement in pneu-
matics
TP 220: Pneumatic drive units
Optimum path to learning
The path to learning from the first
project to thelast is now even more
systematic. From simple direct actua-
tion (TP 101) to sequence controls
with signal overlap (TP 202), all of
the fundamentals are covered. None-
theless the new content remains un-
derstandable and clear for students,
which means that the new training
packages are also suitable for self-
tuition.
Training packages
75
The new sets of Festo equipment: New components and
new teaching concept for staff with practical competencies.
Project-oriented teachware
Projects develop out of exercises.
Complexity increases from project to
project and information just learned
is consolidated infollow-on projects.
Practice-related problems
Taken from actual industrial appli-
cations. The projects are selected to
represent actual industrial scenarios.
Drawings, pictures and videos are
additionally used to visualise the ac-
tual application.
With extended part on
fundamentals
If you want to work competently with
pneumatics, you need to know more
than just about components and cir-
cuits: physical basics, technical cal-
culations, safety, working economi-
cally, analytical fault-finding and
professional documentation. Now in
the enhanced workbook.
Includes a multimedia-CD-ROM
Containing photos and videos of in-
dustrial applications and circuitdia-
models forgreater clarity. Work-
Structured approach and
professional documentation
All of the necessary steps from plan-
ning, through execution with func-
tional control, to handover to the
customer are supported by work-
sheets.
New components with Festo quality
The selection of components and the
versions for the training packages
have been especially matched to the
projects in the workbook. With this,
the essential learning objectives can
be taught with areasonable invest-
ment. With original industrial quality-
components from Festo.
New organisation and packaging
The new training packages are sup-
plied in the practical Systainer. The
Systainer provides a well-ordered
storage system for the training pack-
age and of course it also fits into oth-
er workstation drawer units.
New subjects:
TP 220 pneumatic drives
The TP 220 extends the TP 201 train-
ing package with the fundamentals
for pneumatic drives. The learning
objectives are the selection and di-
mensioning of various modern types
of drive, taking account ofthe special
characteristics as well as consider-
ing costs and safety. Every drive is
straightforward as a single assembly
and is thus appropriate for differing
starting levels of the trainees. The
exclusiveuse of industrial compo-
nents reinforces the necessary prac-
tical approach and ensures a quick
transfer of knowledge from the theo-
retical to the practical side.
Laboratory equipment Training packages
76
Innovative training packages with detailed practical functions
Festo Didactics training packages
are of modular design. This means
that you can start today with the ba-
sic pneumatics level and then contin-
ue to the advanced level tomorrow,
or start again with electropneumat-
ics the choice is yours.
Would you like your training to focus
on a special theme? All of the equip-
ment set components can be individ-
ually ordered to supplement your ex-
isting equipment sets with suitable
teachware:
Plug in clamp youre done
Using the patented QuickFix
mount-
ing system you can mount compo-
nents on the profile plate easily,
safely and with little effort. Dont for-
get almost all pneumatic, hydraulic
and electrical connections are on the
top of the components where they
can be easily accessed.
The perfect storage system
The drawer insert serves as an or-
ganiser for quick and orderly storage
of individual parts in the workstation
drawer units included in the scope
of delivery of the training packages.
The new pneumatic training packag-
es are supplied in the practical Sys-
tainer whose inserts also fit into the
drawer units.
State-of-the-art coupling
technology
Leak-proof hydraulic couplings mean
less pollution, thus protecting the
environment. The quick coupling
sockets are self-sealing when decou-
pled. During the coupling process,
only the face of the coupling is coat-
ed with oil.
77
Industrial applications at your
fingertips
Learning through innovative tech-
nology. Practice-oriented training
and vocational training using indus-
trial components provides you with
the necessary confidence for your
daily work.
Open for all systems
The EduTrainer
concept enables the

principles of industrial controllers
to be taught in a classroom setting.
The system supports the integration
of PLCs from other manufacturers
thanks to the SysLink and 4 mm con-
nector interfaces.
Blended learning package for
equipment sets
The training package, software
for designing circuits or simu-
lation, training software, text-
books, workbooks containing ex-
ercises and worksheets, cutaway
and transparent models as well
as videos in a variety of languag-
es provide a convenient training
environment, whatever the sub-
ject matter.
78
Laboratory equipment Training packages Pneumatics
24-month Festo Didactic warranty
Basic training Pneumatics!
Equipment set TP 101 in the Systainer
Pneumatics, Basic level.
The fully revised classic
Further enhanced and updated
through the lessons learned from
over 1,000 seminars on pneumatics.
With brand-new industrial compo-
nents, enabling you to teach to-
morrows industrial standard to-
day.
The workbook contains a se-
ries of graduated project exer-
cises based on actual industrial
applications, an enhanced section
on fundamentals and a multimedia
CD-ROM.
The number of components and the
design are specially tailored to the
projects contained in the workbook
so that the main fundamentals can
be imparted with little outlay. Sup-
plied in the practical Systainer.
Training aims
Structure, function and application
of single-acting and double-acting
cylinders
Calculating basic parameters
Direct and indirect actuation
Application and function of 3/2 and
5/2-way valves
Methods of actuation of directional
control valves
Analysing circuits
Options for pressure measurement
Pressure-dependent control sys-
tems
Distinguishing flow control meth-
ods and using them as intended
Explaining and building latching
circuits
Logic operations: explaining and
implementing AND/OR/NOT op-
erations
Combining logic operations
Function and application of limit
switches
Time delay valves
Realising oscillating movement
Economic considerations of using
pneumatic components
Performance through close

proximity
Switches and valves should be
mounted as close to the actuator as
possible for optimum performance.
You can now apply the same prin-
ciple when designing your circuits
thanks to the new components. Fur-
thermore, this approach also pro-
vides you with an easy way of dem-
onstrating the performance of a
one-way flow control valve. You can
even record the measured values
and analyse the results, for example
using the TP 210!
Worldwide standards ISO valves
All inputs and outputs are accessible
and compatible with the widest pos-
sible range of applications.
Time delay valve
The pneumatic time delay valve per-
mits precise adjustment and can be
read easily from the front pneumat-
ics at its finest!
79
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12
13 14 15
16 17 18
19 20 21
22
An impressive blended learning
package for TP
The workbook
Provides detailed descriptions of in-
dustry-related projects with problem
descriptions, parameters and project
orders. Worksheets support the stu-
dents through the required stages
of planning, execution and function
testing and provide sample solu-
tions. New topics include economic
considerations and notes on safety.
Includes a multimedia-CD-ROM con-
taining photos and videos of indus-
trial applications and circuit dia-
grams.
Theoretical information is conveyed
using animated cutaway models for
greater comprehension and work-
Complementary media
Design and simulation using
FluidSIM
Self-tuition program, Pneumatics

Textbook Pneumatics, Basic level
Cutaway model case
Werkbeek 1P 101
Cu-k0M lncluded
Festo uldactlc
541088 en
Pneumatics
asic Leve|
Complete equipment set TP 101 in the Systainer 540710
The most important components at a glance:
1 2x 3/2-way valve with pushbutton actuator, normally closed 152860
2 1x 3/2-way valve with pushbutton actuator, normally open 152861
3 1x 5/2-way valve with selector switch 152862
4 1x 3/2-way valve with selector switch, normally closed 152863
5 2x 3/2-way roller lever valve, normally closed 152866
6 2x Proximity switch, pneumatic, with cylinder attachment 539775
7 1x Time-delay valve, normally closed 540694
8 1x Pressure sequence valve 152884
9 1x 3/2-way pneumatic valve, pneumatically actuated, one side 539768
10 1x 5/2-way valve, pneumatically actuated, one side 538694
11 3x 5/2-way double pilot valve, pneumatically actuated, both sides 539769
12 1x Shuttle valve (OR) 539771
13 2x Dual-pressure valve (AND) 539770
14 1x Quick-exhaust valve 539772
15 2x One-way flow control valve 539773
16 1x Single-acting cylinder 152887
17 1x Double-acting cylinder 152888
18 1x Start-up valve with filter control valve 540691
19 1x Pressure regulator valve with gauge 539756
20 2x Pressure gauge 152865
21 1x Manifold 152896
22 2x Plastic tubing 4 x 0.75 Silver 10 m 151496
Aluminium profile plate 1100 x 700 mm 159411
Compressor 91030
DE 540671
EN 541088
ES 542503
FR 542507
80
For advanced pneumatic training:
Equipment set TP 102
Develop the training aims from
TP 101 and consolidate your
knowledge.
Fully revised: The new workbook
contains a series of graduated
project exercises based on actual
industrial applications and an en-
hanced section on fundamentals. It
also includes a multimedia CD-ROM.
The foundation for competent train-
ing. Place your order now!
The number of components and the
design are specially tailored to the
so that the main training aims can be
achieved with little outlay. Supplied
in the practical Systainer.
Components from the equipment set
TP 101 are required to carry out the
projects.
Training aims
Binary reducing stages
End positions without limit switches
Latching circuits
Converting 5/2-way valves
Function of a back pressure end
stop
Basic stepper control (continu-
ous cycle)
Stepper control with operating
modes or idle step
Setting and coordinating time de-
lays
Variable step repetition using a
predetermining counter
Input circuit with self-latching loop
and auxiliary functions
Evaluating and using sensors for
material sensing
Realising stepper control with pro-
tected pilot air and auxiliary func-
tions
Proximity sensors in the end po-
sitions and in the partial stroke
range
Combined use of quick exhaust
valves and pressure regulators
Inversion of a timer signal
Varying end-position cushioning
Using and adjusting different sen-
sor types
Performance through close

proximity
Switches and valves should be
mounted as close to the actuator as
possible for optimum performance.
You can now apply the same prin-
ciple when designing your circuits
thanks to the new components that
can be plugged in directly. Further-
more, this approach also provides
you with an easy way of demonstrat-
ing the features of a one-way flow
control valve. You can even record
the measured values and analyse the
results, for example using the new
TP 210!
Lever valves
All of the lever valves contained in
the training packages 101 and 102
are equipped with a pilot control,
which means they require a low ac-
tuating force and deliver high reli-
ability.
81
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12
13 14 15
16
package for TP
The workbook
Includes a multimedia-CD-ROM con-
grams.
Theoretical information is conveyed
using animated cutaway models for
greater comprehension and work-
Complementary media
FluidSIM
Self-tuition program, Pneumatics

Cutaway model case
Werkbeek 1P 102
Cu-k0M lncluded
Festo uldactlc
541089 en
Pneumatics
Advanced Leve|
DE 540672
EN 541089
ES 542504
FR 542508
2 1x 3/2-way valve with mushroom-head emergency switch, normally open 152864
3 1x 3/2-way roller lever valve with idle return, normally closed 152867
4 1x Back pressure valve 152868
7 1x Shuttle valve, 3-fold (OR) 152882
9 1x Dual-pressure valve, 3-fold (AND) 152883
11 1x Pneumatic preset counter 152877
12 1x Stepper module 152886
14 2x Non-return valve, delockable 540715
Compressor 91030
82
Electropneumatics starter kit: TP 201
Electropneumatics, Basic level.
The most important basic principles
in one compact book.
The workbook contains a series of
graduated project exercises based
on actual industrial applications, an
enhanced section on fundamentals
and a multimedia CD-ROM. The foun-
dation for competent training. Place
your order now!
The number and the design of com-
ponents are specially tailored to the
Training aims
Structure, function and application
of single-acting and double-acting
cylinders
Calculating basic parameters
Direct and indirect actuation
Application and function of 3/2 and
5/2-way solenoid valves
Analysing circuits
Options for pressure measurement
Pressure-dependent control sys-
tems
Latching circuits
Logic operations: AND/OR/NOT
Combining logic operations
Function and application of limit
switches
End-position monitoring using
electronic proximity sensors
Time delay valves
Realising oscillating movement
Economic considerations of using
pneumatic components
Troubleshooting simple electrop-
neumatic circuits
Electronic proximity sensors

compatible and reliable
These proximity sensors are based
on the same slot mounting system
as the pneumatic proximity sensors
in TP 101. We opted for short circuit-
proof, electronic proximity sensors
due to their long service life in train-
ing applications.
Worldwide standards ISO valves
The new ISO valves with manual
override and M8 connection tech-
nology. The worldwide standard en-
ables you to apply what you have
learned to a wide range of differ-
ent situations, including in different
countries a must for global players.
All inputs and outputs are accessible
and compatible with the widest pos-
sible range of applications.

package for TP
The workbook
Complementary media
FluidSIM
Self-tuition program, Electropneu-

matics
Textbook Electropneumatics, Ba-
sic level
Transparency set, Fundamentals of
electropneumatics
DVD Electropneumatics/Electro-
hydraulics
DE 540673
EN 541090
ES 542505
FR 542509
83
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12
13 14 15
16
Supplementary equipment set to upgrade from
Pneumatics, Basic level TP 101 to Electropneumatics, Basic level TP 201
Supplements the Pneumatics, Basic level TP 101 equipment set to form a com-
plete Electropneumatics, Basic level TP 201 equipment set.
1 1x Signal input, electrical 162242
2 2x Relay, three-fold 162241
3 1x Limit switch, electrical, left-actuated 183322
4 1x Limit switch, electrical, right-actuated 183345
5 1x Proximity switch, optical 178577
6 2x Electronic proximity switch with cylinder attachment 540695
7 1x 2 x 3/2-way solenoid valve with LED, normally closed 539776
8 1x 5/2-way solenoid valve with LED 539777
9 2x 5/2-way double solenoid valve with LED 539778
10 1x Pressure sensor with Indicator 539757
Compressor 91030
Cable set, universal with 4 mm safety plugs 167091
Tabletop power supply/power supply unit for the mounting frame Chapter Accessories
Complete supplementary equipment set TP 101 TP 201 in the Systainer 540717
84
Intensive electropneumatics: Equipment set TP 202
Electropneumatics, Advanced level:
Advanced training in a Systainer!
This training package supplements
the training aims of TP 201.
The new workbook contains a series
of graduated project exercises based
on actual industrial applications, an
enhanced section on fundamentals
and a multimedia CD-ROM. The foun-
dation for competent training. Place
your order now!
The number and the design of com-
ponents are specially tailored to the
Components from the equipment set
TP 201 are required to carry out the
projects.
Training aims
Describing the structure and appli-
cation of valve terminals
Realising sequence controls with
signal overlap solution accord-
ing to the group method, sequence
chain with spring-return valves
and sequence chain with bistable
valves
Describing and setting operating
modes
Describing the function and appli-
cation of a predetermining counter
Explaining and realising an emer-
gency-off function using spring-re-
turn valves
Emergency-off conditions
Explaining the function and appli-
cation of a 5/3-way solenoid valve
Describing and setting the operat-
ing mode Set
Troubleshooting in complex elec-
tropneumatic circuits
Fundamentals of modern
pneumatics valve terminals
This training course helps you to lay
the foundation for using valve ter-
minals. Designed for a wide range of
industries, requirements and appli-
cations, valve terminals are sturdy
and durable an investment in the
future. The MPA valve terminal used
consists of 2 x 5/2-way solenoid
valves and 2 x 5/2-way double sole-
noid valves.
Electrical emergency-off pushbutton
Safety engineering is an important
topic, but one that is often neglect-
ed in training. The new TP 202 takes
an in-depth look at the emergency-
off function and also describes the
emergency-off function under special
conditions. After all, you dont want
to end up with a pressure-less and
voltage-less system after pressing
the emergency-off button!
85
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
package for TP
The workbook
Includes multimedia-CD-ROM con-
models for greater comprehension
and worksheets and exercise sheets
can be reprinted as necessary.
Complementary media
FluidSIM
Self-tuition program, Electropneu-

matics
hydraulics
Werkbeek 1P 202
Cu-k0M lncluded
Festo uldactlc
541091 en
|ectrepneumatics
Advanced Leve|
DE 540674
EN 541091
ES 542506
FR 542510
3 1x Time relay, two-fold 162243
4 1x Preset counter, electrical,incrementing 162355
5 1x EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton, electrical 183347
6 1x Proximity switch, inductive 178574
7 1x Proximity switch, capacitive 178575
8 1x Valve terminal with 4 valve slices (MMJJ) 540696
Compressor 91030
86
Measurement in pneumatics
TP 210, Advanced level
Open to more: Diagnosis and
PC-supported system analysis
The equipment set TP 210 enables
you to expand the training aims of
TP 101 and 201 to include the topic
of measurement in pneumatics: from
simple measurement regarding indi-
vidual components to PC-supported
system analysis of pneumatic con-
trol circuits. Prepare for a future in
which diagnostics will become more
and more important with exercises
for measuring and analysing system
behaviour.
Training aims
Fundamentals of analogue data
processing
Interpreting measurements
Reading and understanding data
sheets and measurement charac-
teristics
Fluid engineering components and
their influence and function
Demonstrating fluid engineering
effects and special features
Analytical troubleshooting
Using and adapting sensors
Your benefits
Fast, PC-supported recording of
measured values
Greater learning success through
measurement of components and
interpretation of the results
Sensors that enable students to
look into the circuit and com-
ponents
Suppositions regarding system be-
haviour can be easily proven
Learning the principles of meas-
urement and analysis and applying
them directly in other circuits
Demonstrate and understand the
principles of fluid engineering
faster
System analysis via PC: State-of-
the-art diagnostic method
Better understanding of fluid engi-
neering components and processes
and thus higher quality of training
The special feature

Sensors (e.g. for measurement of
pressure and flow) are directly con-
nected to the new EasyPort DA in-
cluded in the scope of delivery. The
signals are compiled and transferred
to the PC using the Fluid Lab
-P
measurement software also included
in the scope of delivery. The various
exercises can then be started.
TP 210 allows the student to carry
out many experiments relevant for
basic training.
87
Further components not contained in the scope of delivery are required to carry out the ex-
ercises on force measurement and the proportional valve: 1x force sensor, 1x proportional
pressure regulator.
Force sensor for measuring piston force
Mounting with two hammer-nuts onto the profile plate. Electrical connection with 4 mm
safety plugs.
Measuring range: 0 1 KN
Power supply: 24 V
Setpoint (value): 0 10 V
Proportional-pressure regulator on Quick-Fix
with connection cable

The valve provides a pressure (0.15 6 bar) proportional to the Input signal (0 10 V).
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8
System requirements
PC with Windows 2000 or XP
64 MB RAM
CD-ROM drive
Serial interface (RS232)
Components from the training pack-
ages 101 and 201 are needed to car-
Includes a software package for

measuring: Fluid Lab
-P
The Fluid Lab
-P software for record-

ing measured values is an important
component of the training package
TP 210. Just a few simple steps are
needed to configure the interface,
adapt the sensors and select the lan-
guage (DE/EN/ES/FR). Exercises re-
lating to the recording of measured
values can then be started. Each ex-
ercise consists of a detailed connec-
tion plan of the pneumatic and elec-
trical components as well as a help
text on how to perform the experi-
ment. The software also controls the
measurement tasks and furthermore
results can be printed out or export-
ed to a table editing program. The
software scope also includes a man-
ual and documentation on the set of
exercises with worked results in PDF
format.
1 1x I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends 34031
2 1x Universal connection unit, digital (SysLink) 162231
3 1x Connection unit, analogue 162247
4 1x PC data cable RS232 male-female 162305
5 1x I/O data cable, analogue 189551
6 1x EasyPort DA 193930
8 1x Flowrate sensor with display 539758
9 1x Fluid Lab-P single licence 540700
10 11
9
11 Proportional-pressure regulator 539779
10 Force sensor for measuring piston force 539780
88
Pneumatic drive units: Equipment set TP 220, Advanced level
Optimum drive
The TP 220 supplements the TP 201
training package by teaching the ba-
sics of pneumatic drives. The train-
ing content features the selection
and sizing of various state-of-the-art
drive types, taking into account their
individual properties as well as com-
mercial and safety considerations.
Each drive unit remains clearly de-
fined as an individual design, and so
meets the needs of the various entry
levels. Use of industrial components
throughout emphasises the essential
practicality and ensures rapid trans-
fer of knowledge from training into
practice.
We recommend connection to a com-
pressed air system delivering ap-
prox. 100 l/min.
Training aims
Designing a compressed air net-
work
Sizing the pneumatic power sec-
tion
Influence of tubes and fittings on
speed
Reducing cost by using different
pressures for advance and return
strokes
Reducing cost by avoiding leakage
Operating behaviour of linear
drives
Calculation of mass moment of in-
ertia
Operating characteristics of rota-
ry drives
Function, control and selection of
the fluidic muscle
Comparison between standard cyl-
inders and the fluidic muscle
Response of pneumatic controls to
power failure
The workbook
Describes in detail the issues and
projects in 16 exercises closely
linked to industrial practice, each
comprising a problem description
and work assignment. Worksheets
support the students through the
required stages of planning, execu-
tion and monitoring. Includes sample
solutions and detailed background
knowledge for the theoretical funda-
mentals.
Includes a multi-media CD-ROM
containing photos and videos of in-
dustrial applications and circuit dia-
grams. The theoretical information
is conveyed using animated cutaway
models for greater comprehension
and worksheets and exercise sheets
can be reprinted as necessary.
Arbeitsbuch TP 220
Mit CD-ROM
Festo Didactic
549982 DE
Pneumatische Antriebe
DE 549982
89
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12
Fluidic muscle
The fluidic muscle is a pull actuator
which imitates the action of a biolog-
ical muscle. Judder free, it offers up
to 10 times the initial force of normal
cylinders of the same diameter. You
will learn how the muscle can be de-
ployed as a single-acting actuator.
Semi-rotary drive
In a semi-rotary drive the force is
transmitted directly to the drive shaft
via a rotary vane. The swivel angle
is freely adjustable from 0 to 184.
You will learn the significance of the
mass moment of inertia to a semi-ro-
tary drive, and how its operating be-
haviour under load can be influenced
in various mounting positions.
1 1x Fluidic muscle, size 10 544311
2 1x Semi-rotary drive, size 16, 184 544313
3 1x Linear drive, size 18, 170 mm stroke 548641
4 1x Function generator/counter/stopwatch 544315
5 1x 3/2-way fast-switching solenoid valve, normally closed 544312
6 1x 5/3-way double solenoid valve, mid position closed 541132
8 1x Proximity switch, electronic 548589
9 1x On-off valve with filter regulating valve 152894
10 1x Weight, 175 g 548581
11 1x Weight, 2 kg 548582
12 1x Plastic tubing 6 x 1 silver 5 m 152963
Recommended accessories
Linear drive
The rodless cylinder is mechanically
coupled to the slide unit, which di-
rectly supports loads. You will learn
the steps needed to attain optimum
operating behaviour, and which ap-
plications are most suited to the vari-
ous options.
90
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12
13 14 15
16 17 18
19 20 21
22 23 24
Training aims
Fundamentals and terminology of
control technology: control loop
system, signal flow, circuit struc-
ture and circuit diagrams
Pneumatic directional control
valves
Pneumatic pressure, non-return
and flow control valves
Logic devices, logic diagrams
Techniques of basic control
Safety requirements
Function and structure of pneumat-
ic components
Control systems with start and set-
ting-up conditions (automatic/
manual, inching operation, stop at
end of cycle)
Programmed control using stepper
modules
Programmed control using a se-
quencer
Troubleshooting large pneumatic
controllers
The selection of components com-

plies with the German Federal Insti-
institute fr Berufsbildung (BIBB))
course.
Recommended training media
Self-tuition program, Fundamen-
tals of pneumatics
Design and simulation program,
FluidSIM
Pneumatics
Also order:
BIBB Pneumatics course
and accompanying exercises, log
sheets and exercise circuits
DE 90070
Complete equipment set BIBB Pneumatics in equipment tray 80242
2 1x 3/2-way valve with pushbutton actuator, normally open 152861
3 1x 5/2-way valve with selector switch 152862
4 4x 3/2-way roller lever valve, normally closed 152866
5 2x 3/2-way roller lever valve with idle return, normally closed 152867
8 1x 5/3-way valve, pneumatically actuated, both sides, normally closed 541138
9 1x Time-delay valve, normally closed 540694
10 1x Pressure sequence valve 152884
11 1x Stepper module 152886
13 5x Dual-pressure valve (AND) 539770
14 1x Optical display (red) 152893
17 1x Quick-exhaust valve 539772
20 1x Driving/tractive load 152889
21 1x Pressure regulator valve with gauge 539756
Compressor 91030
BIBB pneumatics equipment set
Necessary accessories
DE 90090
91
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12
13 14
Training aims
Physical fundamentals of electrics
and pneumatics
Function and application of elec-
tropneumatic devices
Representing motion sequences
and switching states
Constructing control systems us-
ing relays
Electrical latching circuits
Using magnetic proximity sensors
Using pressure switches
Directionally dependent control
systems using sensors
Directionally dependent control
systems using predetermining
counters
Controllers with parameters (e.g.
single/continuous cycle, EMER-
GENCY-OFF)
Step diagram controls/process-
controlled sequence controls
Timing controls/time-controlled se-
quence controls
Program controls with non-deleting
and deleting sequencer
Troubleshooting large electropneu-
matic control systems
The selection of components com-
plies with the German Federal Insti-
institute fr Berufsbildung (BIBB))
course.

Self-tuition program Pneumatics,
Basic level
FluidSIM
Pneumatics
Also order:
BIBB Electropneumatics course
and accompanying exercises, log
sheets and exercise circuits
BIBB Electropneumatics equipment set

DE 93070
Complete equipment set BIBB Electropneumatics in equipment tray 184462
2 1x Indicator unit and distributor, electrical 162244
DE 93080
Compressor 91030
92
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12
13 14 15
16 17 18
19 20
Training aims
Controlling pressure and position
Action sequence of a control cir-
cuit: controlled, manipulated, dis-
turbance and reference variables
Activity and timing of control units:
discontinuous and continuous con-
trols, P, I, D, PI, PD, PID controls,
status controls
Behaviour of control sequences:
transfer characteristics, transient
response, system with and without
compensation, system of first, sec-
ond and third order, idle times
Difference between open and
closed-loop control action se-
quences
Interaction of closed-loop controls
and control systems, control cir-
cuit optimisation, stability consid-
erations
Setup, commissioning and optimi-
sation of closed-loop control as-
semblies, devices and systems
with analogue controller cards

tals of pneumatics
FluidSIM
Pneumatics
Also order:
Workbook Closed-loop pneumatics
Partial equipment sets for controlling
pressure and position on request.
DE 94459
EN 94465
ES 533499
FR 94347
Closed-loop pneumatics equipment set TP 111
Complete equipment set TP 111 in equipment tray 184467
6 1x On-off valve with filter/regulator, 5 m 526337
9 1x PID controller 162254
10 1x Comparator 162257
11 1x Pressure sensor, analog 167094
12 1x 5/3-way double solenoid valve, mid position closed 541132
13 1x 5/3-way proportional valve 167078
14 2x Air pressure reservoir 152912
15 1x Status controller 162253
16 1x Linear drive, pneumatic, with guide 192501
17 1x Position encoder 152628
18 1x Ruler 525927
19 1x Weight 34065
20 2x Shock absorber 34572
Compressor 91030
Oscilloscope 152917
Digital multimeter 35681
Function generator 152918
Cable BNC 4 mm 152919
Cable BNC-BNC 158357
T-connector BNC 159298
93
Equipment set for the set up and
commissioning of single and multi-
axis pneumatic positioning systems
or gantry systems in conjunction with
the SPC 200 axis controller. The com-
plete equipment set consists of three
partial equipment sets. The equip-
ment sets are supplied as individual
components, as set up and commis-
sioning are training aims.
We recommend connection to a com-
pressed air system delivering ap-
prox. 350 l/min.
PneuPos 1
Pneumatic positioning with a pneu-
matic NC axis.
PneuPos 2
Supplementary equipment set to up-
grade to a two-axis system. Requires
equipment set PneuPos 1.
PneuPos 3
Supplementary equipment set for
pneumatic grippers for perform-
ing pick-and-place tasks. Requires
equipment sets PneuPos 1 and 2.
Partial equipment set PneuPos 1
Pneumatic positioning with a
pneumatic NC axis
Training aims
Set up and commissioning of a
pneumatic NC axis
Using digital technology to real-
ise powerful servopneumatic drive
control circuits
Programming numerically control-
led axes as per DIN 66025
Analysing and optimising control

response
Visualising and assessing motion
response
Troubleshooting NC axes
EMERGENCY-OFF circuits for NC
axes
PneuPos 1:
Pneumatic positioning with the SPC 200 axis controller
Options
PneuPos 1 192490
PneuPos 2 192496
On-off valve with filter/regulator, 5 m 526337
Profibus DP plug-in card for SPC 200 170224
I/O terminal (SysLink) 34035
Mounting kit 35644
PneuPos 3 192502
Supplementary equipment set to
upgrade to a two-axis system
Training aims
Set up and commissioning of multi-
axis pneumatic positioning systems
Mechanical and electrical set up of
a two-axis gantry system
Programming multi-axis position-
ing systems as per DIN 66025
Analysing and optimising control
response
Visualising and assessing motion
response
Troubleshooting NC axes
EMERGENCY-OFF function in a two-
axis system

pneumatic grippers for performing
pick-and-place tasks
Training aims
Assembling and commissioning a
gripper
Programming and implementing
handling tasks

Programming software WinPisa
for SPC 200
Operating instructions
for SPC 200
Also order:
Workbook Servopneumatic posi-
tioning
DE 192503
EN 196949
ES 533498
Werkbeek PneuPes
Festo uldactlc
196949 en
5erve-Pneumatic
Pesitiening
94
Single-axis system, equipment set
Faster cycle times for assembly and
handling processes require higher
traversing speeds for pneumatic lin-
ear drives. This in turn requires spe-
cial measures to brake the slide in
the end positions, such as the in-
stallation of shock absorbers, the
use of limit switches and their inclu-
sion in the PLC program or control of
air supply by means of flow control
valves often without achieving ide-
al conditions.
The fast SoftStop facilitates an in-
crease in cycle time of up to 30%
with optimum motion characteristic
of the linear drive. The proportional
valve can be controlled via any 24 V
signal.
DE 192503
EN 196949
ES 533498
SoftStop: controlled end-position cushioning with SPC 11
Complete supplementary equipment set SoftStop PneuPos 1 196075
Complete equipment set SoftStop 195897
1x Position encoder 152628
1x Plastic tubing 4 x 0.75 Silver 10 m 151496
1x Adapter, Y axis 167032
1x 5/3-way proportional valve 192493
1x Linear drive, pneumatic, with guide 192501
1x Mounting accessories for position encoder 178441
1x End-position controller SPC 10 192216
1x Workbook SoftStop, DE/EN 197115
Manual for SPC 11
Complementary media
Programming software WinPisa
for SPC 200
Operating instructions
for SPC 200
Also order:
Workbook Servopneumatic posi-
tioning

Compressor 91030
2x Shock absorber 34572
1x Plastic tubing 4 x 0.75 Silver 10 m 151496
1x 3/2-way solenoid valve with LED, normally closed 167073
1x Axle interface for position encoder, analog 192494
1x Axle controller SPC 200/P01 with control unit 170521
1x EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton, electrical 183347
1x EMERGENCY OFF function 192495
2x Single cable blue 1500 mm 376940
2x Single cable red 1500 mm 376941
1x Accessories for axle controller 192491
197115 de, en
SoftStop
Elektronische
Endlagendmpfung
Electronic End-
position Cushioning
Aufgaben/Exercises
Exercises included
(DE/EN)
95
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12
13 14 15
16 17 18
Training aims
Learning about valves and devices
Function and application of various
valves and devices
Measuring variables such as pres-
sure, flow and time
Calculating surface ratio, force,
output and speed
Physical fundamentals of hydrau-
lics
Applying basic hydraulic equations
Using symbols according to DIN/
ISO 1219
Drawing displacement-step dia-
grams
Drawing hydraulic circuits
Constructing and commissioning
control systems, including trouble-
shooting
Basic hydraulic circuits such as
pressure sequence circuits, pump
bypasses, differential circuits, feed
and return circuits, bypass circuits,
counterpressure and bypasses us-
ing a non-return valve

Textbook Hydraulics, Basic level
WBT Fundamentals of hydraulics
FluidSIM
Hydraulics
Transparency set Hydraulics
Video Hydraulics, Basic level
Transparent models, Hydraulics
Also order:
Workbook Hydraulics, Basic level
DE 94454
EN 94468
ES 94428
EN-US 526095
Werkbeek 1P 501
Festo uldactlc
094468 en
Bydrau|ics
asic Leve|
Hydraulics equipment set, Basic level TP 501
Laboratory equipment Training packages Hydraulics
1 1x 4/2-way hand lever valve 152974
2 1x 4/3-way hand lever valve with recirculating mid-position 152977
3 1x Pressure relief valve/Pressure sequence valve 152848
4 1x Pressure relief valve, piloted 152849
5 1x 3-way pressure reducing valve 152850
6 1x 2-way flow control valve 152851
8 1x Diaphragm accumulator with shut-off block 152859
9 1x Hydraulic motor 152858
10 1x Double-acting cylinder, 16/10/200 152857
11 1x Weight 152972
12 1x Non-return valve 0.1 MPa 152845
14 1x Flow control valve 152842
16 1x Shut-off valve 152844
17 7x Branch tee 152847
Hydraulic power unit Chapter Accessories
8 Hose line with quick release couplings 600 mm 152960
Measuring case 177468
Pressure relief unit 152971
Protective cover for weight Chapter Accessories
96
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
10
Training aims
Hydraulic motor
One-way restrictors and flow con-
trol valves for setting speed
Pressure-relief valves
Fast traverse circuit
Differential circuit
Rectifier circuit
Memory circuit
Pressure sequence circuit
Pressure regulator
2/2, 3/2, 4/2 and 4/3-way valves
Hydraulically delockable non-re-
turn valve
Flow divider

tals of hydraulics
FluidSIM
Hydraulics
Transparent models, Hydraulics
Also order:
Workbook Hydraulics, Advanced
level
Equipment set TP 501 is needed to
carry out the exercises in the work-
book.

Hydraulics equipment set, Advanced level TP 502
1 1x 4/3-way hand lever valve with closed mid-position 152975
2 1x 4/3-way hand lever valve with relieving mid-position 152976
3 1x 2/2-way stem-actuated valve 152978
4 1x Flow dividing valve 152967
5 1x Shut-off/counterbalancing valve 152968
10 1x Assembly set for cylinder 16/10/200 120778
unmounted mounted
10
DE 94014
EN 94015
ES 94429
Werkbeek 1P 502
Festo uldactlc
094015 en
Bydrau|ics
Advanced Leve|
97
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12
13 14 15
16 17 18
Electrohydraulics equipment set, Basic level TP 601
Training aims
Learning about valves and devices
and their function
Learning about electrical compo-
nents
Using symbols according to DIN/
ISO 1219
Drawing displacement-step dia-
grams
Drawing electrical and hydraulic
circuit diagrams
Constructing and commissioning
control systems, including trouble-
shooting
Basic hydraulic circuits, e.g. pres-
sure sequence circuits, pump by-
passes and differential circuits

tals of electrohydraulics
FluidSIM
Hydraulics
Textbook Electrohydraulics, Ba-
sic level
electrohydraulics
hydraulics
Also order:
Workbook Electrohydraulics,
Basic level
Note:
An additional pressure switch (order
no. 167080) is required for exercises
5, 10 and 11 of the workbook Elec-
trohydraulics, Basic level. A second
cylinder (order no. 152857) is re-
quired for exercise 13.
DE 94455
EN 94470
ES 196953
FR 94351
6 1x 4/2-way solenoid valve 167082
7 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve with closed mid-position 167083
18 1x Weight 152972
98
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
1 2 3
4 5 6
7
Supplementary equipment set to upgrade from Hydraulics, Basic level TP 501
to Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601
For training aims see Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601 equipment set.
Compl. supplementary equipment set TP 501 TP 601 in equipment tray 167104
Hydraulics Supplementary equipment sets
Supplementary equipment set from Hydraulics, Basic level TP 501 and
Advanced level TP 502 to Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601
Training aims: see equipment set Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601.
Compl. supplementary equipment set TP 501 and TP 502 TP 601 167105
99
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12
13 14 15
16 17
Electrohydraulics equipment set, Advanced level TP 602
Training aims
Rapid traverse feed circuit
Rapid traverse feed circuit with
backpressure
Rapid traverse feed circuit with
use of 2-way and 3-way flow con-
trol valves
Non-deleting sequencer
Pressureless tank bypass circuit
Integrating an EMERGENCY-OFF
function
Using the flow divider
Hydraulic speed-equalising circuit
Single and continuous cycle
Memory circuit
Speed control
Two-hand safety control
FluidSIM
Hydraulics
Also order:
Workbook Electrohydraulics, Ad-
vanced level
book.
DE 94456
EN 94471
ES 196954
2 1x Preset counter, electrical,incrementing 162355
5 1x EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton, electrical 183347
10 1x Flow dividing valve 152967
13 1x Shut-off/counterbalancing valve 152968
15 1x Pressure switch 167080
Werkbeek 1P 602
Festo uldactlc
094471 en
|ectrehydrau|ics
Advanced Leve|
100
Measurement in hydraulics
TP 610, Advanced level
Open to more: Diagnosis and
PC-supported system analysis
The equipment set TP 610 Measur-
ment in hydraulics enables you to
expand the training aims of TP 501
and 601 to include the topic of meas-
urement in hydraulics: from simple
measurement regarding individual
components to PC-supported system
analysis of hydraulic circuits. Prepare
for a future in which diagnostics will
become more and more important
with exercises for measuring and an-
alysing system behaviour.
The special feature
Sensors (e.g. for measurement of
pressure and flow) are directly con-
nected to the new EasyPort DA in-
cluded in the scope of delivery. The
signals are compiled and trans-
ferred to the PC using the Fluid
Lab
-H measurement software also

included in the scope of delivery.
You can start with the various exer-
cises straight away and apply what
you have learned to practical ap-
plications, for example on an MPS

Punching station.
Training aims
Fundamentals of analogue data
processing
Interpreting measurements
Reading and understanding data
sheets and measurement charac-
teristics
Fluid engineering components and
their influence and function
Demonstrating fluid engineering
effects and special features
Analytical troubleshooting
Using and adapting sensors
Your benefit
Fast PC-supported recording of
measured values, instead of re-
cording individual measurement
points using a stopwatch and pa-
per
Greater training success through
measurement and interpretation of
components instead of learning us-
ing complicated cutaway models
Sensors that enable students to
look into the circuit and com-
ponents
Suppositions regarding system be-
haviour can be easily proven
Learning the principles of meas-
urement and analysis and applying
them directly in other circuits
Demonstrate and understand the
principles of fluid engineering
faster
System analysis via PC: State-of-
the-art diagnostic method
Better understanding of fluid engi-
neering components and processes
and thus higher quality of training
101
1 2 3
4 5 6
7
Includes a software package for
measured values: Fluid Lab
-H
The Fluid Lab
-H software for record-

ing measured values is an important
component of the training package
TP 610. Just a few simple steps are
needed to configure the interface,
adapt the sensors and select the lan-
guage (DE/EN/ES/FR). Exercises re-
lating to the recording of measured
values can then be started. Each ex-
ercise consists of a detailed connec-
tion plan of the hydraulic and elec-
trical components as well as a help
text on how to perform the experi-
ment. The software also controls the
measurement tasks and furthermore
results can be printed out. The soft-
ware scope also includes a manual
and documentation on the set of ex-
ercises with worked results in PDF
format.
System requirements
PC with Windows 2000 or XP
64 MB RAM
CD-ROM drive
Serial interface (RS232)
Components from the training pack-
ages 501 and 601 are needed to car-
Complete equipment set TP 610 540702

4 1x PC data cable RS232 male-female 162305
5 1x I/O data cable, analogue 189551
6 1x EasyPort DA 193930
7 3x Pressure sensor nominal size 4 525964
8 1x Flow measuring device 183736
9 1x Fluid Lab-H 525276
8 9
102
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12
13 14 15
16 17 18
19 20 21
22 23 24
BIBB hydraulics equipment set, exercises A-H
Complete equipment set BIBB exercises A-H in equipment tray 80147
3 1x 4/3-way solenoid valvewith recirculating mid-position 167085
13 1x Shut-off valve 152844
20 1x Weight 152972
21 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve with relieving mid-position 167084
Training aims
The 21 exercises in the BIBB hydrau-
lics course teach the fundamentals
of hydraulic control engineering.
These training aims are divided into
8 different training units with the fol-
lowing contents: Power supply unit,
Directional control valves and drives,
Non-return and flow control valves,
Pressure valves and switches, Hy-
draulic accumulators, Application
circuits, Commissioning and main-
tenance.
The additional exercises equipment
set allows further interesting training
aims: Lifting a load, Rectifier circuit,
Idling of pump output.
tals of hydraulics
FluidSIM
Hydraulics
Also order:
BIBB Hydraulics course Chapter
Courseware

Complete equipment set BIBB additional exercises 80148
Relay, three-fold 162241
Signal input, electrical 162242
103
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12
13 14 15
16 17 18
Proportional hydraulics equipment set, Basic level TP 701
Training aims
Learning about proportional am-
plifiers (basic flow, maximum flow,
nominal values)
Recording characteristics of the
proportional discharge valve
Using the proportional pressure re-
lief valve for setting the maximum
system pressure
Learning about pump circuits
Characteristics of the 4/3-way pro-
portional valve
Setting various speed profiles
Feed/rapid traverse control
EMERGENCY-OFF circuit
Pressure sequence circuit
FluidSIM
Hydraulics
Textbook Proportional hydraulics,
Basic level
proportional hydraulics
Also order:
Workbook Proportional hydraulics,
Basic level
2 1x Proportional amplifier 162255
3 1x Setpoint value card 162256
6 1x 4/3-way proportional valve 167086
8 1x Proportional pressure relief valve 167087
9 1x Pressure filter 152969
10 1x Pressure balance (Proportional flow control valve) 159351
18 1x Weight 152972
Werkbeek 1P 701
Festo uldactlc
094472 en
asic |eve|
DE 94457
EN 94472
ES 94404
FR 94352
104
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
10
Proportional hydraulics equipment set, Advanced level TP 702
11 12
13 14
Training aims
Controlling pressure and position
Determining the displacement-volt-
age characteristic of a linear posi-
tion encoder
Functional description of a compa-
rator card
Controlling the speed of a hydrau-
lic motor
Reversing a hydraulic motor
Learning about and constructing
various sequence controls (path-
dependent, time-dependent, load-
independent, pressure-dependent)
Determining the pressure-voltage
characteristic of a pressure sensor
Developing a stroke speed and ro-
tary speed control

FluidSIM
Hydraulics
Also order:
Workbook Proportional hydraulics,
Advanced level
book.

1 1x Setpoint value card 162256
2 1x Comparator 162257
13 1x Linear potentiometer, 200 mm stroke 167090
14 1x Assembly set for cylinder 16/10/200 120778
DE 94458
EN 94473
ES 94450
105
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11
Closed-loop control hydraulics equipment set, TP 511
Training aims
Recording the characteristics of
pressure sensors, position encod-
ers and a control valve
Measuring and calculating charac-
teristic values of a control system
Modifying the control system with
greater volume and additional mass
Characteristic values of control el-
ements such as P, I and D control-
lers and their combinations, and of
status controllers
Set-up of a control circuit with set-
ting of control quality, empirical
parameterisation
Measuring and calculating contour-
ing errors
Influence of disturbance variables
such as pressure loss and leakage
Influence of an active, braking load
Workbook Closed-loop control hy-
draulics
Self-tuition program Fundamentals
of electrohydraulics
Design and simulation program
FluidSIM
Hydraulics
Also order
Workbook Closed-loop control hy-
draulics
Partial equipment sets for controlling
pressure and position on request.
1 1x Pressure filter 152969
7 1x PID controller 162254
8 1x 4/3-way regulating valve 167088
9 1x Status controller 162253
10 1x Linear drive, 200 mm stroke 167089
11 2x Weight 34065
Cushioning cylinder 152295
Function generator 152918
Cable BNC 4 mm 152919
Cable BNC-BNC 158357
T-connector BNC 159298
Oscilloscope 152917
Werkbeek 1P 511
Festo uldactlc
094469 en
C|esed-Leep Bydrau|ics
DE 94460
EN 94469
ES 94368
FR 94348
106
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
10
Transparent model set containing
14 components for basic training in
hydraulics. Can also be used for au-
tomotive engineering or the aircraft
industry. The transparent structure
shows the mode of operation of hy-
draulic valves, cylinders and other
components. All components fully
functioning.
A further 19 components are avail-
able for the advanced level.
Effective instruction
The transparent structure makes it
easier to grasp the technology as
well as the commissioning and main-
tenance of this technology.
Versatile
The wide range of components such
as motors, valves, cylinders, accu-
mulators and switches facilitates a
large number of exercises and cir-
cuits. All of the components can also
be ordered individually.
Reliable
Made from high-quality materials to
provide many years of use.
Straightforward and safe to use
The self-closing, quick connection
couplings with very little leakage oil
ensure quick, clean and safe opera-
tion of the transparent model even if
the component is pressurised.
Technical data
Size: NS 6
Maximum operating pressure:
1000 kPa (10 bar)
Housing material: Plexiglass
Medium: Hydraulic oil
Manual Hydraulics Transparent
Models
Manual Power Supply Unit for Hy-
draulics Transparent Models
FluidSIM
Hydraulics
Complete equipment set Transparent models for hydraulics 11738

1 1x Pressure relief valve, directly controlled, poppet principle 11721
2 1x Pressure relief valve, directly controlled, slide principle 11722
3 1x Pressure reduction valve 11724
5 1x Orifice valve 11718
7 1x 2-way flow control valve with measuring connection 11720
8 1x Non-return valve 11729
10 1x 2/2-way valve, poppet principle 11725
11 1x 3/2-way valve 11726
12 1x 4/2-way valve 11727
13 1x 4/3-way valve, mid position closed 11728
14 1x Cylinder, double-acting 11731
Power supply unit with set of hoses 30303
Hydraulic oil (DIN 51524) HLP32, 10 l (for order no. 30303) 236301
Oil dye 110672
Plexiglass model support 11735
Organiser for transparent models, Basic level 159329
Transparent model set for hydraulics
11 12
13 14
107
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12
13 14 15
16 17 18
1 5/2-way valve, pilot-actuated 13394
2 Shut-off circuit 13395
3 Pressure relief valve, piloted 11723
4 Pressure relief valve, externally actuated 13396
5 Twin non-return valve, delockable 13397
6 Flow dividing valve 13402
7 3-way flow control valve 13403
8 Rectifier circuit 13405
9 Vane motor 13398
10 Internal gear motor 13399
11 External gear motor 13406
12 Swivel motor (rack and pinion) 13400
13 Swivel motor (rotary vane) 13401
14 Axial piston motor 13404
15 Overpressure gauge 13407
16 Pressure switch 13411
17 Piston accumulator 13408
18 Diaphragm accumulator 13409
19 Bladder accumulator 13410
Transparent models for advanced training
19
108
Accessories and manuals for Transparent models
1
2
1 Power supply unit with
set of hoses
The power supply unit allows all the
functions of the transparent models
to be demonstrated. The connections
on the function module of the power
supply unit and the transparent mod-
els are clearly marked. Self-closing
quick coupling connectors ensure
safe and clean handling.
Oil reservoir: 5.6 dm
3
(l)
Filling level: 5 dm
3
(l)
Medium: Hydraulic oil, ISO-VG32,
HL or HLP
Electric motor: 230 V, 50 Hz,
600 4000 r.p.m.
Connecting lead: Approx. 2.5 m
Maximum operating pressure:
1000 kPa (10 bar)
Dimensions (L x W x H):
475 x 235 x 171 mm
Weight: Approx. 11 kg with oil
Also order:
Hydraulic oil for transparent models, 10 l
Oil dye
Order no. 30303

Manual Transparent models,
Power supply unit
This provides operating instructions
regarding the power supply unit for
the hydraulic transparent models,
with an explanation of the mode of
operation and possible applications.
D. Merkle
2 Plexiglass model support
The plexiglass model support is
placed on an overhead projector.
Various transparent models can then
be mounted on it for demonstration
purposes. Format: DIN A4.
Order no. 11735
Manual Transparent Models,
Basic level
This book explains the function and
design of the individual transparent
models. Each model is shown as a
cutaway drawing and a symbol in ac-
cordance with DIN ISO 1219, togeth-
er with notes on the connection and
actuation of each model.
The descriptions cover orifices, flow
control valves, pressure regulators,
pressure relief valves, directional
control valves, non-return valves and
double-acting cylinders.
DE 80230
EN 80231
ES 94437
T. Ocker
Manual Transparent Models,
Optional models
This book explains the function and
design of the individual transparent
models. Each model is shown as a
cutaway drawing and a symbol in ac-
cordance with DIN ISO 1219, togeth-
er with notes on the connection and
actuation of each model.
The descriptions cover pilot-actuated
pressure relief valves and pilot-ac-
tuated directional control valves as
well as various motors and types of
accumulators.
DE 80235
EN 80236
ES 94437
J. Mayer, D. Merkle, T. Ocker
Plug fitting for transparent models
Order no. 236301
Order no. 110672
DE/EN/ES/FR 80220
Organiser for transparent models,
Basic level
The organiser ensures neat and
structured storage of transparent
models. It can be integrated into lab-
oratory furniture.
Order no. 159329
Hydraulic hose for transparent
models
Component parts for a leak-proof
hydraulic hose (prices per item/per
metre).
2 x quick-release coupling
2 x threaded bush
2 x union nut
2 x sealing ring
1 m plastic tubing, PU-4-SW
Order no. 346482
Order no. 203340
Order no. 2965
Order no. 5733
Order no. 2223
Plug fitting 346481
Sealing ring 2223
109
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12
13 14 15
16 17 18
19 20
Laboratory equipment Training packages Sensors
Proximity sensors, equipment set FP 1110
Training aims
Mode of operation
Sensor properties
Technical data
Electrical connections
Sensing range
Actuating materials
Applications
Selection of sensors
Sensor adjustment, limitations of
applications
Overview of designs used in indus-
trial practice

tals of sensor technology
Transparency set, Sensors
Also order:
Workbook Proximity sensors
Textbook Proximity sensors
Complete equipment set FP 1110 184474

1 1x Set of test objects 34083
2 1x Positioning slide 34094
3 1x Function generator/counter/stopwatch 544315
4 1x Distribution unit 162248
5 1x Rotary unit 167097
6 1x Ultrasonic proximity sensor, Type M18 184118
7 1x Inductive proximity sensor, Type M18 177466
8 1x Inductive proximity sensor, Type M12 177464
9 1x Optical sensor, Type M18 167166
10 1x Capacitive proximity switch, Type M12 177470
11 1x One-way light barrier, transmitter 167064
12 2x Optical sensor with optical fiber connector, block-shaped 167065
13 1x Infrared light barrier, block-shaped 167066
14 1x One-way light barrier, receiver 167067
15 1x Diffuse reflective optical sensor, block-shaped 167068
16 1x Non-contact inductive-magnetic proximity sensor 167055
17 1x Reed switch 167056
18 1x Reflector unit for reflective lightbarrier 150504
19 1x Optical fiber for diffuse reflective optical sensor 150506
20 2x Optical fiber for one-way light barrier 150505
Vernier caliper 35653
DE 61,00 529938
EN 61,00 529939
ES 37,60 192168
DE 58,00 93045
EN 58,00 93046
ES 58,00 94342
Werkbeek fP 1110
Festo uldactlc
529939 en
Preximity 5ensers
110
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12
13 14 15
Sensors for distance and displacement, equipment set FP 1120
Training aims
Mode of operation of distance and
displacement sensors
Using inductive, optical and ultra-
sonic sensors for non-contact dis-
tance measurement
Active and passive sensors
Installing and connecting an elec-
trically driven spindle drive unit as
a measuring device
Controlling spindle drives with a
geared motor and displacement
sensor
Measuring techniques
Recording measured values
Recording sensor characteristics
Practical measurements
Interference
Limitations of application

Also order:
Workbook Sensors for distance and
displacement

1 1x Set of test objects 34083
2 1x Positioning slide 34094
3 1x Set of weights 34009
4 1x Motor controller 162249
6 1x Signal switching unit 150538
7 1x Linear potentiometer, 300 mm stroke 177465
8 1x Mountable vernier caliper 150536
9 1x Spindle drive unit 80824
10 1x Gear motor 80828
11 2x Non-contact inductive-magnetic proximity sensor 184130
12 1x Optical analog distance sensor 167051
13 1x Analog ultrasound distance sensor 177469
14 1x Inductive analog distance sensor 184117
15 1x Deflecting arm 36279
Vernier caliper 35653
Werkbeek fP 1120
Festo uldactlc
090156 en
5ensers Ier 0istance
and 0isp|acement
DE 90155
EN 90156
ES 94330
111
Also order:
Workbook Sensors for force and
pressure
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12
13 14 15
16 17 18
19 20
Sensors for force and pressure, equipment set FP 1130
Training aims
Mode of operation, properties and
characteristics of force and pres-
sure sensors
Measuring strain and force with a
strain gauge
Mode of operation of an industrial
force sensor
Pneumatic and electrical connec-
tion of pressure sensors
Measuring techniques
Recording measured values
Setting up a measuring chain
Measuring sensor characteristics
Practical measurements
Interference
Limitations of application

1 1x Set of weights 34009
2 1x Set of circular weights 150543
3 1x Distribution unit 162248
4 1x Measuring bridge amplifier 162250
6 1x Signal switching unit 150538
8 2x Pressure manifold 150555
9 1x Air pressure reservoir 150557
10 1x Cylinder 150578
13 1x Analog pressure sensor 1 184128
14 1x Analog pressure sensor 2 184129
16 1x Pneumatic-electrical converter 177459
17 1x Force sensor 167054
18 1x Deflecting arm force sensor 167052
19 1x Backpressure switch 167053
Compressor 91030
DE 90165
EN 90166
ES 94331
Werkbeek fP 1130
Festo uldactlc
090166 en
5ensers Ier ferce
and Pressure
112
Learning systems overview for industrial and commercial
electricians
Laboratory equipment Training packages Electronics/PLC
Equipment sets
Electrical drives
Equipment sets
Electropneumatics
EduTrainer
EduTrainer
plus
Starterkits
Embedded Controller
PLC technology
Frequency converter
Equipment sets
Sensors
Equipment sets
Electrohydraulics
Equipment sets
PLC technology
Fieldbus technology
MPS
Project kits
113
Robotino
Learning with robots MPS
The Modular Production System

Seminars and workshops AFB factory Training factories for the hybrid production
Software and Courseware Digital training programs Electrical engineering/Electronics
114 Worldwide at your ngertips. Find your contact person at: www.festo-didactic.com
Choose your process model
1. Simulation of the PLC inputs and
display of the PLC outputs
Testing a PLC program using the
simulation box.
With an EduTrainer
or any PLC,
you can control the process of
your choice
The programmer (PC), controller
and processes are connected via
various interfaces.
EduTrainer
or PLC of your choice

I/O data cab
with SysLink connectors for
EduTrainer
at both ends (order

no. 034031/167197) or with Sys-
Link connectors at one end and
open cable end sleeves for any
PLC (order no. 167122)
Interface
EasyPort D16 (order no. 167121)
and 24 V Cable with safety plugs
(order no. 381525)
directly or via 4 mm plugs:
Universal connection unit (Sys-
Link) (order no. 162231)
Cable
PC data cable
(order no. 162305)
Cable set with safety plugs
(order no. 167091)
Process model
Digital simulation box (order
no. 170643) or Digital/ana-
logue simulation box (order no.
526863)
Simulation software:
COSIMIR
PLC
FluidSIM

EasyVeep
Equipment sets, MPS
stations
or MPS
PA stations
2. Control of virtual processes

Industry-oriented, cost effective PLC
training by means of simulation soft-
ware, e.g. COSIMIR
PLC.
3. Process model:
Control of actual modules
Using equipment sets, MPS
sta-
tions or MPS
PA stations.
115
Equipment sets for PLC and electronics training
EduTrainer
The new learning concept for PLC

technology.
Industrial controllers as used in
practice are not always suitable for
training purposes. The EduTrainer

concept meets these special require-
ments.
PLC is integrated into a housing
can be installed in nearly all labo-
ratory furniture systems
Can also be used as a tabletop de-
vice or mounted on a profile plate
Fits into the ER and DIN A4 mount-
ing frames of many laboratory sys-
tems
Sensors and actuators are con-
nected to the PLC I/Os via 4 mm
safety plugs
Inputs can be simulated with
switches and potentiometers
With SysLink universal I/O inter-
face socket the link to all Festo
Didactic equipment sets
Open for all systems

The PLC technology learning environ-
ment offers solutions for all makes
of PLC thanks to its universal inter-
faces.
First Choice Partner
Siemens/Festo
Benefit from cooperation between
two market leaders: Siemens con-
trollers and software are standard in
all equipment sets. As a SIMATIC So-
lution Provider we can offer you ex-
pertise and experience for your train-
ing projects.
116
EduTrainer
SIMATIC S7
The SIMATIC S7-300 is a modular
PLC system from Siemens designed
for industrial application. Festo Di-
dactic has integrated the PLC into a
didactic environment in ER format
(S7 EduTrainer
Compact) and A4
format (S7 EduTrainer
plus) for ap-

plication in basic and vocational
education:
With AS-interface and Profibus
With AS-interface
With Profibus
Without bus
Without analogue value processing
With analogue value processing
Equipment
Communication
with
AS-Interface
and Profibus
with
AS-Interface
with Profibus
without
bus
EduTrainer
Compact
313C-2DP
EduTrainer
Compact
313C-2DP
EduTrainer
Start
312C
EduTrainer
Compact
313C-2DP
with SIM
EduTrainer
Plus
313C-2DP
EduTrainer
Compact
313C-2DP
w. SysLink
EduTrainer
Compact
314C-2DP
EduTrainer
Compact
313C
EduTrainer
Compact
313C-2DP
EduTrainer
Compact
313C
EduTrainer
Compact
314C-2DP
EduTrainer
Compact
313C
with SIM
EduTrainer
Compact
314C-2DP
w. SIM
EduTrainer
Plus
313C
EduTrainer
Plus
313C-2DP
EduTrainer
Plus
313C
w. SysLink
EduTrainer
Plus
313C-2DP
w. SysLink
EduTrainer
Plus
314C-2DP
EduTrainer
Plus
314C-2DP
with SysLink
Analogue value processing
without analogue value processing with analogue value processing
117
EduTrainer
SIMATIC S7
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer
Compact
The S7 EduTrainer
Compact is
equipped with the compact version
of the S7-300 series, the S7-313C
with integrated digital and analogue
inputs and outputs or the S7-313C-
2DP with integrated digital inputs
and outputs as well as Profibus-DP
or the S7-314C-2DP with integrated
digital and analogue inputs and out-
puts as well as Profibus-DP.
Interfaces
2 SysLink sockets to IEEE 488 each
for 8 digital inputs/outputs
15-pin Sub-D connector for ana-
logue inputs/outputs (if module
present)
4 mm safety sockets for 24 V oper-
ating voltage (external power sup-
ply unit required)
MPI interface or additional Profi-
bus-DP interface for CPU S7-313C-
2DP/S7-314C-2DP
AS-interface connection socket (re-
served for ASi)
EMERGENCY-OFF function
Notes
Housing dimensions 145 x 240 x
170 mm (H x W x D).
A CD-ROM included in the scope
of delivery contains examples for
training with STEP 7, AS-interface
and Profibus-DP as well as Power-
point slide shows on AS-interface,
distributed automation with Profi-
bus-DP and valve terminals (DE)).
The S7/STEP7 documentation on
CD-ROM (in 5 languages) is includ-
ed in the scope of delivery.
The S7 is connected to the pro-
gramming device or the PC via the
integrated MPI interface and the
PC adapter cable, and programmed
using STEP 7.
The units are supplied fully as-
sembled.
Data buffering by Micro Memory
Card (included in the scope of de-
livery).
S7-300 individual components on
request.
CPU 313C-D/A (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA) 533018

CPU 313C-D/A-SIM (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA/SIM) 533020
CPU 313C-2DP-D (16DE/16DA) 533021
CPU 313C-2DP-D-SIM (16DE/16DA/SIM) 533023
CPU 313C-D/A-Asi (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA/ASI) 533019
CPU 313C-2DP-D-A (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA) 533022
CPU 313C-2DP-D-Asi (16DE/16DA/ASI) 527424
CPU 314C-2DP-D/A (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA) 536905
CPU 314C-2DP-D/A-SIM (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA/SIM) 536907
CPU 314C-2DP-D/A-Asi (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA/ASI) 536906
Compact with
Manual Siemens S7-300 DE 184557
Manual Siemens S7-300 EN 184558
STEP 7 Fundamentals DE 184563
STEP 7 Fundamentals EN 184564
STEP 7 Documentation on CD-ROM DE/EN/ES/FR/IT 192883
PC adapter RS232 184555
PC adapter USB 539006
Documentation
For digital processing:
For analogue processing:
Connection unit, analogue 162247
I/O data cable, analogue 189551
Universal connection unit, digital (SysLink) 162231
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends 34031
118
EduTrainer
SIMATIC S7
Start
The smallest processor in the S7-300
family, the 312C with 10 inputs and
6 outputs (digital) is used as the
CPU. The EduTrainer
is therefore
especially suited to an introduction
to PLC technology and the control
of small applications with a small
number of digital inputs and outputs.
This S7 EduTrainer
offers 3 interfac-
es for controlling processes:
4 mm safety sockets. These can be
used for the direct connection of
components from the electropneu-
matics (TP 201/202) and PLC tech-
nology (TP 301) equipment sets.
Phoenix screw terminal plug for
practical connection of sensors
and actuators without 4 mm tech-
nology.
SysLink socket to IEEE 488 for each
8 digital inputs and outputs for
connecting a simulation box of an
EasyPort for a process or process
simulation.
EduTrainer Start with 10 inputs and 6 outputs 535255
EduTrainer ET 200S with 12 inputs and 10 outputs 527425
Siemens ET 200S Manual DE 533031
Siemens ET 200S Manual EN 533521
Documentation
ET 200S
The S7 EduTrainer
ET 200S is an in-
telligent Profibus-DP slave that can
be connected to any Profibus-DP net-
work. It can also be used as a stan-
dalone device, or for preprocessing
of data on the Profibus-DP, as it has
an integrated PLC (IM151/CPU) simi-
lar to the S7-314.
As a result, the unit is suitable for
S7/STEP7 training with medium-
sized programs. 8 inputs and 8 out-
puts are wired to a SysLink socket. If
a universal connection unit is used,
these can be connected to 4 mm
safety sockets. A control panel with
1 pushbutton, 2 illuminated push-
buttons and 1 switch is integrated.
An EMERGENCY-STOP function is im-
plemented.
Notes
170 mm (H x W x D)
The scope of delivery includes a
CD-ROM containing examples for
training with STEP 7, AS-interface
and Profibus-DP as well as Power-
Point slide shows on AS-interface,
distributed automation with Profi-
bus-DP and valve terminals (Ger-
man).
The ET 200S is connected to the
programming device or the PC via
the integrated MPI interface and
the PC adapter cable, and pro-
grammed using STEP 7.
Data buffering by Micro Memory
Card (included in the scope of de-
livery)
119
EduTrainer
SIMATIC S7
plus
The modular concept of the Siemens
SIMATIC S7-300 has been adapt-
ed to a modular DIN A4 experiment
plate. This makes it possible to com-
bine any CPU (central control unit)
from this series with input and out-
put modules, including simulation
and 4 mm connection plates. The S7
EduTrainer
plus can be used easily

to implement a standalone system or
a Profibus-DP networked system.
The basic S7 EduTrainer
plus can be
supplied with CPU 313C for 16 digital
inputs and 16 digital outputs as well
as 4 analogue inputs and 2 analogue
outputs or with CPU 313C-2DP with
16 digital inputs and outputs and
Profibus-DP or with CPU 314C-2DP
with 16 digital inputs and outputs,
4 analogue inputs and 2 analogue
outputs and Profibus-DP and the-
appropriate simulation/connection
plates with pushbuttons and latching
switches and 4 mm safety sockets
(for 16 digital inputs and outputs).
Technical data
125 mm (H x W x D)
24 V/2 A power supply unit is in-
tegrated
Connects to 230 V AC power sup-
ply. For 110 V supply, please ad-
vise when ordering.
Completed equipment is available
in alternative configurations on re-
quest. Equipment can be expanded
later with auxiliary modules.
CPU 313C-2DP (16DE/16DA) 533562
CPU 313C-2DP (16DE/16DA/SysLink) 533563
CPU 313C (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA) 533560
CPU 313C (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA/SysLink) 533561
CPU 313C-2DP (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA) 533564
CPU 313C-2DP (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA/SysLink) 533565
CPU 314C-2DP (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA) 536742
CPU 314C-2DP (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA/SysLink) 536743
Manual Siemens S7-300 DE 184557
Manual Siemens S7-300 EN 184558
Documentation
SysLink: System connector for Festo Didactic units.
plus with
120
EduTrainer
SIMATIC S7
1
1 Trainer Package
Internet link S7-300,
CP343-1 Advanced with CD-ROM
CP343-1 Advanced is the communi-
cation module for the SIMATIC S7-
300 for connecting to industrial
Ethernet:
10/100 Mbit/s
Connection for RJ45
CP 343-1 Advanced offers the same
communication possibilities as the
S7-300 with:
PPROFINET IO, PROFINET CBA
PG/OP communication:
Cross-network functionality thanks
to S7 routing, TCP/IP transport pro-
tocol and UDP (client, server, mul-
tiplexing)
IT communication:
HTTP communication via web
browser, FTP communication, e-
mail, IP address allocation via DH-
CP, access protection, comprehen-
sive diagnostic features
Order no. 533027

All in all, the EduTrainer

plus offers
space for 6 simulation/connection
plates. These include system con-
nectors and the SysLink connection
plate for Festo Didactic units. Un-
used slots are covered with blank-
ing plates. The extensions available
consist of the simulation/connection
plate with pushbutton and latching
switches or potentiometers and 4
mm safety sockets with the appro-
priate Siemens modules. They are
ready-wired and can be quickly and
easily installed in the EduTrainer

plus. Each module requires a slot in
the basic unit.
System connectors and connection
plates for Festo Didactic units cannot
be operated in parallel.
Components
Digital input, 16 inputs with SM321
with simulation plate
Digital output, 16 outputs with
SM322 with simulation plate
Word input/output, 4 inputs/outputs
with SM321/322 with coding switch
Analogue input/output, 4 analogue
inputs/2 analogue outputs with
Digital output, 8 relay outputs with
Blanking plate
37-pin system connector for connec-
tion of process simulation plates
SysLink connection plate for Festo
Didactic units (MPS
stations, Easy-
Port) with 2 SysLink sockets each for
8 digital inputs and outputs and one
Sub-D plug for 4 analogue inputs
and 2 analogue outputs.
Order no. 533559
Notes
Extensions are delivered ready as-
sembled and tested (with Siemens
modules).
If AS-interface slaves are to be con-
nected, the EduTrainer
plus must be
additionally equipped with an AS-in-
terface master module CP343-2.
Siemens components for
Extensions for the

plus
Micro Memory Card
For CPU 313C, 313C-2DP, 314C-2DP,
ET 200S with IM151/CPU.
RAM: 64/512 KByte
64 kByte 533030
512 kByte 536740
Buffer battery
For CPU 313, 314, 315
Voltage: 3.6 V
Capacity: 850 mAh
Order no. 184556

PC adapter
Cable for the SIMATIC S7. With
RS232 cable or USB cable for Win
2000/XP.
with RS232 cable 184555
with USB cable 539006
AS-interface master CP343-2
AS-interface specification: V2.1
Bus cycle time: 5 ms for 31 slaves
AS-interface connection: S7-300
front-panel connector
Front-panel connector, also order:
20-pin 184554
40-pin 660560
Order no. 526853
Order no. 533553
Order no. 533554
Order no. 533555
Order no. 533556
Order no. 533664
Order no. 533557
Order no. 533558
121
EduTrainer
LOGO!
LOGO! EduTrainer
Compact trainers that allow users

to be given an introduction to logi-
cal signal processing within a mini-
controller.
Features of the LOGO! modules used:
Relay outputs of max. 10 A
Output current
Integrated display panel
Integrated pushbutton control
panel
Integrated basic and special fea-
tures
Integrated memory EEPROM for
switching program and setpoints
Maximum of 56 connectable
functions
2 inputs as analogue inputs
(0 10 V), also usable as digital
inputs
Basic functions: AND, OR, NOT,
NAND, NOR, XOR, positive/nega-
tive signal-edge detection
8 flags (including startup flag)
Integrated remanence
Password protection
LOGO! EduTrainer TP
LOGO! EduTrainer
TP: A compact
trainer with integrated connection
technology for 4 mm laboratory con-
nectors. 8 digital inputs and 4 digital
relay outputs facilitate actuation of
simple electropneumatic exercises
(TP 201/202).

The digital inputs and outputs on the
LOGO! EduTrainer
are connected to
a IEEE 488-compliant SysLink socket
and 2 analogue inputs are connect-
ed to a 15-pin Sub-D socket. If a uni-
versal connection unit is used, these
can be connected to 4 mm safety
sockets. A control panel within which
1 pushbutton, 2 illuminated push-
buttons and 1 switch are integrated.
An EMERGENCY-STOP function is im-
plemented.
LOGO! Soft Comfort DE/EN/FR/ES/IT/PT 526505
LOGO! manual EN 526507
LOGO! manual DE 526506
LOGO! programming cable 526504
Documentation
Documentation
Documentation
Connection unit, analogue 162247
I/O data cable, analogue 189551
LOGO! EduTrainer with 12 inputs,
10 relay outputs and 2 analog imputs 527433
LOGO! EduTrainer TP with 8 inputs
(optional: 2 analog inputs) and 4 relay outputs 535250
122
EduTrainer
FEC
and Allen-Bradley
FEC
EduTrainer
FST/MWT with
Ethernet interface
The FEC
-FC34 is a compact, power-

ful PLC that is adaptable for industri-
al application and is quick and easy
to install. This compact controller of
industrial design with 12 digital in-
puts and 8 digital outputs offers all
the functions needed for automation
tasks requiring only a few I/Os. The
status of the inputs and outputs is
shown via LEDs.
The FEC
EduTrainer
FST can be
programmed with FST in STL, the
FEC
EduTrainer
MWT can be pro-

grammed in accordance with IEC
61131-3 in STL, LDR, FCH, ST and
SFC. The MULTIPROG programming
software is used for this purpose.
Interfaces
4 mm safety sockets (12 I/ 8 O,
digital)
SysLink (8 I/ 8 O, digital)
RS232 programming interface
4 mm safety sockets for 24 V oper-
ating voltage
Ethernet interface
Housing dimensions 85 x 240 x 170
mm (H x W x D). The Festo FST or
MULTIPROG programming software
and the documentation are included.

Allen-Bradley EduTrainer ML1200

This EduTrainer
uses the Allen Bra-

dley ML1200 controller. 16 digital in-
puts and 16 digital outputs are con-
nected to two SysLink sockets A and
B as standard. The outputs O0 O9
can be disconnected via an emergen-
cy-off bridge. The inputs and the out-
puts O10 O15 are supplied via the
24 V sockets. The 24 V NA emergen-
cy-off signal is additionally applied
to input I16. Inputs I17 I23 on the
controller are not connected.
Technical data:
Supply voltage 24 V DC
Maximum input power 40 VA
16 digital inputs
Input current:
IN 0 3: 7.3 mA/0 20 kHz at 24 V
IN 4 16: 8.9 mA/0 1 kHz at 24 V
16 digital outputs
8x relay outputs: 1.2 A at 24 V DC
8x FET outputs: 1 A
Maximum overall current 8 A
Programming software and docu-
mentation on request.
FEC EduTrainer FST with Ethernet interface 167132

FEC EduTrainer MWT with Ethernet interface 193730
Allen-Bradley EduTrainer ML1200 535811
Plug-in adapter set 541122
Programming cable ML 1500 535827
123
Starter kits
FEC
and Embedded Control

FEC
starter kit FST/MWT with

Ethernet interface
The FEC
-FC34 is a compact, power-

ful PLC that is adaptable for industri-
al application and is quick and easy
to install. This compact controller of
industrial design with 12 digital in-
puts and 8 digital outputs offers all
the functions needed for automation
tasks requiring only a few I/Os. The
status of the inputs and outputs is
shown via LEDs.
The starter kit comprises the FEC
-
FC34 mini-PLC from Festo and FST or
MULTIPROG programming software.
The only other things required are
a 24 V power supply and a PC. De-
pending on the starter kit ordered,
the accompanying CD-ROM either
contains FST software (DE/EN) or the
MULTIPROG software (DE/EN/FR),
all manuals including the program-
ming manual as PDF files (DE/EN)
as well as various Microsoft Power-
point slide shows.
Embedded controller starter kit
The complete development system
for embedded controllers
It is difficult to imagine modern prod-
ucts without embedded controllers.
From washing machines to cars,
there are few products without one.
The starter kit contains all of the
hardware and software functions
required for an in-house developed
controller. You can now add to your
application-specific components and
conveniently program the controller
using C++ or in accordance with IEC
6-1131 as well as create your own
web pages.
Serial cable and power supply unit
included.
Technical data
Power supply 24 V DC
Serial interface (RS232), 1x COM,
1x EXT
Ethernet interface 10/100 MBit/s
Compact Flash interface
8 programmable I/O pins with LED
Digital expansion board with 4 pro-
grammable chip select signals
Power fail and reset button
Free grid space for application ex-
tensions
FEC Starter kit MWT with Ethernet interface 192778

FEC Starter kit FST with Ethernet interface 534624
Starter kit Embedded Control 542413
124
Starter kits
PLC and frequency converter
PLC starter kit
Comprising the compact and power-
ful FEC
-FC34 PLC, a 24 V PC inter-

face and all the necessary hardware
and software, with the PLC starter
kit you are ideally equipped to start
learning about PLC technology.
The PLC is programmed from the
PC using FST and information is ex-
changed with the visualisation sys-
tem via the PC interface. The visu-
alisation software offers various
process models from engineering
and everyday applications, for exam-
ple level crossings, multi-storey car
parks, sorting systems, washing ma-
chines, garage doors, wind genera-
tors, lifting luggage. An easy start
CD-ROM that explains how to use the
hardware and software is provided
to help you get started.
All the necessary accessories such
as cable, 100 240 V/24 V power
supply unit and screwdriver are in-
cluded. All that is needed is a PC and
a country-specific mains cable for
the power supply unit (e.g. order no.
247661 for DE, FR, ES, etc) then
youre off!
System requirements
PC with Win 98 SE/ME/NT4/ 2000/
XP
32 MB RAM
10 MB of hard disk space
CD-ROM drive
Internet Explorer 5.0 or Netscape
4.0 or higher
1 free serial port (RS232) and/or
USB
Frequency converter starter kit

The frequency converter starter kit
permits the realisation of numer-
ous drive applications with variable
speeds and offers a wealth of train-
ing aims, particularly in combination
with the MPS
project kits.
The scope of delivery includes:
Control panel via which parameters
can be changed
Communication module for Profi-
bus DP can be replaced without
tools
AC motor, prepared for assembly
preparation on the conveyor
Frequency converter can be
mounted on the stand supplied
and placed wherever it is required
on the bench
Systainer
Technical data
Mains voltage 1 AC 200 240 V
Output 0.12 3.0 kW with integrat-
ed class A filter
Protection class IP20
PLC starter kit 543081

Frequency converter starter kit 534363
Mains cable Chapter Training packages Accessories
125
Programmable logic controllers, TP 301
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12
13
Training aims
Benefits of the PLC compared to
conventional solutions such as
electrical, electropneumatic or
electrohydraulic solutions
Functions of system components
of a PLC
Commissioning a PLC
Application criteria for mechanical,
optical, capacitive and inductive
proximity switches
Sequence control and parallel logic
Systematic programming of a PLC
in accordance with international
standard IEC 1131-3
IEC 1131-3 programming lan-
guages:
Function Block Diagram, Ladder
Diagram, Statement List, Struc-
tured Text and Sequence Language
To complete the exercises in this
training package, you need a con-
troller with 24 V DC input and output
signals. The actuators and sensors

can be connected via 4 mm safety
plugs.
Textbook Programmable Logic Con-
trollers, Basic level
Transparency set Programmable
Logic Controllers, Basic level
Also order:
Workbook Programmable Logic Con-
Solutions to the exercises in the
workbook for various controllers

Compressor 91030
Supplementary equipment set from TP 201 to TP 301
Supplements the Electropneumatics basic level equipment set, TP 201, to form
a complete Programmable Logic Controllers equipment set, TP 301.
Complete supplementary equipment set TP 201 TP 301 167102
DE 93313
EN 93314
ES 94427
Festo FPC 101 DE 93315
Festo FPC 101 EN 93316
Allen Bradley SLC500 EN 94440
Siemens S7-300 DE 94524
Siemens S7-300 EN 94537
126
Offers for fieldbus training
Ethernet
Profibus
AS-interface
Vertical integration
Totally Integrated Automation
...
Whichever way you look at it, if you
want to stay at the cutting edge you
need to know many terms and mas-
ter the basics of control technolo-
gy, including networking in the field
area.
Festo Didactic offers:
Orientation seminars for instruc-
tors and teachers
Controllers and control units
Valves and processes
Training with training packages

With just a few additions to the Elec-
tropneumatics or Electrohydraulics
training packages, you can get start-
ed with fieldbus training. The re-
quired components fit the ER frame
or can be mounted on the profile
plate with QuickFix
.
Training with MPS
Mechatronics specialists or IT sys-

tems electronics specialists are
trained on realistic networked sys-
tems connected to office automa-
tion. The Modular Production System
MPS
allows many variations of such

training systems to be set up.
Industrial standard
Training is ideal if use is made of
components compatible with indus-
trial standards. Thats why we use
Festo valve terminals and Siemens
controllers.
Components for fieldbus training
Ethernet
Profibus
AS-interface
Masters
S7-300 IT Trainer Package
(CP343-1IT)
Slaves/additional components
Trainer Package Simatic WinCC/
Web Navigator
S7 EduTrainer
Compact with Profi-

bus-DP* or S7 EduTrainer
plus
with Profibus-DP
S7 EduTrainer
ET 200S with inte-

grated CPU and 12 I/10 O as an in-
telligent slave*
Touchpanel TP170A with ProTool
Lite Trainer Package
Valve terminal with Profibus-DP
single valve interface**
S7 EduTrainer
Compact with AS-

interface master* or S7 EduTrain-
er
plus with AS-interface master

AS-interface power supply*
AS-interface I/O single valve inter-
face unit with 2 slaves 4 I/4 O*
AS-interface control unit (mem-
brane keyboard) with 4 control ele-
ments and 2 displays*
AS-interface reflex light sensor
Valve terminal with AS-interface
connection**
AS-interface single valve connec-
tor**
Processes
TP 201
Electropneumatics, Advanced
level TP 202
TP 301
MPS
Stacking magazine module

MPS
Changer module
MPS
Sorting station with Profi-

bus-DP
Virtual process models
TP 402-DP

TP 201
Electropneumatics, Advanced
level TP 202
TP 301
MPS

MPS
Changer module
MPS
Distributing station with

AS-interface
Virtual process models
TP 401-ASI
* Components for the ER frame. ** Components for the profile plate.

127
Complete equipment set TP 401-ASI 541096
1 1x AS-Interface power supply 527426
2 1x AS-Interface I/O connection unit 527427
3 1x AS-Interface control unit 527428
4 1x AS-Interface valve terminal (4 valve slices) 527431
5 1x AS-interface diffuse sensor 532929
6 1x AS-Interface single valve interface 533524
8 1x Stack magazine module 527434
9 1x Changer module 527435
10 2x AS-Interface cable 50 cm 533032
11 2x AS-Interface cable 125 cm 533033
13 2x Sensor cable M8/M8, 50 cm 175488
1x DUO cable 18685
Fieldbus technology AS-interface, equipment set TP 401-ASI
Training aims
Fieldbus systems in automation
technology
Application criteria for fieldbus
systems
Comparison of various fieldbus
systems
Network topologies and access
methods
ISO/OSI 7 layer model
AS-interface fundamentals
AS-interface transmission system
AS-interface master/slave
Configuration of an AS-interface
network with STEP 7
Connecting, addressing and pro-
gramming bus stations
Prerequisites
A SIMATIC S7-300 with AS-inter-
face master is required for solu-
tion of the exercises in this training
package.
The equipment set TP 201 or TP
301 is also required for solution of
the exercises. Or additionally order
the supplementary TP 400 compo-
nent set.
CPU 313C-D/A-Asi (16DE/16DA/4AE/2AA/ASI) 533019
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
10/11 12 13/14
Recommended accessories (suggestion for S7 EduTrainer
Compact)
AS-interface master CP343-2 526853
Front-panel connector screwed contacts 184554
AS-interface addressing device 18959
AS-interface addressing cable 18960
Other accessories
Also order:
Workbook TP 401 AS-Interface
Note: All SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer
plus can be extended using a CP 342-2 (AS-i master mod-

ule). Also order 20-pin front-panel connector.
TP 400 component set 541099
AS-Interface DE 534270
AS-Interface EN 534272
128
Fieldbus technology Profibus-DP, equipment set TP 402
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8/9 10/11
Complete equipment set TP 402-DP 541097
1 1x SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer ET 200S 527425
2 1x Profibus-DP valve terminal (8 valve slices), with 16-way input stage 527432
4 1x Stack magazine module 527434
5 1x Changer module 527435
6 2x Profibus cable 2.0 m 533036
10 2x Sensor cable, M8/safety plug 100 cm 534637
Training aims
Fieldbus systems in automation
technology
Application criteria for fieldbus
systems
Comparison of various fieldbus
systems
Network topologies and access
methods
ISO/OSI 7 layer model
Profibus-DP fundamentals
Profibus-DP transmission system
Profibus-DP master/slave
Configuration of a Profibus-DP net-
work with STEP 7
Connecting, addressing and pro-
gramming bus stations
Prerequisites
A SIMATIC S7-300 with Profibus-DP
master is required to solve the ex-
ercises in this training package.
The equipment set TP 201 or TP
301 is also required to solve the
exercises. You can additionally
order the supplementary TP 400
component set.
CPU 313C-2DP-D (16DE/16DA) 533021
Recommended accessories (suggestion for S7 EduTrainer
Compact)
Also order:
Workbook TP 402 Profibus-DP
TP 400 component set 541099
Profibus-DP DE 534271
Profibus-DP EN 534273
129
Fieldbus technology supplementary equipment sets
1 2 3
4 5/6 7
1 2
6
3
7 8
TP 401 supplementary equipment set DP
This supplementary equipment set enables you to carry out the exercises de-
scribed in TP 402-DP using an existing TP 401-ASI. This facilitates training in
ASI or Profibus-DP.
Complete TP 401 supplementary equipment set DP 541098
1 1x SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer ET 200S 527425
2 1x Profibus-DP valve terminal, with 16-way input stage 527432
4 2x Profibus cable 2.0 m 533036
TP 400 component set
This supplementary set is required to carry out the exercises from TP 401-ASI
and TP 402-DP if TP 201 and TP 301 equipment sets respectively are not avail-
able and/or cannot be used.
Complete TP 400 component set 541099
4 5
130
Laboratory equipment Training packages Electrical drives
TP 801
Fundamentals of servo motor drive technology
Fast and powerful:
Electrical axes with servo motors
Electrical drives are characterised by
their speed, torque and incredible
flexibility. With the TP 801 course,
Festo Didactic introduces a new
training package based on the most
modern electrical drive technology.
It teaches all of the skills needed to
use electrical drives and information
on their particular features and ad-
vantages.
Technology at its finest
Employing ultra-modern axes and
motors, controllers and software.
The servo motor offers extremely
high positioning accuracy thanks
to its high torque and dynamic re-
sponse. Commissioning is particu-
larly easy thanks to the SEC-AC servo
motor controller and user-friendly
Windows PC software.
Lesson material included
The CD-ROM contains extensive
teaching materials including exercis-
es, worked examples and transpar-
encies so that you can start learning
or structuring lessons straight away.
Supplementary equipment set for stepper motor drive 539739
stepper motor drive
Consisting of a complete stepper mo-
tor drive, but without the axis. Sup-
plements the Servo motor drive tech-
nology equipment set TP 801 to form
a complete Stepper motor drive tech-
nology equipment set TP 802.
Supplied in a size 3 Systainer, com-
plete with manual and collection of
exercises in English on CD-ROM.
Training aims
Constructing a servo motor system
Commissioning a servo drive
Adjusting the speed of a servo
motor
Reference travel
Positioning using variable speed
and acceleration
Regulating torque
Synchronous positioning (2 drives
required)
Scope of delivery
(in a maxi Systainer)
Linear axis
Motor
Servo motor controller SEC-AC
Wmemoc software
Simulation box for commissioning
Cables and small parts

131
TP 802
Fundamentals of stepper motor drive technology
Laboratory equipment Training packages Electrical drives
Classic and inexpensive:
Drives with stepper motors
Stepper motors are ideal for appli-
cations where cost optimisation is
more important than speed and dy-
namism.
High-end axis controller SPC 200
The SPC 200 can control up to 4
pneumatic or electrical axes. One of
the main development criteria was
ease of use:
Record selection: for positioning
tasks with fixed traversing move-
ments which can simply be called
up via I/Os.
Program mode: with up to 100
programs for solving the most
complex tasks or calculating and
changing positions; I/Os control
the process
Quick commissioning using the
WINPISA diagnostic and program-
ming tool
The PROFIBUS fieldbus interface
facilitates direct reading and writ-
ing of the position data. You can
calculate, select and archive the
position in a PLC and then down-
load it directly into the SPC200. A
functional module for the Siemens
S7 controller family provides as-
sistance here.
Training aims
Constructing a stepper motor sys-
tem
Commissioning a stepper motor
drive
Reducing current in a stepper
motor drive
Reference travel
Speeds of a stepper motor drive
Positioning using a stepper mo-
tor drive
Acceleration and braking ramps
Scope of delivery
(in a maxi Systainer)
Axis
Drive
Controller and I/O module
Small parts
Manual
CD-ROM containing course docu-
ments
WinPISA commissioning software

servo motor drive
Consisting of a complete servo drive,
but without the axis. Supplements
the Stepper motor drive technology
equipment set TP 802 to form a com-
plete Servo motor drive technology
equipment set TP 801.
Supplied in a size 3 Systainer, com-
plete with manual and collection of
exercises in English on CD-ROM.
Supplementary equipment set for servo motor drive 539017
132
Laboratory equipment Training packages Accessories and optional components
Accessories and optional components
general
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Without mains cable 159382
5 Power supply unit for mounting
frame
Input voltage: 230/115 V AC
(47 63 Hz)
Output voltage:
24 V DC, short-circuit-proof
Output current: max. 4.5 A
Dimensions: 240 x 170 x 87 mm
7 Mains cable
Please order exclusively for S7
EduTrainer.
With mains cable, 1.3 m, suitable for:
DE, FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR,
TR, IT, DK, IR, ID
Order no. 159396
US, CA, Central America, BR, CO, YU, EC,
KR, TW, TH, PH, JP
GB, IE, MY, SG, UA, HK
Order no. 162411
3 Rubber feet
type. Set (4 pieces).
Order no. 159331
2 Slotted mounting plate
All components with the Quick-Fix
system can be mounted on the slot-
ted mounting plate. The slotted
mounting plate can be installed in
the conventional A4 mounting frame
or on the tabletop. It is not com-
patible with the A4 table mounting
frame. Overall dimensions: 532 x
297 mm.
Order no. 158343
4 Plug-in adapter set
The plug-in adapter set can be used
to mount the ER units directly on the
blue plug-in board or on the alumin-
ium profile plate. One set is required
to mount one unit.
Order no. 541122
6 Tabletop power supply unit
Input voltage: 230/115 V AC
(47 63 Hz)
Output voltage:
Order no. 162412

AU, NZ, CN, AR
Order no. 162413
CH
Order no. 162414
ZA, IN, in some cases in GB, PT, SG, AE, HK
Order no. 162415
TR, IT, DK, IR, ID
Order no. 162417
KR, TW, TH, PH, JP
Order no. 162418
Order no. 162419
CH
Order no. 162380
ZA, IN, in some cases GB, PT, SG, AE, HK
Order no. 162381
AU, NZ, CN, AR
Order no. 162382
TR, IT, DK, IR, ID
Order no. 247661
KR, TW, TH, PH, JP
Order no. 350362
Order no. 350363
CH
Order no. 350364
ZA, IN, in some cases in GB, PT, SG, AE, HK
Order no. 350366
AU, NZ, CN, AR
Order no. 350367
8
8 5-fold plug socket strip with
switch
Impact and shatter resistant plug
socket strip with tamper-proof cover,
4 mounting points and mounting at-
tachments for securing on Learnline,
for example.
With power supply plug suitable for:
TR, IT, DK, IR, ID.
Order no. 380707
1 Aluminium profile plate
plate forms the basis for all Festo Di-
dactic training packages. All of the
components fit securely and safely
into the grooves on the profile plate.
There are grooves on each side and,
if required, both sides can be fitted
with components. The grooves are
compatible with the ITEM profile sys-
tem. Side caps included. Grid dimen-
sions: 50 mm.
(order no. 158343).
Sizes 350 x 1100 mm and 350 x 250
mm supplied without side caps.
350 x 250 mm 159333
350 x 1100 mm 162360
700 x 550 mm 159409
700 x 350 mm 162386
700 x 350 mm* 170395
700 x 700 mm 159410
1100 x 700 mm 159411
* with cable bushing
133
3
general
1 Compressor
Extremely quiet compressor, noise
level only 40 dB (A). Ideal for use in
classrooms.
Pressure: max. 800 kPa (8 bar)
Free air delivery: 50 l/min
Reservoir capacity: 25 l
Electric motor: 230 V/50 Hz;
0.34 kW
Quick coupling socket, quick coupling

plug, tubing 102725
4 Digital multimeter
With automatic range selection, 3-
digit. Suitable for measuring DC and
AC voltage, DC and AC current, re-
sistance and for carrying out diode
tests and continuity tests.
Order no. 091030
7 Cable BNC 4 mm
Cable with BNC socket and 2 jack-
plugs (4 mm). For use in conjunction
with a function generator and oscil-
loscope.

6 Function generator
Signal types:
Sinusoidal, square, triangular, TTL
Frequency range: 0.1 Hz 500 kHz
Voltage output: DC
Offset: -15 +15 V
Voltage amplitude: 0 30 V
2 Systainer
Stackable interlocking case system,
made of light grey plastic with light
blue snap fasteners.
Order no. 035681
Cable BNC BNC
With mains cable, suitable for:
TR, IT, DK, IR, ID
5 Oscilloscope
2-channel memory oscilloscope with
trigger.
Bandwidth: 50 MHz
Time slot pattern:
0.1 s/cm 100 s/cm
Grid amplitude:
1 mV/cm 20 V/cm
Order no. 526714

Size 2: 124 x 377 x 277 mm
Order no. 526715
Size 3: 76 x 375 x 274 mm
Order no. 526716
Size 4: 281 x 377 x 272 mm
Order no. 526717
Size 5: 395 x 360 x 272 mm
Order no. 544375
Soft foam insert for lid
(for Systainer sizes 1 3)
Order no. 526814
Size 1: 72 x 377 x 277 mm
T-connector BNC
1
2
4
5
6
7
Consisting of single cables
3 Cable set, universal with 4 mm
safety plugs
Flexible measuring lines, order indi-
vidually or in a set.
10 x blue 50 mm 376931
10 x red 50 mm 376932
11 x blue 300 mm 376934
26 x red 300 mm 376935
12 x blue 500 mm 376936
21 x red 500 mm 376937
Complete set of cables 167091
3 x blue 1000 mm 376938
3 x red 1000 mm 376939
1 x red 1500 mm 376941
1 x blue 1500 mm 376940
Accessories:
Size 0 (Mini-Systainer):
50 x 248 x 158 mm
Order no. 533014
Order no. 152917
Order no. 152918
Order no. 152919
Order no. 158357
Order no. 159298
134
Pneumatics
1
2
3
5
6
7
1 Plastic tubing 7 Silencer
Silencer for the Quick Star quick
push-in fitting.
U 1/8 2307
4
8
4 x 0.75 Silver 10 m 151496
2 Tubing cutter
For plastic and Perbunan tubing with
and without fabric reinforcement
with outside diameters up to 20
mm. Ensures a vertical, burr-free cut
through positive locking of tubing in
the cutter.
Order no. 7658
4 x 0.75 Blue 1 m 159662
4 x 0.75 Black 1 m 159663
4 x 0.75 Red 1 m 178410
4 x 0.75 Yellow 1 m 178417
4 x 0.75 Green 1 m 178424
3 x 0.5 Silver 5 m 197118
6 x 1 Silver 5 m 152963
3 Tubing cutter
For optimal cutting of plastic tubing.
Order no. 255851
4 Releasing tool
For releasing all QS connectors for
tubing outside diameters of 3 to 10
mm.
Order no. 158419
5 Accessory box
The accessory box contains pneu-
matic connectors and tubing acces-
sories as well as a tubing cutter and
releasing tool for pneumatic con-
nectors.
Order no. 167020
6 T-connector
(Quick Star quick push-in fitting)
The Quick Star quick push-in fittings
offer a range of benefits:
Simply plug and work
Flexible assembly all fittings can
be rotated 360 around the thread-
ed part
Absolutely safe and secure with
an NBR plastic seal
Multiple use thread with self-
sealing coating
Packs of: 10
Straight fitting, M5
(QSM-M 5-4)
Straight fitting G1/8
(QS-G1/8-4)

Angled fitting, rotatable,
M5 (QSML-M5-4)
Angled fitting, rotatable, G1/8,
(QSL-G1/8-4)
Straight fitting, self-closing, M5
(QSK-M5-4)
Straight fitting, self-closing, G1/8
(QSK-G1/8-4)
T-connector (QST-4)
Plug-in bulkhead connector
(QSMS-4)
Order no. 153304

Order no. 186095
Order no. 153333
Order no. 186116
Order no. 153291
Order no. 186294
Order no. 153128
Order no. 153376
OL-M5 34634
OL-1/8 33840
M5 4645
8 3/2-way roller lever valve,
normally open
Type: Poppet valve, indirectly actu-
ated in one direction, with spring
return.
Pressure range: 280 800 kPa
(2.8 8 bar)
Standard nominal flow rate 1...2:
120 l/min
Order no. 162267
135
Special mounting adapters
Special mounting adapters are re-
quired for the following components:
For single-acting cylinder
For double-acting cylinder
For pneumatic and electropneumatic
roller lever valve
For solenoid valve
For back pressure val
For pneumatic linear drive unit
For M18 sensors
Plug-in adapter set for ER units
(1 required per unit)
Pneumatics
1 On-off valve with
filter/regulator, 5 m
Filter regulator valve with pressure
gauge, on-off valve, quick push-in
connectors and quick coupling plug,
mounted on a swivel support. The
filter with water separator removes
dirt, pipe sinter, rust and condensed
water. The pressure regulator main-
tains the supply air pressure at the
set operating pressure and compen-
sates pressure fluctuations. The filter
bowl has a condensate drain valve.
The on-off valve pressurises and
vents the entire control system. The
3/2-way valve is actuated by a ro-
tary button.
Design: Piston regulator valve with
sintered filter and water trap
Standard nominal flow rate*:
1600 l/min
Input pressure:
max. 1600 kPa (16 bar)
Working pressure:
max. 1200 kPa (12 bar)
Grade of filtration: 5 m
Condensate quantity: 43 cm
3

Connector: G 1/8, QS-6 for plastic
tubing PUN 6 x 1
4 Stepper module, expansion

The stepper controller is obtained
from the series connection of four
type TAA basic modules. This module
comprises a memory (5/2-way
double pilot valve) with display and
manual override as well as an AND
and OR gate.
Order no. 152885
5/6/7 Electrical signal input/output
For front panel mounting with
bracket. For attachment on univer-
sal adapter for example (order no.
195224) or directly on perforated
plate.
Electric pushbutton
(NO and NC contacts)

Electric control switch
LED indicator light
5 541155
Order no. 526337 2 75 x 50 x 30 mm 195224
3 75 x 100 x 30 mm 195225
Order no. 159339
Order no. 159340
Order no. 159378
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
* Input pressure: 1000 kPa (10 bar),
Operating pressure: 600 kPa (6 bar),
Differential pressure: 100 kPa (1 bar).
2/3 Universal adapter
The adapter enables Festo pneu-
matic components and those of oth-
er manufacturers to be mounted on
the aluminium profile plate. You can
continue to use your existing com-
ponents and still benefit from the
advantages of using the aluminium
profile plate system and the patent-
ed Quick-Fix
mounting system from

Festo Didactic:
Plug-in, clamp, ready no force
required
No worn-out sockets
Exact positioning of components
Working in a third dimension
Universally suitable for Festo and
third-party components
You can mount the components onto
the adapter yourself. It is quick, easy
and reliable with slotted screws (in-
cluded in scope of delivery). Avail-
able in two sizes. The adapters are
thus universally usable for an enor-
mous number of components with
a through hole regardless of the
manufacturer.
Not suitable for mounting of hydrau-
lic components.
Order no. 159342

Order no. 159360
Order no. 159347
Order no. 159350
Order no. 541122
6 541156
7 541157
136
Pneumatics
1
2
3
4
5
6
1 Multiple tubing holder strip set
Easily attaches to the aluminium
slotted profile plate; a neat solution
for up to 6 tubes/cables per strip.
Set of 10.
Order no. 544317
4/5/6 Relay, time-delay relay
Relay with 3 changeover or 3 NC and
3 NO contacts for DIN H-rail mount-
ing
Relay, response delayed (24 V) with
changeover contact for DIN H-rail
mounting
Relay, with switch-off delay (24 V),
with changeover contact for DIN H-
rail mounting
4 541152
Order no. 254490
Plug socket with cable
For connection of solenoid valves,
sensors and proximity switches
with M8x1 connecting thread. Ca-
ble length 2.5 m with open ends. For
connection to terminal strip, for ex-
ample.
4-pin 158962
Order no. 548637
2 DIN H-rail set
Two 300 mm long DIN H-rails, match-
ing relay socket and terminal set,
with mountings for adapter fitting to
aluminium slotted profile plate.
Terminal strip
35 terminals, terminal block and
bridges for DIN H-rail mounting.
T-head nut M5
For safe mounting of own applica-
tions, cable ducts or DIN H-rails on
the aluminium slotted profile plate.
3-pin 159422
Order no. 514158
3 Cable duct set
1 x 150 mm, 3 x 265 mm and 1 x 500
mm cable ducts with mountings for
adapter fitting to aluminium slotted
profile plate.
Order no. 548638
5 541153
6 541154
137
Hydraulics
1 Hose line with quick release
couplings
The high-pressure hose consists of
three layers: The innermost layer is
synthetic rubber, followed by a wire
mesh and sheath of abrasion-resist-
ant synthetic rubber. The two quick
coupling sockets are self-sealing
when decoupled. Used with a cou-
pling nipple, the coupling sockets
form a tightly sealed connection. On-
ly the face of the coupling is coated
with oil during the coupling process.
Coupling and decoupling are only
possible when the hose is de-pres-
surised.
Please observe the following safety
rules: Hoses should not be used for
longer than 6 years, including a stor-
age period of 2 years.
Nominal size (NS): 4
Operating pressure P:
6 MPa (60 bar)
Max. permissible pressure P
max
:
12 MPa (120 bar)
Temperature range: -40 + 125 C
Min. bending radius: 100 mm
600 mm 152960
5 Coupling socket (nominal size 4)
Is required by some hydraulic
components to implement an
additional function. Mechanical
connection: G 1/4 (internal thread).
Order no. 342046
1000 mm 152970
Order no. 680041
3000 mm 158352
1500 mm 159386
3 Cable guide
in order. W 150 x D 136 x H 63.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2 Hose holder
couplings from ingress of dirt.
W 366 x D 182 x H 80.
Order no. 539737
Order no. 535812
4 Coupling nipple (nominal size 4)
Is required by some hydraulic valves
to implement an additional function.
Mechanical connection: G 1/4 (ex-
ternal thread).
Order no. 342047
Threaded coupling
The threaded coupling is required
for the coupling socket (order no.
342046). Mechanical connection:
G 1/4 (external thread).
6 5-way distributor
The distributor accommodates 5 P or
T outlets. The tried and tested Quick-
Fix
mounting system allows quick

installation of the distributor on the
profile plate.
Order no. 184455
7 5-way distributor with pressure
gauge
The hydraulic distributor plate
accommodates 5 P or T outlets and
is also equipped with a pressure
gauge. The distributor plate is firmly
mounted on the profile plate.
Measuring range:
0 10 MPa (0 100 bar)
Accuracy:
1.6 % of full-scale value
Operating pressure, static:
3/4 of full-scale value
Operating pressure, dynamic:
2/3 of full-scale value
Order no. 159395

8 Pressure relief unit
The pressure relief unit allows you to
relieve hydraulic damping pressure
without great expenditure of force.
Order no. 152971
Accumulator filling device
Accumulator filling device for filling
the hydraulic diaphragm accumula-
tor (order no. 152859). The accumu-
lator filling device can be operated
directly on the nitrogen bottle. Ven-
dor-specific adapters are required
when using a pressure reducer for
filling the accumulator.
For mounting profile and for Learnline up
to 2004
9 Protective cover for weight
Provides reliable protection from
injury. Only in conjunction with
double-acting cylinder (order no.
152857). Weight: Order no. 152972.
Order no. 152973
For Learnline from 2005
10 Mounting adapter
The adapter enables Festo hydrau-
lic components and those of other
manufacturers to be mounted on
the aluminium profile plate. You can
continue to use your existing com-
ponents and still benefit from the
advantages of using the aluminium
profile plate system and the patent-
ed Quick-Fix
mounting system from

Festo Didactic:
Plug-in, clamp, ready no force
required
No worn-out sockets
Exact positioning of components
Working in a third dimension
Universally suitable for Festo and
third-party components
Order no. 541135

Order no. 167186
Order no. 92491
Mounting profile
Required when the weight (order no.
152972) is to be mounted directly
on the hydraulic cylinder (order no.
152857). Scope of delivery includes
connecting kit. Installation takes
place on a horizontal profile plate.
Profile dimensions 32 x 32 x 770 mm.
Protective cover for weight: Order
no. 152973.
Order no. 119352
138
Hydraulics
1 4/2-way double solenoid valve
Power rating: 6.5 W
Operating pressure p:
6 MPa (60 bar)
Max. permissible pressure p
max
:
12 MPa (120 bar)
Actuation: Electrical
Order no. 525951

6 Assembly kit for cylinders
This assembly kit is for mounting the
guide plate for actuation of the cam
of the 2/2-way stem-actuated valve,
order no. 152978.
Mounting:
Socket-head screws: M4
Lock nut: M8
For cylinder 25/18/200
Order no.184490
Order no.184489
Order no.152857
2 Cushioning cylinder
The cushioning cylinder is required
for exercise 21 in TP 511 Closed-loop
hydraulic control. It is mounted di-
rectly on the linear drive.
7 Linear potentiometer,
200 mm and 300 mmmm stroke
On the installation of linear potenti-
ometers on hydraulic cylinders.
Connection cable
Supply voltage: 13 30 V DC
Output voltage: 0 10 V DC
Mechanical attachment of connect-
ing rod: Thread M4
Potentiometer with 200 mm sensor
displacement
For cylinder order no. 152957 with
mounting kit, use order no. 120778;
for cylinder order no. 184490 with
mounting kit, use order no. 525955.
Potentiometer with 300 mm sensor
displacement
For cylinder order no. 184489 with
mounting kit, use order no. 525952.
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
8
9
10
Order no. 152295
3 Double-acting cylinder
25/18/200
Matching potentiometer, order
no. 167090. The potentiometer is
mounted on the cylinder using the
assembly kit (order no. 525955).
Piston diameter: 25 mm
Piston rod diameter: 18 mm
Stroke: 200 mm
Surface ratio: 1 : 2
Order no. 184490

16/10/300
Matching potentiometer order
no. 525953. The potentiometer is
mounted on the cylinder using the
assembly kit (order no. 525952).
Stroke: 300 mm
Surface ratio: 1 : 1.6
Order no. 184489

16/10/400
Matching potentiometer order no.
525954. An assembly kit is not need-
ed to mount the potentiometer on
the cylinder.
Stroke: 400 mm
Surface ratio: 1 : 1.6
Order no. 184488

Order no. 525955
Order no. 525952
Order no. 120778
Order no. 167090
Order no. 525953
8 Linear potentiometer, 450 mm
stroke
No assembly kit is required for
mounting the linear potentiometer
on the hydraulic cylinder (order no.
184488). The linear potentiometer
is mounted on the aluminium pro-
file plate.
Connection cable
Supply voltage: 13 30 V DC
Output voltage: 0 10 V DC
Potentiometer
Measuring stroke: 450 mm
Order no. 525954

9 Pressure sensor
Permissible operating voltage:
15 30 V DC
Voltage output: 0 10 V
Measuring range:
0 10 MPa (0 100 bar)
Cut-off frequency: 1 kHz
nominal size 4 525964

10 Temperature sensor
Permissible operating voltage:
20 30 V DC
Voltage output: 0 10 V
Measuring range: 0 100 C
nominal size 4 525963

139
Hydraulics, Sensors
1 Measuring case
The complete measuring set is pack-
aged in the practical and sturdy
Systainer. It can be used for com-
missioning, maintenance, trouble-
shooting and optimisation of hydrau-
lic circuits.
Consisting of:
Flow measurement device (0 10 l/min)
in combination with the hydraulic motor
(order no. 152858)
Cable, USD
Measuring line, 500 mm, red
Measuring line, 500 mm, blue
Universal display (see 2)

Pressure sensor, measuring range
0 10 MPa (0 100 bar), nominal size 4
Temperature sensor, measuring range
0 100 C, nominal size 4
Complete measuring case
3 Measuring container for
hydraulics
Flow rate measurement can be clear-
ly, simply and effectively demon-
strated using the transparent meas-
uring container. The scale of the
transparent measuring container al-
lows simple measurement through
gauging the capacity by litres.
Measuring range: 2 litres.
Universal bracket
Permits the mounting of up to 2
hydraulic power units with single
pump, up to 2 hydraulic measuring
containers or holders for storing hos-
es. W 50 x D 275 x H 130.
Order no. 177468
Holder for measuring container for
hydraulics
(Order no. 541134)
For Learnline up to 2004.
Order no. 183736
1
2
3
4
5
Order no. 167092
Order no. 376937
Order no. 376936
Order no. 183737
Order no. 525964
Order no. 525963
2 Universal display
Display: 4-digit, LCD
Inputs:
SP1: DC voltage 0 10 (30) V
SP2: DC current 0 20 mA
SP3: Pt100 resistance thermom-
eter
SP4: NiCr-Ni thermocouple
Characteristics:
10 defined channels for standard
pressure, temperature and flow
rate sensors, 4 user-programmable
Temperature range: 0 50 C
Power supply:
9 V standard battery IEC6F22 or
stabilized 24 V power supply
Scope of delivery:
With operating instructions and
24 V connection cable
Order no. 183737

Order no. 541134
Order no. 539736
Order no. 541141
4 Hydraulic oil (DIN 51524)
Brand-name hydraulic oil for all Fes-
to hydraulic power units.
HLP22 10 l 192215
HLP22 20 l 14572
Funnel for filling various devices
with oil
Order no. 374038
Oil spillage/protective mat
Black, with rubber border. Protects
the tabletop of the Learnline system
and keeps it clean.
312 x 1512 mm 541133
5 Vernier caliper
Measuring range: 0 150 mm
Resolution: 0.01 mm
Display: LCD display, 5-digit
Power supply: 1.5 V button cell
Order no. 35653

140
Hydraulic power units
1
2
3
1 Hydraulic power unit with
single pump
IIdeal for all experiments using
standard equipment sets TP 500,
600, 700, 511 and MPS
Punching
station.
Mounting on Learnline:
From 2005 using mounting brack-
et (order no. 539736), up to 2004
using mounting bracket (order no.
158325)
Mounting on Learntop: Directly
Pump design: External gear pump
Number of pumps: 1
Motor: AC current, single-phase
Actuation: Manual via ON/OFF
switch
Operating pressure P
max
:
6 MPa (60 bar)
Oil tank capacity: 5 l
Duty cycle: 50%
Weight: 19 kg
Power unit with 230 V nominal volt-
age, nominal power rating: 0.65 kW,
frequency: 50 Hz, delivery rate at
nominal speed: 2.2 l/min at 1320
r.p.m.
r.p.m.
r.p.m.
2 Hydraulic power unit,

double pump with one motor*
Suitable for simultaneous supply of
two hydraulic circuits or to achieve
higher cylinder and motor speeds.
Ideal for determining valve charac-
teristics.
Can be integrated into Learnline
workplace systems
Pump design:
Double external gear pump
Number of pumps: 2
switch
Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar)
Duty cycle: 100 %
(W x D x H)
Weight: 65 kg
Power unit with AC current motor,
single-phase, nominal voltage:
230 V, nominal power rating: 1.1
kW, frequency: 50 Hz, delivery rate
at nominal speed: 2 x 3.8 l/min at
1350 r.p.m.
For Learnline from 2005 (see Figure)
For Learnline up to 2004
Power unit with DC current motor,
3-phase, nominal voltage: 400 460
V, nominal power rating: 1.1 kW, fre-
quency: 50 60 Hz, delivery rate at
nominal speed: 2 x 3.8-4.5 l/min at
1450 1740 r.p.m.
Order no. 539733

3 Hydraulic power unit, with two
individual pumps and two motors*
Suitable for individual supply of
two hydraulic circuits or to achieve
higher cylinder and motor speeds.
Ideal for determining valve charac-
teristics.
workplace systems
Pump design:
External gear pump
Number of pumps: 1 per motor
switch
Operating pressure: 6 MPa (60 bar)
Duty cycle: 100 %
(W x D x H)
Weight: 65 kg
Power unit with AC current motor,
single-phase, nominal voltage:
230 V, nominal power rating: 2 x 550
W, frequency: 50 Hz, delivery rate at
nominal speed: each 3.8 l/min/1350
r.p.m.
For Learnline from 2005 (see Figure)
Power unit with DC current motor,
3-phase, nominal voltage: 400 460
V, nominal power rating: 2 x 550 W,
frequency: 50 60 Hz, delivery rate
at nominal speed: each 3.8 4.5 l/
min at 1450 1740 r.p.m.

Order no. 152962

Order no. 539004
Order no. 159328
Order no. 186085
Order no. 541115
Order no. 186087
Order no. 541114
Order no. 541117
Order no. 541116
Order no. 541118
Accessories
Set of wheels for new tank shape from 2005 539734
Hydraulic power units specially
for closed loop control
and proportional hydraulics
workplace systems
Pump design: Constant displace-
ment pump, adjustable-rate pump
(zero-stroke pump), adjustable-
rate pump (load sensing combined
Q/p adjustment)
Number of pumps: 2/1

Motor: 3-phase current or single-
phase AC current
Nominal voltage: 460 V or 230 V
Nominal power rating: 1.1 kW or
1.5 kW
Frequency: 50 Hz
switch
Operating pressure: On request
* All power units with mains

cable, suitable for: DE, FR, NO,
SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR,
TR, IT, DK, IR, ID.
Note:
For safety reasons, hydrau-
lic power units are delivered
without oil. Please order hy-
draulic oil separately.
Delivery rate at nominal speed:
2 x 5 l/min or 8 l/min
Duty cycle: 100 %
Dimensions: On request
Weight: On request
Other power units on request.
141
Electronics/PLC
1 I/O data cable with SysLink
connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends
For connection of SysLink interfaces,
for example an EduTrainer
PLC, with
the universal connection unit, digital
(order no. 162231).
Order no. 34031
1
2
4
7
8
11
3
5
9
10
2 I/O data cable with one SysLink
connector as per IEEE 488 and bare
cable-end sleeves
For connecting EasyPort to the I/O
terminals of a PLC.
Order no. 167122
Order no. 167197
3 I/O data cable, crossover with
terminal socket
Connects the PLC board of an MPS

station with EasyPort, order no.
167121. Adapter cable for the con-
nection: any PLC with an open I/O
data cable, order no. 167122, and
universal connection unit, order no.
162231.
Order no. 189551
4 I/O data cable, analogue
For connection of the analogue con-
nector to the PLC EduTrainers
using
the analogue connection unit (order
no. 162247).
Order no. 529141
5 Analogue cable, parallel
EasyPort with actual process and/or
SimuBox.
Order no. 533039
6 Analogue cable, crossover
EasyPort with actual PLC and/or
SimuBox.
female-female 160786
7 PC data cable RS232
For example, for connecting EasyPort
with the RS232 port of a PC.
male-female 162305
with RS232 cable 184555
8 PC adapter
2000/XP.
with USB cable 539006
9 LOGO! programming cable
Cable for the transmission of switch-
ing programs from a PC to LOGO! and
vice versa.
Order no. 526504
10 Profibus cable
Connection between 2 Profibus sta-
tions.
0.5 m 533035
2.0 m 533036
11 Plug-in adapter, electrical
Adapter for inserting cables with
safety plugs into sockets without
shock-hazard protection. This is no
longer compliant with DIN EN 61010
(IEC 1010).
Set of 10 adapters.
Order no. 185692
6
142
Electronics/PLC
1
2
3 Connection unit, analogue
Permissible voltage range:
22 27 V DC
Reference: GND
4 analogue voltage inputs:
Range: -10 V +10 V (max. 30 V),
input resistance: 200 k
4 analogue current inputs:
Range: 0 20 mA (max. -4 +24
mA), input voltage: max. 30 V
2 analogue outputs:
Voltage: -10 +10 V, short-circuit-
proof, max. 30 V, fuse-protected,
current: max. 20 mA
Using an analogue cable (order no.
189551), the unit can also be used
as an analogue connection unit for
the EduTrainer
PLC.
Order no. 526863

1 Simulation box, digital
The simulation box is used to display
the input and outputs signals of an
MPS
station or PLC.
Two modes of application are pos-
sible:
Simulation of inputs for testing of
a PLC program. Use I/O data cable
(SysLink) (order no. 034031) for
this purpose.
Setting of outputs (with separate
24 V supply) in order to operate an
MPS
station. The cable (order no.

167106) required for this purpose
is included in the scope of delivery.
The simulation box contains a Sys-
Link socket.
Order no. 170643

2 Simulation box, digital/analogue
The digital/analogue simulation box
additionally allows the simulation
and display of analogue signals (0
10 V). The simulation box is supplied
without connection cables.
The following connection cables are
recommended for flexible applica-
tion:
I/O data cable, parallel:
Order no. 034031 (e.g. SimuBox
with SPS EduTrainer
or EasyPort)
Analogue cable, parallel:
Order no. 529141 (e.g.. SimuBox
with EasyPort DA)
Analogue cable, crossover:
Order no. 533039 (e.g. SimuBox
with MPS
Analog-Terminal)
I/O data cable, crossover:
Order no. 167197
Order no. 162247

4 Universal connection unit,
digital (SysLink)
The universal connection unit con-
nects all 4 mm safety plugs with the
24-pin system connector as per IEEE
488 (SysLink). It thus becomes a uni-
versal interface between units with 4
mm connection technology and de-
vices equipped with SysLink connec-
tors as per IEEE488:
Connection to an I/O terminal of an
MPS
station via an I/O cable with

SysLink connectors at both ends,
order no. 034031
I/O coupling via the 4 mm labora-
tory connectors of a PLC using an
open I/O cable (IEEE488 connector
bare wires), order no. 167122
Simple connection of actuators and
sensors via 4 mm laboratory con-
nectors with the EasyPort interface
unit for FluidSIM
Inputs:
3 safety sockets each for 8 three-
wire sensors
Outputs:
2 safety sockets each for 8 actuators
Connections:
4 mm safety sockets for 24 V DC,
SysLink connector (IEEE488)
I/O status display:
Via LED
Order no. 162231

5 Sensor tester
The sensor tester speeds up commis-
sioning of systems with integrated
sensors and proximity sensors. It can
be used for:
Quick and simple checking of con-
tacts
Rapid fine adjustment
Unambiguous detection of switch
outputs
Order no. 158481

6 AS-interface addressing device
Addressing device with LCD display
for determining slave addresses and
re-addressing slaves.
Order no. 18959
7 AS-interface addressing cable
Addressing cable for connecting vari-
ous slaves to the addressing device.
Order no. 18960
8 Empty EduTrainer
ER housing
An empty ER housing in two sizes
with an aluminium blanking plate is
available for installation of custom
applications in an ER frame.
large 541179
small 541499
3
4
5
6
7
8
143
Convert now from blue to silver. You can now have the slotted
assembly board on your tried-and-tested laboratory furniture too.
Laboratory equipment Training packages Change from Blue to Silver
Enjoy the advantages of the slotted
assembly board system!
The new drives work with greater
forces. The sensors can be posi-
tioned to the millimetre. And the hor-
izontal plate allows set-up of a third
dimension for example for control
of MPS
modules. You can continue

to use your blue components. And
you can purchase spare parts from
the current range without compat-
ibility problems. The Quick-Fix sys-
tem allows quick and safe set-up of
all exercises. Your other workplac-
es are ensured long-term service by
spare parts that become available.
Option 1:
System transition from blue to
silver. Gradual transition to the
aluminium profile plate.
You supplement your blue plug-in
board by a half-size profile plate
(350 x 1100 mm). It is simply con-
nected to the plug-in board with the
plug-in feet provided. To ensure that
you are prepared for upcoming up-
grades, start using the 4-mm tubing
straight away and use cost-effective
adapters for connections to existing
cylinders and valves.
Option 2:
Adaptation from blue to silver.
Secure existing components on the
aluminium profile plate with the
universal adapter.
The adapter enables Festo compo-
nents and those of other manufac-
turers to be mounted on the alu-
minium profile plate. You can mount
the components onto the adapter
yourself. It is quick, easy and reli-
able with slotted screws (included
in the scope of delivery). The adapt-
ers are thus universally usable for
a large number of components with
a through hole regardless of the
manufacturer.
1 Universal adapter small 75 x 50 x 30 mm 195224
2 Universal adapter large 75 x 100 x 30 mm 195225
Universal adapter
Aluminium profile plate/mounting kit
Special mounting adapters (not suitable for hydraulic components)
Adapters for hydraulic components
Tubing adapter (minimum quantity: 10 units)
3 Adapter for hydraulic components 167186
Mounting adapter for single-acting cylinders 159339
4 Mounting adapter for double-acting cylinders 159340
5 Adapter for pneum/el.pneum. roller lever valves 159342
Mounting adapter for solenoid valves 159347
Mounting adapter for back pressure valves 159350
Mounting adapter for pneumatic linear drive units 159360
6 Mounting adapter for M18 sensors 159378
7 Plug-in adapter kit for ER units (1 kit required per unit) 541122
Aluminium profille plate 350 x 1100 mm 162360
Mounting kit for attaching the profile plate to the plug-in board 532200
For tubing with standard outer diameter, from 6 to 4 mm 153327
For tubing with standard inner diameter, von 3 to 4 mm 4499
1
2
3
4 5 6
7
144
Robotino
The new learning system Learning with robots

145
Robotino
The new learning system Learning with robots .................... 146

146
Robotino

Robotino
: Experiencing, understanding and using technology

How do I make a robot move along
a line?
Which robot team scores most
goals?
Which robot can complete an ob-
stacle course in the fastest possi-
ble time?
Experiencing technology
The Robotino
not only contains

technology, it also enables the tech-
nology to be experienced through
a large number of captivating tasks
drawn from the everyday world.
Understanding technology
Modularity means that all techni-
cal components, such as the electric
drive units, sensors and camera, of
Robotino
can not only be directly

understood but can also be learned
about through their integrated sys-
tem response.
Using technology
Trainees integrate and apply lots
of technical features and functions,
such as electric drive engineering,
kinetics, sensors, control technolo-
gy, vision systems and programming
techniques.
The special appeal
The Robotino
is autonomous! Nu-
merous sensors, a camera and a
high-performance controller provide
the system with the necessary intel-
ligence. So when it is correctly pro-
grammed, it can handle the tasks as-
signed to it autonomously.
The current trend
Alongside industrial robotics, the
market for mobile robots and service
robots is becoming increasingly im-
portant. By using the Robotino
, you
will be keeping your training in line
with a major technical and commer-
cial advance.
The chassis
The Robotino
is a high-quality mo-
bile robot system with an omni-direc-
tional drive unit. Its three wheels en-
able it to be moved in any direction,
forward, back and sideways, and to
rotate on the spot.
The awards
Worddidac Award 2006
reddot design award winner 2006
147
Interactive learning with Robotino
View
Always online
Robotino
View is the interactive,

graphical programming and learning
environment for Robotino
. It com-
municates over Wireless LAN directly
with the robot system. There is no-
longer any need to compile code or
download to the controller. You can
send signals directly to the motor
controller, display, scale and evalu-
ate sensor values or display a live
camera image for further processing.
This enables the Robotino
to be
used as an online test bed for control
technology for example.
Intuitive programming
Robotino
View is a visual program-

ming language.Sequences and links
are created by interconnecting func-
tional blocks. The program mirrors
your image of the robots behav-
iour, and is createdintuitively. This
means even parallel processes (mul-
titasking) canbe described and easily
programmed.
Behaviour-based language
The Robotino
is not a human being,

but its behaviour can be described in
terms of emotions. Alertness, for
example, is a measure of the prox-
imity to the objects which the sen-
sors signal to the Robotino
. On that
basis, Evade!or Track! respons-
es are programmed. In this way,
large numbers of ideas can be easily
mapped into Robotino
states.
Robotino
View basics
The working window
The workspace is divided into two
areas:
View of compiled functional block
or flow diagrams. The current input
and output values of the functional
blocks can optionally be displayed
View of parameter settings or of
internal data of the state units,
such as a live camera image or PID
parameters of the motor control
which you can change online
The library classes

Logic contains all the key logic link
functions
Mathematics contains the basic
mathematical operations
Vectoring Calculus with translation
into cartesian or polar coordinates
Generators contains the basic
functions for signal generation
Filters for smoothing values
Robotino
Hardware contains all

the components of the robot sys-
tem, such as the motor control,
camera, distance sensors, guard
strip and power supply
Input Devices for joystick or opera-
tor panel control
Sequence Control contains basic
functions for creating a sequenc-
ing program
States contains dedicated state
diagrams
Robotino

148
The mobile robot
Robustly constructed
The three drive modules of the Ro-
botino
are integrated in a sturdy,

laser-welded stainless steel chassis.
The chassis is protected against col-
lision by means of a rubber protec-
tive guard with integrated switching
sensor. Numerous additional com-
ponents such as sensors, handling
units or shooting devices can be
mounted on a platform using pre-
pared threaded holes.
Robot dimensions:
Diameter: 370 mm
Height incl. housing: 210 mm
Overall weight: approx. 11 kg
Fast mover
With its omnidirectional drive, Ro-
botino
moves quick as a flash for-

wards, backwards and sideways in
all directions and also turns on the
spot. Three sturdy industrial DC mo-
tors with optical shaft encoders and
gears with interchangeable pinions
permit speeds of up to 10 km/h.
These are the best prerequisites for
successful use in sporting competi-
tions.
Robotino

Everything in view
The chassis contains nine infrared
distance sensors. An analogue in-
ductive and an optical sensor is al-
so available by means of which the
Robotino
can sense an aluminium

strip or a coloured line, for example.
The Robotino
is supplied with a col-

our webcam without jpeg compres-
sion and a second camera with jpeg
compression. The compressed web-
cam image can be transmitted to the
PC via the WLAN for image evalua-
tion by Robotino
View or used as a
live camera image.
An extremely powerful decompres-
sion module enables you to addition-
ally use the images from the webcam
for standalone control. The Roboti-
no
may not be able to find a needle

in a haystack, but it can see whats
going on around it with a high de-
gree of accuracy.
Uninterrupted use
Power is supplied via two 12 V lead
gel batteries which permit a running
time of up to two hours. The scope of
delivery includes a further set of bat-
teries for even more uninterrupted
learning pleasure!
The scope of delivery likewise in-
cludes a charging station which al-
so serves as a maintenance station.
The wheels remain freely movable on
the charging station, which means
that they can also be used during the
charging period for experiments in
electrical drive or control technology.
149
Robotino

Embedded PC for high-level
performance
The Robotino
features a high-per-
formance embedded PC consist-
ing of:
PC 104 processor with real-time
Linux kernel
64 MB SDRAM
128 MB Compact Flash card
Ethernet, 2 x USB, 2 x RS232, 1 x
PS2, 1 x DIE, 1 parallel port and 1
VGA port
Wireless LAN in accordance with
802.11 g and 802.11 b
Expansion with additional firewire,
CAN bus card or a PCMCIA adapter
possible.
The Robotino
server, a real-time
Linux application, forms the heart of
the controller. It controls the Roboti-
no
drive units and can communicate

with external applications in two dif-
ferent ways:
An open Linux library of C++ ba-
sic functions is available for direct
programming of the PC 104 under
Linux.
A TCP/IP communication interface
is provided for communication with
the control computer via wireless
LAN. You can write C++ applica-
tions for activation of Robotino

via WLAN on the basis of a Win-
dows C++ function library.
Motor activation
Activation of the three motors is per-
formed via an additional board with
digital and analogue inputs and out-
puts which is connected with the PC
104 via the serial interface:
Power outputs for 3 motors incl.
PID controller
Expandability
The control board contains the fol-
lowing additional modules for future
expansion:
10 analogue inputs 0 10 V, 50 Hz
8 digital inputs and outputs (24 V,
short circuit proof and overload
proof)
2 relays for additional actuators
The free interfaces ensure future ex-
pandability at any time.
Direct access
The membrane keyboard integrated
in the controller housing enables you
to also access the Robotino
directly
without a WLAN:
Start the boot process for the con-
trol computer
Select the language (DE, EN, ES,
FR)
Status information (e.g. sensor
data)
Display the status of the batteries
Configure the network connection
Select permanently programmed
standalone demo programs
You can also connect a monitor and

keyboard to the embedded PC 104
for programming and diagnostic pur-
poses.
150
Robotino

Scenarios and learning areas
Robotino
The learnings ystem for

extensive training content
Sensor technology
Drive technology
Motor control
Closed-loop control technology
Mechatronics
Programming (symbolic/C++)
Vision system
Behaviour and characteristic val-
ues of specimen components and
functional units
Function testing, troubleshooting
Teamwork
Methods of information procure-
ment and preparation
Standards, rules and regulations
Technical documentation
Measurement of electrical and
non-electrical quantities, measure-
ment chain
Transmission functions of control-
led systems
Digital and analogue signal
processing
Programming language, including
graphical
Program simulation, troubleshoot-
ing, error analysis
Plant safety in respect of hardware
and programming
Speed adjustment, position con-
trol, controller parameter setting
Kinetics
Project tasks
Incoming goods inspection and com-
missioning of the mobile robot sys-
tem
Preparation of a safe test environ-
ment for operation of the mobile
robot system
Selection of a suitable demo ap-
plication
Configuration of a wireless LAN link
to the PC
Analysis and scaling of sensor data
using a virtual oscilloscope
Commissioning the camera system
Motor control
Analysis of the controlled system
for motor control
Measurement and evaluation of
various electrical quantities such
as speed, motor currents, control
parameters, etc.
Drive technology
Experiments with the omni-direc-
tional drive unit: Accessible vector
calculus
Moving forward, back, sideways
Analysing rotational kinetics
Positioning
Sensor-guided contour control
Following marked paths guided by
inductive sensors
Following a path using a vision
system, i.e. segmenting extract-
ing and evaluating images for mo-
tion control
Collision-avoiding contour control
by means of nine distance sensors
Also order
The workbook, with numerous prac-
tical project tasks, including suggest-
ed solutions and allocation to specif-
ic areas of learning. The ideal guide
for implementation of this content in
teaching practice.
151
The highlights
Typically Festo Didactic
Robotino
guarantees rapid success,

giving you the necessary confidence
and motivation to address complex
problems.
Plug-and-play
Robotino
is ready for use straight

away. Theresno lengthy setting up,
and no writing or compiling pro-
grammes. All it takes is a push of a
button, and Robotino
is in action.
Select your demo application and
Robotino
moves autonomously.
Expandable
Robotino
has all the necessary in-

terfaces for easy integration of sen-
sors, self-built add-ons or the like.
With a graphical programming and
learning environment
Robotino
View, the interactive

graphical programming and learn-
ing environment, communicates over
Wireless LAN directly with the robot
system, with no compiling or down-
loading to the controller.
All it takes is a few mouse clicks to
send signals to the motor controller,
or display, scale and evaluate sensor
values or display a live camera im-
age for further processing. Prepared
functional blocks can be used to han-
dle even complex tasks on a step-by-
step basis.
New learning methods for
substantial training content
The secret lies in the simplicity and
everyday practicality of the project
tasks, e.g.: Move the robot along a
line without touching obstacles. The
taskis immediately clear to the train-
ee, but why does Robotino
have a
problem with the solution? Where
are the difficulties? These questions
provide the trainee with a direct in-
troduction to the technology built in-
to the Robotino
. Trainees independ-
ently develop a structured approach
to the solution, incorporating a range
of interlinked training content, based
on their experience in interaction
with Robotino
.
Robotino

152
Robotino

The complete Robotino
package
The complete learning system
consists of:
Mobile robot
with a round stainless steel chas-
sis and three omnidirectional drive
units.
Diameter: 370 mm
Height incl. housing: 210 mm
Overall weight: approx. 11 kg
Chassis
with:
Rubber guard strip with integrated
collision protection sensor
9 infrared distance sensors
Analogue inductive sensor
2 optical sensors
Colour webcam with USB interface
Controller
Embedded PC with real-time Linux
kernel and numerous communication
interfaces:
Ethernet, VGA and USB for direct
connection of a keyboard, monitor
and further devices
Wireless LAN
Can be expanded using two 20-
pin plugs
Power supply via two 12 V lead gel
accumulators. The scope of deliv-
ery also includes a second set of
accumulators and a charging sta-
tion.
Robotino
View software
System requirements:
PC with Win 2000/XP SP2 or higher
At least Pentium IV
512 MB RAM
Wireless LAN adapter
Order no. 544247

The Easy start package
Included in the scope of delivery:
Systainer
Software
Battery pack
Sensors
Extensions and accessories on re-
quest.
Also order:
Workbook Robotino
DE 544306
EN 544307
ES 548606
FR 548607
153
Robotino
project ideas
With its modular construction, at-
tachable devices and open software
interfaces, Robotino
is the ideal
platform for project work. With Robo-
tin
, we provide the platform you

develop the exciting enhancements.
This is how fascinating projects
evolve, such as the small selection
listed below. For more detailed infor-
mation, see www.robotino.com
The advantage:
Reliable design sturdy housing:
no investment needed in mechani-
cal maintenance
LINUX operating system for soft-
ware dependability
Powerful drive unit and high qual-
ity Omnidrive concentrating on
the intelligent solution for the task
Technical defects, non-reproducible
effects and unwanted project delays
are a thing of the past.
Would you like to realise projects
with Robotino
? Send an e-mail to:

did@de.festo.com.
Procurement logistics
At CEBIT 2007, Chemnitz Technical
University presented a procurement
logistics process in which a wire-
less transmission technique is used
to transmit all of the relevant infor-
mation. Orders are sent via WLAN to
Robotino
, which then transports the

goods from the loading ramp into the
warehouse.
Automated guided vehicle system
with gripper system
In the Science House in Europapark
Rust, Robotino
shows what it can

do in an elegant logistics application
combined with MPS
. An industrial
gripper system and additional posi-
tion controller turn Robotino
into a
flexible AGVS (automated guided ve-
hicle system).
Official competition equipment
for the WorldSkills international
competition
The range of tasks includes replacing
components, installing new sensors
and handling components, trouble-
shooting for hardware and software,
and creating elegant applications
using the Robotino
View graphical
programming environment.
Navigation system
Intelligent, powerful navigation for
mobile systems with Robotino
can
be implemented using the NorthStar
indoor navigation system. The North-
Star Projector generates IR (infra red)
light spots on a ceiling. These are de-
tected by the NorthStar Detector and
analysed to determine position and
orientation by triangulation.
Vision system and object detection
Professional, high performance ERSP
software from Mobile Vision Tech-
nologies provides Robotino
with
interfaces for the vision system, ob-
ject recognition and navigation. Ro-
botino
can thus be used for profes-

sional pattern recognition, using a
camera to create regional maps that
enable positioning to an accuracy
of 10 cm.
Robotino

154
Mechatronics and production automation
155
MPS
The Modular Production System .................................................... 156

System description .......................................................................................157
MPS
500-FMS Flexible production ...............................................................162

MPS
200 Complete systems ........................................................................168

Stations ........................................................................................................182
Control/Networking ......................................................................................216
Operating/Observing ....................................................................................222
Project kits ....................................................................................................224
Accessories ...................................................................................................231
Safety engineering ........................................................................................233
iCIM Professional CIM training ................................................................. 235
Sample system ..............................................................................................238
Engineering service .......................................................................................240
Individual solutions.......................................................................................241
EMCO CNC training ........................................................................................242
MicroFMS CNC and robot technology similar to industry ......................... 244
MultiFMS Learning platform with MPS
, transport system, CNC ............. 251

156
With MPS
, you determine the de-

gree of complexity:
Small projects with MPS
modules
Complex exercises with MPS
sta-
tions
Multi-layered projects with inter-
connected stations or Integrated
Systems
MPS
The Modular Production

System
157
As practical training on actual pro-
duction and industrial systems is
seldom possible, MPS
prepares
trainees for the demands of their
profession in the best possible way.
Mechatronics and production automation MPS
System description
Train efficiently
Practice and industry-focused
Planning, assembly, programming,
commissioning, operation, mainte-
nance and troubleshooting of pro-
duction systems can be taught via
MPS
at various levels of complexity:

With innovative technology
With systematic use of industrial
components
In close cooperation with market
leaders in automation
Optimising processes
MPS
expertise can be translated

immediately into industrial practice.
Thats why MPS
is also used as a
training system for process optimisa-
tion and production cost reduction:
SMED (Single-Minute Exchange
of Die)
FMEA (Failure Mode and Effect
Analysis)
KANBAN
TPM (Total Productive Mainte-
nance)
Teach soft skills using MPS
MPS
not only imparts technical ex-

pertise, but also enhances personal
development:
Teamwork
Cooperation
Learning skills
Independence
Organisational ability
MPS
motivates budding mechatron-

ics specialists to use individual and
structured approaches to quickly
find solutions.
158
System description
Ideal interfaces
A good modular system has clear in-
terfaces: mechanical, electrical and
software-related. This permits modi-
fications for future developments.
Flexibility of the learning system is
an important factor in successful
project work. High modularity en-
sures that the individual stations
and modules remain as manageable
training workstations that meet the
needs of different learning levels.
Mechanical
Flawless workpiece transfer between
the various modules and stations via
a defined standard transfer point in
the plane formed by the profile plate
grid and at a height which is dictated
by matching all transfer points to the
height of the belt transport system.
With the profile plate as the mount-
ing system, MPS
can also be con-

nected to our Learning System train-
ing package.
Electrically
We have defined the SysLink inter-
face for connection of digital inputs
and outputs. This connects compo-
nents in the Learning System on the
I/O side.
SysLink connects:
MPS
station with PLC board to

form a complete station
MPS
station with EduTrainer
for
control from the ER or A4 frame
MPS
station with SimuBox, to test

the station
PLC board via EasyPort with CO-
SIMIR
PLC,
PLC board via EasyPort with Flu-
idSIM
, for example as part of the

Magazine module project
Interface to the virtual world
We offer two process simulation
programs for PLC training: Fluid-
SIM
and COSIMIR
PLC. They are

described in detail in the software
chapter.
159
The range of MPS
stations and sys-

tems enables you to dictate the func-
tion of the MPS
!
The MPS
stations assume an ex-

tremely wide range of tasks as func-
tioning individual stations in the au-
tomated model factory.
With complete solutions equipped
with everything you could possibly
need for training the MPS
200
systems offer the ideal introduction
to the world of automated produc-
tion. This is guaranteed through suc-
cessful and practice-oriented train-
ing right from the start.
Simple handling tasks or complex as-
sembly processes the pallet trans-
port system offered by the MPS

500-FMS systems facilitates a flexi-
ble production set-up that can model
almost all the functions of a complex
production system.
System description
Simple handling or complex assembly processes
Handling
Different objects made of various
materials are ejected, separated,
gripped, transported and sorted.
MPS
stations: Distributing,
Testing, Processing, Handling,
Pick&Place, Buffering, Robot and
Sorting
MPS
200: MPS
202-Mechatron-
ics, MPS
203-Fieldbus, MPS

203-IT
MPS
500-FMS: MPS
501-FMS,
MPS
502-FMS, MPS
505-FMS
Simple assembly
Assembly of measuring instruments
(clock, hygrometer and thermome-
ter) in a housing.
MPS
stations: Pick&Place and

Fluidic Muscle Press
MPS
200: MPS
205-Mechatron-
ics
Complex assembly process
Assembly of a complete pneumat-
ic cylinder comprising body, piston,
spring and end cap.
MPS
stations: Robot and Assem-

bly, optionally end cap production
using Punching station
MPS
200: MPS
202-Robotics,
MPS
210-Mechatronics
MPS
500-FMS: MPS
503-FMS,
MPS
504-FMS, MPS
506-FMS,
MPS
507-FMS
160
System description
Simply build it yourself
SP 1 539111
SP 2 540705
SP 3 540706
Each MPS
station is supplied fully

assembled and tested on the profile
plate. For efficient operation, we rec-
ommend:
MPS
trolley with lockable castors.

This simplifies project work and ac-
commodates the newly designed
control console and a PLC board.
Control console with membrane
keyboard
PLC board
Alternatively, the stations can also
be operated without the trolley and
can even be controlled with electrical
signal input units and the EduTrain-
er
from the training packages.
Simply commission it:

Attach the control console to the
trolley with two bolts
Insert the PLC board into the trolley
Connect the PLC board to the con-
trol console and the station using
our universal SysLink connector
... and youre ready to go!
On request, we can also commission
systems for you particularly in the
case of larger systems.
To ensure that your training projects

run smoothly right from the start, our
service technicians offer:
1. Complete commissioning of your
new system:
Mechanical and electrical connec-
tion of station, trolley, control con-
sole and PLC board
Adjustment of all electrical, pneu-
matic and mechanical components
Configuration of controllers and
loading of programs
2. Instruction in:
Technical documentation and Me-
chatronics Assistant
Program structures
Lesson preparation using the Me-
chatronics Assistant
And if you wish ...
3. Useful tips on how to get the

most from the MPS
:
Applications
Enhancements
Seminars
Commissioning packages
MPS
Start-Up Basic SP1:

For MPS
stations, without Robot,

Assembly, Hydraulics. Order no.
539111
MPS
Start-Up Robotics SP2:

For MPS
stations Robot, Assem-

bly, Hydraulics. Order no. 540705
MPS
Start-Up Networking SP3:

Profibus networking.
Order no. 540706
MPS
commissioning service
161
Mechatronics Assistant:
The new 10,000-page teachware concept on CD-ROM
The time previously lost researching,
copying, collating, stapling and dis-
tributing is a thing of the past. The
new Mechatronics Assistant is a syl-
labus-oriented, structured archive
on CD-ROM containing all the docu-
mentation you need for your class-
es, whether in vocational colleges or
factories:
Practice and subject-oriented book
of exercises with solutions, includ-
ing for all MPS
stations
Drawings, circuit diagrams and
graphics
Video sequences
Presentations
Technical documentation, operat-
ing instructions and safety notes
Manuals and other aids
Universal tool
The Mechatronics Assistant is thus
a multimedia tool for project work,
training and examination prepara-
tion. A hypertext-based reference
work for all areas related to automa-
tion training and a planning aid for
the training of mechatronics special-
ists and related specialities.
More than 2,000 pages of exercises
Ready-to-use exercises on modules,
stations and systems mean that the
lesson on MPS
can start immediate-

ly. The trainer can choose from both
introductory exercises and complex
project exercises. All of the exercises
can be easily changed and saved as
custom exercises so that trainers can
create their own archives.
System description
Over 500 transparencies and more
than 1,000 pages of lesson material
for the trainer
The trainers binder contains not on-
ly ready-to-print trainee and trainer
manuals, but also extensive trans-
parency sets, prepared templates for
creating custom exercises and work-
sheets as well as numerous tips on
working with the Mechatronics As-
sistant.
Condensed information
More than 500 pages on over 25 top-
ics: fundamentals of mechatronics
as a reference or introduction to a
new topic.
The Mechatronics Assistant Archive
has several unique features that sim-
plify your work.
Source formats
Many documents in the Mechatron-
ics Assistant are available in source
format (e.g. .doc, .dxf, .ppt). This al-
lows you to tailor the documents to
your needs and update them as re-
quired.
Multi-dimensional database
structure
All documents in the Mechatronics
Assistant are structured on multi-
ple levels:
Training-oriented (toward the Me-
chatronics specialist syllabus)
Subject-oriented (commissioning,
troubleshooting, programming, in-
stallation)
MPS
station-oriented
Cross-referencing via hyperlinks

Additional information can be ac-
cessed via hyperlinks embedded in
the text. Graphics provided in source
format are also linked by keywords,
allowing you to search for graphics
via keyword.
A tool for teachers and trainees
Structure and handling are designed
to allow trainees to work independ-
ently on an exercise using the Me-
chatronics Assistant. Here they find
everything necessary for solving a
task. All solutions are available in a
password-protected area.
Master the technology with
confidence
Our premium documentation, which
sets new standards, will help you
in this: all 3D configuration instruc-
tions on stations, modules and com-
ponents, all manuals, operating in-
structions and data sheets are now
available in electronic form. This
does away with the need for long
searches since the technical docu-
mentation required for all exercises
and projects is always to hand. More
than 5,000 pages of technical docu-
mentation now thats what you call
complete!
But thats not all:
We have also set up a service page
for Mechatronics Assistant users.
Simply download updates, new exer-
cises, sample programs and project
ideas free of charge. This gives you
an advantage with your training
your Mechatronics Assistant devel-
ops in line with your needs:
Six licences now included in the
scope of delivery for the same
price. With online activation.
Can be installed in either German,
English or Spanish.
Supplied on CD-ROM in the Sys-
tainer including manual in DE/
EN/ES.
System requirements
Intel-PC or compatible, at least
300 MHz
Windows NT4.0 SP5 or Windows
2000 Professional SP2 (recom-
mended); Windows 98, 98 SE and
ME (possible)
At least 64 MB RAM
Microsoft
Word 97 or Microsoft

Word 2000
MS Internet Explorer 5.5 or 6.0
Sun Java 2 Runtime Environment
SE V1.4.1
Flash Player 6 AX control
DE/EN/ES 529134
162
MPS
500-FMS: Flexible production compatible, modular and

versatile
The transport system
The transport facilities are a central
component of automated production
systems. The rectangular conveyor
configuration of the FMFF series of-
fers all the characteristics of profes-
sional industrial systems:
6 working positions
Pallet identification
Valve terminal technology
AS-i fieldbus technology
PLC control cabinet
S7-300 PLC controller
Frequency converter
AC drive motors
EMERGENCY-STOP
I/O port for station
Dimensions: 3000 x 500 mm
The warehouse
Indispensable and technically chal-
lenging from a logistical point of
view automated warehouses facili-
tate flexible logistical concepts and
short delivery times. The HRL20 of-
fers all the functions of a full-size
warehouse in a smaller format:
Shelf with 5 x 4 locations
Precision storage and retrieval ro-
bot linear, X/Y/Z (DC/pn/DC)
Positioning controller
Gripper for workpieces
S7-300 PLC controller
Control panel
Teach-in positions
Interface to the conveyor system
MPS
500-FMS Flexible production

Thought and action in networked
systems
It is becoming more and more com-
mon for specialists and engineers
to be responsible for operation and
maintenance of complex automated
production systems. This requires
the seamless interaction of all the
technologies involved.
MPS
500-FMS forms the basis for

general technological training using
practical problems from actual oper-
ational applications. It provides the
perfect platform for analysing, un-
derstanding and mastering the in-
teraction of mechanics, pneumatics,
electrical engineering, control tech-
nology and communication interfac-
es all absolutely critical for proper
and successful management of net-
worked systems.
163
Networked system operation
communication is key
Modern production systems are of
modular design, with the modules or
subsystems featuring powerful com-
munication interfaces. The MPS

500-FMS uses interfaces such as the
I/O coupling, fieldbus and Ethernet
similar to those used in typical prac-
tical applications.
From the sensor to the web: The op-
tional software packages are an easy
way of practicing displaying system
data on the Internet.
The Vision system
Camera systems are ideal for use in
production and quality assurance
thanks to their versatility and relia-
bility. The universally successful in-
dustrial system DVT is integrated in
the MPS
500-FMS system:
Intelligent compact camera
CMOS (colour on request)
Resolution 640 x 480 pixels
Incident light and transmitted light
Computer link
Evaluation software for PC
The tools of the trade

simulation for robots and
systems
The use of simulation tools for
programming systems and ana-
lysing system behaviour before
or during construction saves
time and money. The electrical,
mechanical and physical behav-
iour of the models is the same
as that of actual stations and is
programmed using the same pro-
gramming languages (MELFA BA-
SIC and STEP 7). This enables the
students to work safely on virtual
systems before the tested pro-
grams are tried out on the actual
system.
MPS

Information on customer projects: www.festo-didactic.com
10 stations learn the basics in
small groups
MPS
500-FMS provides up to 10 in-

dividual stations for working in small
groups of students providing in-
valuable benefits for the practical
side of training. Each station focus-
es on something different and of-
fers various levels of complexity. The
stations can be gradually brought
together once the station-specific
training aims have been achieved.
The process
The system is a factory comprising
six areas linked via a transport sys-
tem that produces the tried-and-
tested short-stroke cylinders from
the MPS
.
Incoming goods
Cylinder bodies are delivered to the
Distributing station and forwarded to
the Testing station after inspection.
Processing
The Processing station, which simu-
lates a drilling process, represents
the machining stage. The Handling
station transports the material.
Quality assurance
The camera system checks the work-
piece.
Assembly
An industrial robot in the Robot as-
sembly station performs automated
assembly.
Warehouse
Parts are stored in the Automatic
warehouse station prior to shipping.
Outgoing goods
The Handling station transfers prod-
ucts from the conveyor to the Sorting
station, where the products are sort-
ed and made available for shipping.
164
MPS

MPS
516-FMS the complete package for demanding training

scenarios
The system
MPS
516-FMS system is a complete

package comprising hardware and
software that can be used straight
from the box.
The system comprises 9 stations:
Incoming goods
Distributing and Testing station
Processing
Handling and Processing station
Assembly
Robot assembly station
Warehouse
Automatic warehouse station
Outgoing goods
Handling and Sorting station
Transport
Transport system station
The system can be flexibly expanded
using the optional packages.
The training aims
The multitude of stations and the
technologies contained in them per-
mit an investigation of almost all rel-
evant areas of control and automa-
tion technology.
Construction of pneumatic and
electropneumatic circuits
Learning about various sensors
and actuators
Application and programming of
PLCs
Application of various handling de-
vices and grippers
Application of vacuum technology
Application of various electrical
drives (DC, AC)
Application of frequency converters
Construction of a positioning con-
trol with incremental shaft encoder
Networking of sensors and actua-
tors via AS-interface
Application of industrial robots for
assembly tasks
Programming and simulation of
robots
Set-up and mode of operation of
transport systems
Mode of operation and purpose of
pallet identification
165
MPS

Optional packages
Optional package Vision (V1)
Industrial CMOS compact camera
with integrated illumination and Eth-
ernet interface, mounted on a mo-
bile trolley. The station can be inte-
grated or used on its own for basic
training. It is used to determine grip-
per parameters in connection with
the robot assembly station. Profes-
sional image processing software is
included.
Optional package Visualisation
System visualisation and opera-
tion on the basis of industrial SCADA
software. Communication between
SCADA and controllers takes place
via fieldbus or Ethernet. Choose from
the following options:
WinCC and Profibus DP (L21)
WinCC and Ethernet (L22)
InTouch and Ethernet with FEC

(L23)
InTouch and DeviceNet with Allen
Bradley (L24)
Optional package CNC
Upgrade the system with a small PC-
controlled CNC machine. The ma-
chine is placed beside the assem-
bly robot and looks after automatic
loading and unloading. The optional
package includes all the software
necessary for operation.
MILL 55 (C1)
TURN 55 (C2)
MPS 516-FMS On request

The control concept
Each station is equipped with its own
PLC. The only exception to this is the
robot station; in this case the robot
controller also controls the magazine
and communicates with the trans-
port system via I/Os. Communication
between the transport system and
the PLCs of the stations also takes
place via a straightforward I/O inter-
face. This simple and clear structure
is one of the reasons this system is
so popular it facilitates quick and
easy combination of the individual
stations into a networked system.
The AS-interface fieldbus is used
within the transport system.
Further additional bus systems can
optionally be integrated.
MPS
516 FMS range of packages

Consisting of:
Stations
1x pallet transport system FMF-F
1x automated warehouse
1x robot station with Magazine station*
1x Distributing station*
1x Testing station*
2x Handling station*
1x Processing station*
1x Sorting station*
Software and media
Programming package STEP 7 Trainer package
COSIMIR
PLC with 12 licences

COSIMIR
PLC Advanced with individual licence

COSIMIR
Robotics with 12 licences

COSIMIR
Industrial with individual licence

Mechatronics Assistant with 12 licences
Service
Commissioning and initial training in Germany with delivery, installation and commission-
ing of the system at the destination. Two days of initial training for up to 4 persons.
* includes mobile base frame, MPS
control panel and S7-300 PLC board.

Technical data MPS
stations.
I/O
I/O
PLC
PLC
AS-i
I/O
PLC
AS-i
I/O
I/O I/O I/O
Robot
AS-i
AS-i AS-i AS-i
PLC
Camera
Option
I/O I/O
PLC
PLC
PLC
PLC
166
MPS

MPS
501-505 FMS The entry-level systems

Even the smaller systems offer a
complete sequence with all the es-
sential components of an interlinked
production system.
Why not call us?
We will be happy to advise you.
MPS
501-FMS
MPS
503-FMS
MPS
505-FMS
MPS
502-FMS
MPS
504-FMS
167
MPS
512-FMS get started right away with a complete and

customised package
MPS

MPS 512-FMS On request
It is becoming more and more com-
mon for specialists and engineers
to be responsible for operation and
maintenance of complex automated
production systems. This requires
the seamless interaction of all the
technologies involved.
MPS
500-FMS forms the basis for

general technological training using
practical problems from actual oper-
ational applications.
It provides the perfect platform for
analysing, understanding and mas-
tering the interaction of mechanics,
pneumatics, electrical engineering,
control technology and communica-
tion interfaces all absolutely critical
for proper and successful manage-
ment of networked systems.
MPS
512-FMS is a complete pack-

age comprising hardware and soft-
ware that can be used straight from
the box. The system comprises 7 sta-
tions:
Incoming goods
Distributing and Testing station
Processing
Handling and Processing station
Outgoing goods
Handling and sorting station
Transport
Transport system station
The system can be flexibly expanded
using the optional packages.
Special requirements in the area of
control technology?
We look forward to talking to you.
Our project advisors will be happy to
find the ideal solution for you.
MPS
512 FMS range of packages

Consisting of
Stations
1x pallet transport system FMF-F
1x Distributing station
1x Testing station
2x Handling station
1x Processing station
1x Sorting station
Software and media
Programming package STEP 7 Trainer package
COSIMIR
PLC with 12 licences, COSIMIR
PLC Advanced with individual licence

Mechatronics Assistant with 12 licences
Service
Commissioning and initial training in Germany
168
MPS
200 complete systems with blended learning package and

modular expansion options
MPS
200 Complete systems

Complete from A to Z
MPS
200 systems come with all the

required accessories, guaranteeing
effective training from the very start.
They range from small complete sys-
tems to entire mechatronic labora-
tory outfits.
MPS
stations
All necessary accessories such as
trolleys, power supply units, con-
trol console, workpiece set, etc.
Control package with programming
software and cable
Visualisation and simulation soft-
ware
The new interface concept offers

many possibilities for direct combi-
nation of individual stations. Various
aspects determine the decision for
this combination or that:
Training content
Supplementation of existing sta-
tions
Budget
MPS
202-Mechatronics
Small but complete
Distributing, Sorting
MPS
203-Fieldbus
Mechatronics and fieldbus
technology
Distributing with AS-interface, Test-
ing, Sorting with Profibus DP
169
Flexibly expandable
Of course you can also gradually ex-
pand your MPS
200 system with

stations, modules and components
or with additional web-based train-
ing programs.
MPS
203-IT
Remote maintenance, remote
diagnosis
Distributing, Testing, Sorting
Blended learning package
included
Each MPS
200 system includes

a package of web-based training
programs as well as FluidSIM

Pneumatic and Mechatronics As-
sistant, the tool for professional
training. Some packages even in-
clude COSIMIR
Robotics.
MPS

MPS
205-Mechatronics
Everything you need for project
work
Distributing, Testing, Pick & Place,
Fluidic Muscle Press, Sorting
MPS
202-Robotics
Handling and assembly
Assembly with robots
MPS
210-Mechatronics
The all-rounder
Distributing, Testing, Processing,
Handling, Buffering, Assembly with
robots, Punching, Sorting
170
MPS

MPS
202 Mechatronics Small but complete ...

Simple communication
A station can only pass on a work-
piece to the next station if it is ready
to process it. In the MPS
, this OK
signal is provided via optical sen-
sors. This makes it very easy to com-
bine stations.
Alternatively enhanced I/O
communication
The stations can also be networked
via I/Os. We have routed the neces-
sary input and output signals to 4
mm safety sockets to facilitate this
communication. The correspond-
ing exercises and worksheets can be
found in the Mechatronics Assistant.
Controlling, simulating and
programming with EasyPort
No matter which control package
you choose the scope of delivery al-
ways includes EasyPort, the univer-
sal interface for getting started with
blended learning.
Then theres FluidSIM
Simply start FluidSIM
and the inte-

grated Soft Logo! takes over control
of a station or the entire system. Get-
ting started with programming has
never been so easy.
171
... with blended learning package, FluidSIM
,
Mechatronics Assistant and web-based training programs
MPS

Mechatronics Assistant Professional
Training Successful training with
MPS
With more than 2,000 pages of les-

son material on the two stations,
the system can be used in lessons
straight from the box. Also provided
are exercises on modules, stations
and all related topics such as circuit
diagram creation, PLC programming
and a full set of documentation for
the trainer.
All the exercises can be modified, ex-
tended and archived, making the Me-
chatronics Assistant the tool for pro-
fessional training methods.
Getting started with MPS
202
a multi-media experience
The Discover MPS
200 web-based
training program takes your trainees
on a voyage of discovery in their
own home, in the laboratory or in
any other location that suits them.
Complete MPS 202 system with SIMATIC S7-300 541161
Complete MPS 202 system with Festo FEC Standard 541162
Complete MPS 202 system with Allen Bradley ML 1500 541163
Complete MPS 202 system with Mitsubishi MELSEC 541164
Function
The Stacking magazine module sepa-
rates workpieces. The Changer mod-
ule transports the individual work-
pieces to the sorting conveyor by
means of its vacuum gripper. Opti-
cal and inductive sensors differenti-
ate the workpieces based on mate-
rial and colour. Pneumatic branching
gates then sort the workpieces onto
three different slides.
Training aims
Mechanical set-up of a station
Installation of tubing for pneumatic
components
Vacuum technology
Pneumatic linear and rotary drives
Application of simulation tools
Correct wiring of electrical com-
ponents
Correct application of limit switch-
es
Mode of operation and applica-

tions of optical and inductive sen-
sors
Logic programming
Programming and application of
a PLC
Structure of a PLC program
Programming of alternative branch-
es
Programming of an operating mode
part
Set-up and optimisation of mate-
rial flow
Optimisation of setting-up times
Linking of stations
Enhanced I/O communication
Commissioning of complex sys-
tems
PLC control packages include:

SIMATIC S7-300
2x PLC board with SIMATIC S7-313C, 1x programming cable
1x programming software STEP 7 Professional for Training
Festo FEC
Standard
2x Festo FEC
Standard PLC board with FEC
640 FST
1x programming cable
1x programming software FST
Allen Bradley ML 1500
2x Rockwell PLC board with Micro Logix 1500
1x programming software RS-Logix 500 Starter
Mitsubishi MELSEC
2x PLC board with FX1N 1500
1x programming software GX IEC Developer FX
The MPS
202-Mechatronics system contains everything you need for training:

Stations: Distributing, Sorting
Accessories: 2x trolley, 2x power supply unit, 2x control console, 1x workpiece set,
1x SimuBox
Control technology: 1x PLC control package, 1x EasyPort
Software: 1x FluidSIM
P, 1x Mechatronics Assistant, 1x Discover MPS
200 web-based
training program, 1x LOGO! Training web-based training program
172
MPS

MPS
203 Fieldbus Mechatronics and fieldbus technology ...

Innovative valve technology:
AS-interface CP valve terminal
The Distributing station with AS-in-
terface uses a wide range of AS-in-
terface slaves. A typical example of
an AS-interface component is the
optical sensor with integrated AS-in-
terface.
Topic: Profibus DP
The Sorting station features a Profi-
bus DP valve terminal. All the sen-
sors are connected to the input mod-
ule of the valve terminal via plug
connectors.
Visualisation
A complete visualisation applica-
tion for the Distributing, Testing and
Sorting stations as well as guided
exercises on autonomous creation
of visualisation applications can be
used in lessons without any advance
preparation.
Professional tool: SIMATIC WinCC
The professional control and moni-
toring system for planning and real-
ising visualisation. This renders the
exchange of data with the SIMATIC
controllers of the MPS
stations par-
ticularly effective.
173
... with visualisation package and the Mechatronics Assistant
MPS

Project exercises on fieldbus and
visualisation technology
The Mechatronics Assistant comes
with more than 500 pages of exercis-
es and solutions for lessons on field-
bus technology.
The web-based training program
on the system
The multi-media web-based train-
ing program provides students with
a quick introduction to the special
features of the MPS
203-Fieldbus
system. This makes preparation ex-
tremely convenient since it can be
carried out anywhere and also ex-
tremely efficient since students can
complete the various chapters of the
training program as it suits them and
their personal rate of learning.
Complete MPS 203-Fieldbus system 541165
Function
The Distributing station separates
workpieces from the Stacking maga-
zine and moves them to the Testing
station. The Testing station checks
the workpiece height. The Sorting
station then sorts the workpieces ac-
cording to material and colour onto
three slides.
Training aims
components
Vacuum technology
Fieldbus technology
Information technology
Testing, integration and commis-

sioning of AS-i components in an
automated system
Planning, configuration and pro-
gramming of AS-i networks
Testing, integration and commis-
sioning of Profibus DP components
in an automated system
gramming of Profibus DP networks
Linking of stations
Networking of stations with Profi-
bus DP
Planning, engineering, implemen-
tation, commissioning and execu-
tion of a visualisation application
PLC control package includes:

SIMATIC S7-300
3x PLC board with SIMATIC S7-313C-2DP
1x AS-interface expansion for S7-300 board
1x programming software STEP 7 Professional for Training
1x AS-interface addressing device
1x AS-interface addressing cable
The MPS
203-Fieldbus system contains everything you need for training:

Stations: Distributing with AS-interface, Testing, Sorting with Profibus DP
Accessories: 3x trolley, 3x power supply unit, 2x control console, 1x control console with
AS-interface, 1x workpiece set, 1x SimuBox
Control technology: 1x PLC control package
Software: 1x WinCC Trainer package for visualisation software, 1x Mechatronics Assist-
ant, 1x Discover MPS
200 web-based training program, 1x Fieldbus technology web-based

training program
174
MPS

MPS
203-IT Remote maintenance and diagnosis ...

Easy remote diagnosis and
maintenance via SMS
The controller will report operat-
ing data in response to an SMS re-
quest to the machine. This means
that process data can be accessed
any time, anywhere provided GSM
is available. The modem requires an
enabled SIM card.
Control via the world wide web
The Festo FEC
Standard represents
the merging of the Internet and auto-
mation, since the contoller FST now
has a web server built in. Every con-
troller with Ethernet can send and
receive data from every other con-
troller within a network no matter
whether this data relates to inputs,
outputs, flags or registers.
Remote programming
Every controller within a network can
be programmed from any desired
network interface.
Professional visualisation
The scope of delivery includes the In-
Touch software package for visualis-
ing systems and a complete InTouch
visualisation application for the sta-
tions Distributing, Testing and Sort-
ing as well as guided exercises for
autonomous creation of visualisation
applications. This package can be
used straight from the box and the
knowledge learned can be immedi-
ately applied in industrial practice.
175
... with visualisation package and Mechatronics Assistant
MPS

Remote GSM, HTML programming,
Ethernet networking and
visualisation
The Mechatronics Assistant contains
full instructions on programming,
web page design and IP addressing.
Up-to-date IT projects are provided
so you can keep abreast of progress
in your training laboratory.
Knowledge re-packaged
Web-based training programs help
to guarantee a successful outcome
for even complex projects. This mo-
tivates students to tackle even en-
tirely new topics with the MPS
203-
IT system.
Complete MPS 203-IT system 541166
Function
workpieces from the Stacking maga-
zine and moves them to the Testing
station. The Testing station checks
the workpiece height. The Sorting
station then sorts the workpieces ac-
cording to material and colour onto
three slides.
Training aims
components
Vacuum technology
Networking
Information technology
gramming of Ethernet TCP/IP net-
works
Programming of web (html) pages
Remote maintenance
Remote diagnosis
Visualisation technology
Planning, engineering, implemen-
tation, commissioning and execu-
tion of a visualisation application
Control, remote maintenance and
remote operation via Ethernet and
GSM radio network
PLC control package includes:

FEC
Standard
3x PLC board with FEC
4x Ethernet cable, parallel

1x Ethernet cable, crossover
1x Ethernet Switch
The MPS
203-IT system contains everything you need for training:

Stations: Distributing, Testing, Sorting
Accessories: 3x trolley, 3x power supply unit, 3x control console, 1x workpiece set, 1x
SimuBox
Control technology: 1x PLC control package, 1x Easy GSM
Software: 1x InTouch visualisation software, 1x Mechatronics Assistant, 1x Discover MPS

200 web-based training program
176
MPS

MPS
205-Mechatronics Everything you need for project work ...

State-of-the-art automation
technology
The latest handling components,
pneumatic muscle, a wide range
of cylinders, proportional pressure
regulators, numerous valve types,
inductive sensors, optical sensors,
pressure sensors, etc. the MPS

205-Mechatronics system offers a
seemingly endless variety of com-
ponents.
Central EMERGENCY STOP board EMERGENCY STOP pushbuttons cor-
rectly positioned in a system are es-
sential. The MPS
therefore comes
with an EMERGENCY STOP board
which you can connect anywhere.
You decide where to attach the
EMERGENCY STOP pushbuttons in
the system.
Control, simulation and
programming
The introduction to programming is
provided by FluidSIM
and EasyPort.
FluidSIM
can be used to realise sim-

ple logic or relay control systems.
Start FluidSIM
and the integrated

Soft Logo! takes over control of a sta-
tion or the entire system. More com-
plex programs are realised using the
PLC boards. Worked examples pro-
viding extensive sample programs
for all the stations are included.
177
... with FluidSIM
, Mechatronics Assistant and

web-based training programs
MPS

Project work
project exercises with assembly in-
structions for lessons on handling
applications. These project exercises
help you to prepare your students
for all the demands of mechatronics.
The web-based training program for
greater efficiency
The Discover MPS
200 web-based
training program enables your stu-
dents to prepare for working with the
system in their own home, in the
laboratory or in any other location
that suits them. This facilitates a dra-
matic increase in learning efficiency.
Use blended learning to exploit the
benefits of a wide range of media in
your lesson.
Complete MPS 205 system with SIMATIC S-300 541167
Complete MPS 205 system with Festo FEC Standard 541168
Function
workpieces from the Stacking mag-
azine and moves them to the Test-
ing station. The Testing station
checks the workpiece height. The
Pick&Place station places the work-
piece insert on the body and the Flu-
idic Muscle Press station presses it
in. The Sorting station then sorts the
workpieces according to material
and colour onto three slides.
Training aims
Vacuum technology
Application of proportional pres-
sure regulators
Application of the pneumatic
muscle
Application of simulation tools

Application of limit switches
sors
Application of pressure sensors
Logic programming
a PLC
Programming of operating modes
Project work
Set-up and optimisation of mate-
rial flow
Optimisation of setting-up times
Linking of stations
Safety engineering

SIMATIC S7-300
1x programming software STEP 7 Trainer Package
Festo FEC
Standard
640 FST, 5x programming cable

5x PLC board with Micro Logix 1500, 5x programming cable
5x programming software RS-Logix 500 Professional
Mitsubishi
5x PLC board with FX1N, 5x programming cable
1x programming software GX IEC Developer FX Trainer package
The MPS

Stations: Distributing, Testing, Pick&Place, Fluidic Muscle Press, Sorting
Accessories: 5x trolley, 5x power supply unit, 1x workpiece set, 5x SimuBox
Control technology: 1x PLC control package, 1x EMERGENCY-STOP board, 2x EMERGENCY-
STOP control panel, 5x EasyPort
Software: FluidSIM
P licence for 6 users, 1x Mechatronics Assistant, 1x Discover MPS

200 web-based training program, 1x Project Management web-based training program,
1x LOGO! Training web-based training program
178
MPS

MPS
202-Robotics Handling and assembly ...

Commissioning robot systems
Robot systems are far from easy
to assemble and dismantle, trans-
port and commission, but represent
a highly interesting topic when it
comes to training.
The robot performs precision
assembly of pistons and springs
The RV-2AJ performs more than just
simple handling tasks in the MPS

it also assembles small cylinders and
all that entails.
The robot controller performs the
control function
The new Drive Unit for the RV-2AJ
is small, powerful and lightweight
and fits into the MPS
trolley. With
Drive Unit and Teachbox, the system
is completely equipped straight from
the box. Digital I/Os already con-
tained in the system are used to con-
trol all the modules such as the cap
and spring magazines.
All I/Os protected by design
The I/Os of the robot controller are
connected with SysLink connectors
via the interface unit of the robot to
guarantee protection against short
circuits and polarity reversal. The
LEDs on the interface unit also per-
mit easy and clear diagnosis.
179
... with COSIMIR
software package
MPS

Programming and simulation with
COSIMIR
COSIMIR
is a professional training
tool that makes programming and
simulation of a precision robot ex-
tremely easy and safe.
Plus comprehensive documentation
exercises, sample programs and as-
sembly instructions.
Complete MPS 202-Robotics system 541171
Function
The bodies of the pneumatic cylin-
ders to be assembled are fed to the
robot via a slide. The robot deter-
mines the orientation of the bod-
ies and places them in the assem-
bly holder in the correct orientation.
The robot takes the piston from the
pallet and assembles it in the body.
The piston springs and the cylinder
cap are fed to the robot from control-
led magazines. The fully assembled
pneumatic cylinder is then placed
on a slide.
Special training aims
Integration of an industrial robot in
an assembly process
Teaching of robots in complex as-
sembly environments
Commissioning of complex sys-
tems
Maintenance, servicing and trou-
bleshooting of complex systems
Programming of industrial robots
The MPS
202-Robotics system contains everything you need for training:

Stations: Robot, Assembly
Accessories: 2x trolley, 1x power supply unit, 1x control console, 1x workpiece set
Control technology: 1x robot interface unit
Software: COSIMIR
Robotics licence for 6 users, 1x COSIMIR
Industrial, 1x Mechatron-
ics Assistant
180
MPS

MPS
210-Mechatronics the all-rounder ...

Complete
From mechanics, pneumatics, PLC
technology, handling technology,
electrical engineering, electronics to
robotics and hydraulics, each sta-
tion facilitates interesting exercises
on automation and mechatronics.
The MPS
210 system is particularly

suited to the areas of handling, PLC
and robot technology due to its close
industrial orientation.
Exploit the full flexibility of MPS
The combination of multiple MPS

stations offers training aims for many
levels of experience and many dif-
ferent fields. The project kits of the
MPS
210 system facilitate the re-

alisation of a wide range of different
systems. Conveyor belts, integrated
between the MPS
stations, facili-
tate a multitude of solutions for ma-
terial flow.
Successful realisation of project
ideas
The MPS
210 system contains all

the components needed to realise a
wide range of projects giving your
students a free hand in creativity!
WBT support:
The web-based training programs
contained in the MPS
210 system
will help trainers prepare their stu-
dents for project work. They deal
with topics such as project planning,
information acquisition or getting
started with the MPS
210 system.
181
...with an all-inclusive media package
MPS

Simulating stations
COSIMIR
PLC offers optimum prep-

aration for a hands-on lesson. All
the stations can be tested and pro-
grammed in simulation. Bugs can
even be built into the model to per-
mit an optimum, practical starting
point for lessons.
COSIMIR
Robotics and Industrial

facilitates full or partial instruction
in the use of robot stations through
simulation. The simulation also of-
fers robot cells featuring other ro-
bots such as Kuka and ABB for com-
prehensive robot training.
Complete MPS 210 system with SIMATIC S7-300 541172
Complete MPS 210 system with FEC Standard 541173
Function
The complete assembly line produc-
es a pneumatic cylinder made up of
body, piston, springs and cap.
The system enables 15 30 stu-
dents to be trained in mechatron-
ics.
The Distributing and Conveyor
project kits (5 of each are includ-
ed) provide an introduction to the
project work.
Actuation is performed via Fluid-
SIM
and EasyPort or using a pro-

grammable logic controller.
The system layout can be changed
using the project kits. More than
30 different combinations can be
created using the system.
Production planning, reduction of
set-up times, FMEA and TPM the
system offers solutions for the hot
topics of production optimisation.

SIMATIC S7-300
1x programming software STEP 7 Trainer Package
Festo FEC
Standard
640, 8x programming cable, 8x programming software FST

8x PLC board with Micro Logix 1500, 8x programming cable
1x programming software RS-Logix 500 Starter
Mitsubishi MELSEC
8x PLC board with FX1N, 8x programming cable
2x programming software GX IEC Developer FX Trainer Package
Also order: Hydraulic power unit
The MPS

Stations: Distributing, Testing, Processing, Handling, Buffer, Robot, Assembly, Punching,
Sorting
Project kits: 5x Distributing, 5x Conveyor
Accessories: 10x trolley, 8x control console, 5x SimuBox, 9x power supply unit, 5x work-
piece set
Control technology: 1x PLC control package, 1x EMERGENCY-STOP board, 4x EMERGENCY-
STOP control console, 5x EasyPort
Software: COSIMIR
Robotics licence for 6 users, COSIMIR
PLC licence for 6 users, Fluid-

SIM
P licence for 6 users, 6 x Mechatronics Assistant, 1x COSIMIR
Industrial, 1x Discover
MPS
200 WBT program, 1x LOGO! Training WBT, 1x Project Management WBT program
182
The stations in the Modular Production System at a glance
Distributing station
Stations
A production line in a factory can be
made up of individual production
cells. Each cell has a specific func-
tion in the process (distribution, test-
ing, processing, handling, assembly,
storage). You can select an applica-
tion or process that meets your re-
quirements from a range of individu-
al stations.
By effectively combining individual
stations, you can assemble your pro-
duction system.
Learn about the functions and train-
ing aims of the individual stations as
well as their possible combinations
on the following pages.
AS-i distributing station
Buffering station
Sorting station Profibus DP
Robot station
Fluidic muscle press station
183
Stations
Testing station Processing station Handling station
Assembly station
Pick&Place station
Punching station
Separating station
Sorting station
Storing station
184
Combining stations
Stations
A new interface concept that offers
many possibilities for direct combi-
nation of individual stations. Various
aspects determine the decision as to
which combination is required:
Training aims
tions
Budget
The complete systems MPS
200
section gives an overview of the
most popular combinations.
Testing
+
Processing
+
+
+
Handling
+
+
+
+
+
+
Buffer and
transport section*
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Pick&Place
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Fluidic Muscle
Press
+
MPS
stations can be combined as

follows:
Distributing/Distributing ASI
Testing
Processing
Handling
Buffer and transport section*
Pick&Place
Fluidic Muscle Press
Robot
Assembly/Assembly and punching**
Separating***
Storing
Possible direct downstream stations
Distributing Separating Processing Robot Assembly Storing
Pick&Place Fluidic Muscle Press Sorting
Stations
185
Stations
* The transport section can be set up for
varying project work using the project
modules and used between MPS
stations
for flexible transportation of material.
** The Punching station can be used to up-
grade the Assembly station.
*** The Separating station can be com-
bined with two downstream stations
placed at right angles.
Combination using a conveyor
The conveyor enables all MPS
sta-
tions to be interconnected. The con-
veyor is simply mounted between
two stations as the linking element.
This facilitates the set-up of custom-
ised training arrangements.
Robot
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Assembly/Assembly
and punching**
+
Separating***
+
+
+
+
+
+
Storing
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Sorting/
Sorting DP
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Distributing Conveyor Sorting
186
Function
workpieces. Up to eight workpieces
are stored in the magazine tube of
the stacking magazine. A double-act-
ing cylinder pushes the workpieces
out one at a time. The Changer mod-
ule grips the separated workpiece
via a suction gripper. The swivel arm
of the changer, which is driven by
a rotary actuator, moves the work-
piece to the transfer point of the
downstream station.
Special technology:
Semi-rotary actuator
The Distributing station utilises vari-
ous actuators, all of which are indus-
trial components. The rotary actuator
of the swivel arm can be set to vari-
ous angles between 90 and 270.
The end positions are sensed by
means of micro switches. A double-
acting linear cylinder pushes work-
pieces out of the stacking magazine.
The end positions are sensed using
proximity sensors.
Special grippers:
Suction gripper
The suction gripper of the Chang-
er module grips the workpiece. The
vacuum is generated in the vacu-
um slice of the CP valve terminal by
means of the venturi principle and
is monitored by a pressure switch.
The switching point of the pressure
switch is adjustable.

Distributing station
Stations
187
Trolley 120856
Control console SysLink 195764
PLC board with FEC Standard FST 526875
Training aims
The most important modules
On-off valve with filter regulating
valve
Filter regulator with pressure gauge,
on-off valve, quick push-in connec-
tions and quick couplings, mounted
on a swivel support.
The Stacking magazine module sepa-
rates workpieces from a magazine.
A double-acting cylinder pushes the
bottom workpieces out of the grav-
ity-fed magazine against a mechani-
cal stop. The cylinder position is de-
tected by inductive sensors.
Changer module
The Changer module is a pneumat-
ic handling device. A suction cup is
used to pick up workpieces and re-
locate them to positions from 0 to
180 using a semi-rotary drive. Sen-
sors assume end-position detection.
Vacuum switch
Mechanical vacuum switch with ad-
justable switching point and switch-
ing status display (LED).
Training aims for project work
Mechanical:
Pneumatics:
components
Vacuum technology
Electrical:
ponents
Sensors:
es
PLC:
a PLC
Programming an operating mode
section
Orderly RESET sequence
Programming an EMERGENCY
STOP

Mechatronics Assistant
Training document Distributing
station
of pneumatics
FluidSIM
Pneumatics
Virtual process environment
COSIMIR
PLC
Textbook Programmable logic con-
Technical data
Operating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar)
7 digital inputs
5 digital outputs
Complete Distributing station 195780

Stations
Also order:
Simulation box, digital 170643
Workpiece set Cylinder bodies 167021
Tabletop power supply unit Chapter Accessories
You can choose from a wide range of other controllers for alternative equipping of the PLC
board Chapter Control/Networking
Order no. 152894 Order no. 162385 Order no. 162387 Order no. 196973
188
Function
workpieces. Up to eight workpieces
are stored in the magazine tube of
the stacking magazine. A double-act-
ing cylinder ejects the workpieces
one at a time. The Changer module
grips the separated workpiece via
a suction gripper. The swivel arm of
the changer, which is driven by a ro-
tary actuator, moves the workpiece
to the transfer point of the down-
stream station.
The station is equipped with various
AS-i components (AS-i slaves). A PLC
with AS-i master functionality is re-
quired for operation.
Innovative valve technology:
AS-i CP valve terminal
All of the Changer module signals are
combined into one AS-i slave using
the valve terminal: Vacuum genera-
tion and sensing, 5/3-way valve for
the semi-rotary drive and end-posi-
tion sensing of the semi-rotary drive.
Sensor directly on the bus:
AS-i sensor
The Distributing station with AS-i us-
es a wide range of AS-i slaves. A typi-
cal example of an AS-i component is
an optical sensor with integrated AS-
i connection.
A single cable, many signals
Distributing station with AS interface
Stations
189
Training aims
AS-interface diffuse sensor
Optical sensor (diffuse sensor) with
integrated AS-i interface for use as
an AS-interface slave.
AS-interface valve connector
Single valve connector with one out-
put for a solenoid coil as well as 2 in-
puts for end-position sensors.
AS-interface valve terminal
With 2 valves (type N, E) and connec-
tion options for 4 sensors.
Mechanics:
Pneumatics:
components
Vacuum technology
Fieldbus technology:
Learning about AS-i
Testing, integrating and commis-
sioning AS-i components in an au-
tomated system
Planning, configuring and program-
ming AS-i networks

Mechatronics Assistant (contains
over 100 pages of project exercises
on Distributing stations with AS-i)
FluidSIM
Pneumatics
Self-tuition program Fieldbus
TP 401
Technical data
3 AS-i slaves
Stations
Trolley 120856
Control console AS-Interface (alternatively) 535814
PLC board with SIMATIC S7-313C-2DP 533527
PLC board with SIMATIC S7-313C (alternatively) 533526
AS-interface upgrade S7-300-CP 343-2 AS-i Master 533028
Complete Distributing station with AS-Interface 195760
Also order:
Order no. 532929 Order no. 196083 Order no. 535239
190
Function
The Testing station detects the vari-
ous properties of the workpieces in-
serted into it. It differentiates work-
pieces with the aid of an optical and
a capacitive sensor. A retro-reflective
sensor monitors whether the oper-
ating space is free before the work-
piece is raised via a linear cylinder.
An analogue sensor measures the
height of the workpiece. A linear cyl-
inder guides correct workpieces via
the upper air slide to the neighbour-
ing station. Faulty workpieces are re-
jected via the lower air slide.
Top topic:
Sensors
The Testing station employs all basic
types of industrial sensors in typical
applications: optical and capacitive
proximity sensors and optical retro-
reflective sensors. These are sup-
plemented by various cylinder limit
switches (inductive, magnetic).
Option:
An analogue sensor detects the
height of the workpiece, which is
raised from below by a linear cylin-
der and pressed against the measur-
ing device. A comparator evaluates
the sensor signal and passes this on
as a digital signal. The analogue sig-
nal is also available at a separate
terminal allowing connection to the
simulation box or a PLC with an ana-
logue module.
Focus on sensors
Testing station
Stations
191
Training aims
Mechanical:
Pneumatics:
Application of rodless cylinders
Electrical:
ponents
Sensors:
tions of optical and capacitive sen-
sors with digital switching behav-
iour
tions of analogue sensors using
the example of an analogue dis-
placement encoder
PLC:
a PLC
Analogue signal processing
Commissioning:
Commissioning of the entire se-
quence
Troubleshooting:
Systematic troubleshooting in a
production system

FluidSIM
Pneumatics
Textbook Programmable logic
controllers, Basic level
COSIMIR
PLC
Technical data
8 digital inputs
5 digital outputs
Stations
Recognition module
The Recognition module comprises
two different sensors and a mount-
ing bracket.
Lifting module
Lifting of a workpiece by means of a
rodless cylinder. In this position the
workpiece can be checked by the
Measuring module. The workpiece is
ejected by a second cylinder.
Measuring module
The Measuring module enables the
height of a workpiece to be meas-
ured by a linear displacement sen-
sor. It can be attached directly to the
Lifting module. The linear displace-
ment sensor is connected to a com-
parator, allowing simple evaluation
of the result of the measurement.
Pneumatic slide module
The slide is universally mounted on
a profile. The slide characteristics
can be adjusted by means of the flow
control valve on the underside of
the slide.
Order no. 656859
Trolley 120856
PLC board with FECStandard FST 526875
Complete Testing station 195781
Also order:
Simulation box, digital/analogue 526863
192
Function
In the Processing station, workpieces
are tested and processed on a rotary
indexing table. This station only uses
electrical drives. The rotary index-
ing table is driven by a DC motor. The
table is positioned by a relay circuit,
with the position of the table being
detected by an inductive sensor. On
the rotary indexing table, the work-
pieces are tested and drilled in two
parallel processes. A solenoid probe
with an inductive sensor checks
that the workpieces are inserted in
the correct position. During drilling,
the workpiece is clamped by a sole-
noid actuator. Finished workpieces
are passed on via the electrical sort-
ing gate.
Attention! Drilling operation
Drill feed is undertaken by an electri-
cal linear axis with a DC motor, which
is controlled via a reversing start-
er. The end positions are sensed by
means of micro switches. The drill is
fully functional, but for safety rea-
sons the drilling processes are only
simulated.
Electrical only:
Many different drives
The station requires the program-
ming of two processes executed in
parallel: drilling and drill-hole test-
ing. This station also offers a range
of different drives:
DC drill
DC motor on rotary indexing table
Electrical linear drive for drill feed
Electrical sorting gate
Solenoid actuator in the clamping
module and the Testing module
Purely electrical
Processing station
Stations
193
Training aims
Mechanical:
Selection of linear drives
Electrical:
ponents
Sensors:
es
PLC:
Programming of logic controllers
and parallel step sequences
Troubleshooting:
production system
Handling technology:
Checking incoming workpieces

COSIMIR
PLC
Technical data
8 digital inputs
8 digital outputs
Stations
Trolley 120856
Complete Processing station 195782
Also order:
Testing module
The Testing module consists of a so-
lenoid probe with an inductive sen-
sor for sensing. The module can be
used for the testing of workpieces:
simple drill-hole checking, simple
height checking, workpiece position
checking.
Drilling module
The Drilling module comprises a drill-
ing machine attached to a linear axis
driven by a DC motor. The end posi-
tions are sensed by means of micro
switches.
Rotary indexing table module
Rotary indexing table with 6 work-
piece positions. The table is driven
by a DC-geared motor.
Clamping/ejecting module
For mounting on a profile plate. An
electrical solenoid is used for the
drive (Working stroke = 9 mm).
Order no. 526218
194
Function
The Handling station is equipped
with a flexible two-axis handling de-
vice. Workpieces inserted into the
holder are detected by an optical
diffuse sensor. The handling device
picks up the workpieces from there
with the aid of a pneumatic grip-
per. The gripper is equipped with an
optical sensor which differentiates
between black and non-black
workpieces. The workpieces can be
placed on different slides according
to this criterion. Other sorting criteria
can be defined if the station is com-
bined with other stations. Workpiec-
es can also be transferred to a down-
stream station.
Good example:
Modular handling system from
Festo
The Handling station utilises indus-
trial handling components. A pneu-
matic linear axis with flexible end-
position adjustment and cushioning
allows fast positioning, including to
intermediate positions. A flat linear
cylinder with end-position detection
serves as the lifting cylinder for the
Z axis. A modern pneumatic linear
gripper is mounted on the lifting cyl-
inder. The optical sensor integrated
into the jaw of the gripper recognises
the workpieces.
Project exercise:
New requirements different
grippers
The PicAlfa module is highly flexible:
stroke length, inclination of the ax-
es, arrangement of the end-position
sensors and the installation posi-
tion can all be adjusted. This enables
the station to be adapted for a broad
range of handling tasks without the
use of additional elements an ideal
project for advanced trainees.
Multitalented Handling station
Stations
195
Training aims
Mechanical:
Pneumatics:
components
Pneumatic grippers
Pneumatic linear drives
Electrical:
ponents
Sensors:
es
PLC:
a PLC
Control of a handling device
Commissioning:
quence
Optimisation of cycle time
Safety in the event of loss of pneu-
matic or electrical power

FluidSIM
Pneumatics
Technical data
8 digital inputs
5 digital outputs
Stations
Trolley 120856
PLC board with FECStandard FST 526875
Complete Handling station 195783
Also order:
Workpiece set For cylinder assembly 162239
Holder module
The Holder module comes complete
with a holder for mounting on a pro-
file plate.
PicAlfa module
Universal 2-axis handling device for
Pick & Place tasks. Stroke length,
inclination of the axes and arrange-
ment of the end-position sensors
and mounting position can be ad-
justed.
Slide module
The slide comes complete with a
retainer for mounting on a profile
plate.
Diffuse sensor
The fibre optic diffuse sensor can
be mounted directly in the pickup
module, at the end of a slide or on
a gripper.
Order no. 526212
196
Function
The Buffer station can buffer and
separate up to five workpieces. Dif-
fuse sensors at the beginning of the
conveyor detect the inserted work-
pieces. Light barriers upstream and
downstream of the separator con-
trol the process: If the transfer point
is free, the separator passes on a
workpiece. The separator is actuated
by a short-stroke cylinder with a de-
flecting mechanism. The end posi-
tions of the short-stroke cylinder are
detected by means of end-position
sensors.
Adaptable:
This station fits anywhere
The transport concept is simple:
when a station has finished its proc-
ess, it waits for a signal from the
downstream station. The workpiece
is transferred as soon as the down-
stream station is ready to receive it.
Workpieces are buffered to optimise
flow between stations with differ-
ent process times. In MPS
, this task
is undertaken by the Buffer station.
The Buffer station can be located at
almost any point in a combination.
Demanding project:
Upgrade to Sorting station
The Buffer station is a complete sta-
tion built using the components of
the modular conveyor system. There
are a number of upgrades for the sta-
tion, making it ideal for interesting
project work. Additional modules en-
able workpiece features to be tested
and workpieces to be assembled and
sorted. Upgrading with the modu-
lar conveyor system makes it into a
complete Sorting station.
Adaptable
Buffer station
Stations
197
Training aims
Mechanical:
Selection and application of vari-
ous electrical drives
Pneumatics:
components
Electrical:
ponents
PLC:
Programming a PLC
section
Programming and using a buffer
station
Optimising cycle time using buffers
Decoupling processes
Commissioning:
quence
Troubleshooting:
production system

FluidSIM
Pneumatics
COSIMIR
PLC
Technical data
6 digital inputs
3 digital outputs
Stations
Conveyor module 350 with DC motor
Conveyor for mounting on a pro-
file plate or profile foot, complete
with DC motor. For the transport of
workpieces of 40 mm diameter (e.g.
Body or Cylinder for assembly
workpiece sets) or for the transport
of workpiece carriers.
Separator module, pneumatic
For mounting on a conveyor. Com-
plete with one double-acting short-
stroke cylinder, two sensors for
end-position sensing and mounting
accessories.
Diffuse sensor
The diffuse optical sensor comes
complete with bracket for mounting
on a profile or profile plate. The fi-
bre-optic diffuse sensor includes a
holder for mounting on the conveyor
guide rail profile or a slide.
Through beam sensor
The through beam optical sen-
sor comes complete with bracket
for mounting on a profile or profile
plate. The fibre-optic through beam
sensor has two brackets for mount-
ing on the guide rail profile of the
conveyor or a slide.
Order no. 196960
Trolley 120856
Complete Buffer station 195784
Also order:
198
Function
The Robot station can transport
workpieces that are fed via a slide
and place them in an assembly re-
tainer. The sensor in the gripper ena-
bles the robot to differentiate work-
pieces by colour (black/non-black).
The sensor in the assembly retainer
monitors the orientation of the work-
piece. From the assembly retainer
the robot sorts the workpieces into
various magazines or passes them
on to the downstream station. Com-
bination with the assembly station
facilitates the assembly of work-
pieces.
Small, but great:
The new Mitsubishi controller
The new drive unit for the RV-2AJ
is small, powerful and lightweight
and fits into the MPS
trolley. With
drive unit and Teachbox, the robot
station is completely equipped right
from the outset.
Typical robot:
Gripping stuff
The gripper can grip and assemble
different types of workpieces (cyl-
inder bodies, pistons, springs and
caps).
Industrial quality in the Robot station
Stations
199
Training aims
Mechanical:
Sensor technology:
tions of optical sensors
Robotics:
Applications of industrial robots
Robot terminology
Teaching of robots in various coor-
dinate systems
Operation of robots in an object co-
ordinate system
Robot programming using I/O com-
munication

COSIMIR
Robotics
Technical data
Stations
Robot RV-2AJ
High precision articulated robot,
with AC servomotors and harmonic
drive gears in all five axes. Complete
with controller, programming cable,
Teachbox and battery set.
Retaining module
The retaining module has two set-
down positions. The upper setdown
position allows workpieces to be set
down independent of their orienta-
tion. The lower setdown position has
a locking pin. Workpieces (cylinder
bodies) have to be inserted in the
correct orientation.
Gripper, pneumatic
Pneumatic parallel gripper for
mounting on the robot arm. Com-
plete with gripper jaws, sensor with
fibre-optic cable and accessories.
Angled slide module
The slide comes complete with a
retainer for mounting on a profile
plate.
Order no. 660546
Trolley 120856
Complete Robot station 195788
Also order:
COSIMIR Robotics Chapter Software
COSIMIR Industrial DE/EN USB Port 539084
Programming instructions for Mitsubishi robot RV-2AJ DE 535054
Technical manual for Mitsubishi robot RV-2AJ DE 535055
Note
The robots batteries feature a buffer period of one year and must therefore be replaced
every year (Order no. 537000).
Battery set for robot RV-2AJ 537000
200
Function
The assembly station works in con-
junction with the robot station. It
supplies cylinder components for the
assembly process: A double-acting
cylinder pushes the cylinder caps out
of the stacking magazine. The pis-
tons are stored on a pallet. A double-
acting cylinder pushes the springs
out of a slim magazine.
Multiple parts for complex
assembly
The Assembly station shows just
how complex the workpiece used
here is. There are separate maga-
zines for bodies, caps and springs
the quantities available have to be
monitored by carefully selected sen-
sors. And in addition to this, it has to
be decided which gripper type is re-
quired for the assembly robot.
Add-on for the robot
Assembly station
Stations
201
Training aims
Mechanical:
Sensors:
es
PLC:
a PLC
Robotics:
Applications of robots
Fundamentals of robotics
Robot terminology
Robot programming
Assembly technology:
Introduction to and application of
automated assembly technologies
Planning an assembly station
Commissioning:
quence

COSIMIR
Robotics
Technical data
Operating pressure 6 bar (600 kPa)
8 digital inputs
3 digital outputs
Stations
Separating module (springs)
The module separates springs (Cyl-
inder for assembly workpiece set)
from a gravity-fed magazine and
makes them available to the assem-
bly process. A double-acting cylin-
der moves the springs to the transfer
point. A micro switch detects wheth-
er there is a spring in the transfer
point.
Piston pallet
Pallet for the storage of 4 pistons
(Cylinder for assembly workpiece
set).
(end caps)
The module separates finished caps
(Cylinder for assembly workpiece
set).
Robot interface box
The Robot interface box allows the
robot controller to undertake addi-
tional PLC functions.
Order no. 534364
Trolley 120856
Complete assembly station 195789
Also order:
202
Function
The plastic cylinder end caps for the
cylinder bodies are supplied without
a hole for the piston rod. This station
has the task of punching the hole.
A double-acting cylinder ejects the
semifinished cap from the stacking
magazine. A second cylinder brings
the cap into the punch. After punch-
ing, this second cylinder ejects the
finished cap.
Topic:
Pressure and force
Hydraulics plays a key role in me-
chatronic systems when great forces
are required. It is an essential part of
drive and control technology for me-
chatronics training.
The pressure for the punching proc-
ess is supplied by the hydraulic pow-
er unit. A pressure switch on the
punch itself ensures the correct pres-
sure for the punching process.
Hydraulics power
Punching station
Stations
203
Training aims
Mechanical:
Hydraulics:
Set-up of a hydraulic control sys-
tem
Commissioning a rapid traverse
feed circuit
Pneumatics:
components
Application of pneumatic linear
drives
Electrical:
ponents
Sensors:
Application of inductive and opti-
cal sensors
Application of pressure switches
PLC:
a PLC
Programming of operating modes
Troubleshooting:
production system

COSIMIR
Robotics
of hydraulics
FluidSIM
Hydraulics
Textbook Hydraulics, Basic level
Technical data
Operating pressure hydraulics
6 MPa (60 bar)
Operating pressure pneumatics
600 kPa (6 bar)
8 digital inputs
8 digital outputs
Stations
Hydraulic punch station
The Hydraulic punch module con-
sists of a hydraulic cylinder (diame-
ter 32) with guides that punches the
hole in the end cap of a workpiece
for assembly. The moving part is pro-
tected against manual intervention
via plexiglass.
(end caps)
Separation of the cylinder caps for
assembly. This module cannot be
used for separation of symbolic
workpieces or the body.
Order no. 162352 Order no. 162353
Trolley 120856
Complete Punching station 195787
Also order:
Workpiece set Cylinder end caps 162240
Hydraulic power unit with single pump 152962
Hydraulic oil (DIN 51524) HLP22 10l 192215
2 Hose lines with quick release couplings 1500 mm 159386
204
Function
The Sorting station sorts workpieces
onto three slides. Workpieces placed
on the start of the conveyor are de-
tected by a diffuse sensor. Sensors
upstream of the stopper detect the
workpiece features (black, red, met-
al). Sorting gates actuated by short-
stroke cylinders via a deflector al-
low sorting of workpieces onto the
appropriate slides. A retro-reflec-
tive sensor monitors the level of the
slides.
Topic:
Material detection
Inductive and optical sensors de-
tect the colour and material of work-
pieces. Short-stroke cylinders stop
workpieces on the conveyor and
pass them on for sorting onto one of
three slides.
For project work:
Upgrades from the modular
conveyor system
All modules and components used in
this station are part of the modular
conveyor system, for example:
Sorting gates with short-stroke
cylinder
Sensors
Guide rails
Conveyor motor
Its great modularity makes the Sort-
ing station particularly suited for
project work.
Final
Sorting station
Stations
205
Training aims
Mechanical:
Pneumatics:
components
Electrical:
ponents
Sensors:
es
sors
PLC:
a PLC
Programming of alternative (OR)
branches
Commissioning:
quence

Training documents Sorting station
COSIMIR
PLC
Technical data
8 digital inputs
4 digital outputs
Stations
Trolley 120856
Complete Sorting station 195786
Also order:
Sorting gate module, pneumatic
plete with one double-acting short-
stroke cylinder, two sensors for
end-position sensing and mounting
accessories.
Stopper module
For mounting on a guide rail (convey-
or or slide). Complete with one sin-
gle-acting short-stroke cylinder and
mounting accessories.
Retro-reflective sensor
The optical sensor and the reflec-
tor come complete with brackets
for mounting on a profile or profile
plate.
Inductive sensor
The inductive sensor comes com-
plete with holder for mounting on
the guide rail profile of the conveyor
or a slide.
Order no. 196968
206
Function
The Sorting station sorts workpieces
onto three slides. Workpieces placed
on the start of the conveyor are de-
tected by a diffuse sensor. Sensors
upstream of the stopper detect the
workpiece features (black, red, met-
al). Sorting gates actuated by short-
stroke cylinders via a deflector al-
low sorting of workpieces onto the
appropriate slides. A retro-reflec-
tive sensor monitors the level of the
slides.
The station is equipped with a CP
valve terminal with Profibus-DP in-
terface (DP slave). A PLC with Profi-
bus-DP master functionality is re-
quired for operation.
Topic:
Profibus DP
The station includes a Profibus-DP
valve terminal, to which all of the
process inputs and outputs are con-
nected. Information is transferred to
the PLC via the Profibus-DP fieldbus
with this station. The Sorting station
is designed as a Profibus-DP slave.
For project work:
Modularity down to the last detail
All the sensors are connected to the
input module of the valve terminal
via plug connectors. The consistently
modular design supports the didac-
tic format. It also means that simple
projects can be performed using only
parts of the station.
Sorting station with Profibus DP
Stations
207
Training aims
Mechanical:
Pneumatics:
components
Electrical:
ponents
Fieldbus technology:
Learning about Profibus DP
Testing, integrating and commis-
sioning Profibus DP components in
an automated system
Planning, configuring and program-
ming Profibus DP networks

Mechatronics Assistant (contains
over 200 pages of project exercises
on Profibus DP)
FluidSIM
Pneumatics
Web-based training program Field-
bus technology
Technical data
DP slave (8 digital inputs, 4 digital
outputs)
Stations
Trolley 120856
PLC board with SIMATIC S7-313C-2DP 533527
Complete Sorting station DP 195761
Also order:
Profibus DP CP valve terminal
Profibus DP slave with 3 single so-
lenoid 5/2-way valves and a relay
plate with 2 electrically isolated re-
lays.
CP input module
Input module with 16 inputs for con-
nection to the Profibus DP CP valve
terminal.
208
Function
The Fluidic Muscle Press station
presses workpiece inserts into the
housings. The rotary/linear actua-
tor (transfer device) moves the hous-
ing with the insert placed on it un-
der the press. The pneumatic muscle
performs the pressing operation.
The finished workpiece is then trans-
ported to the transfer position using
the rotary/linear actuator. An optical
diffuse sensor is attached to the arm
of the actuator for sensing the work-
piece. The pressing pressure is moni-
tored and displayed using the ana-
logue pressure sensor. The press-in
speed and depth can be varied both
manually via throttle and pressure
regulator and electronically via
the proportional pressure regulator.
State of the art
The latest components such as the
pneumatic muscle, the linear drive
SLG or the semi-rotary actuator
DRQD with adjustable mid-position
enable your students to experience
the industrial automation technology
of tomorrow today.
Option:
The analogue pressure sensor pro-
vides an analogue signal and also
a binary signal with the help of the
programmable switching points. The
analogue signals are available at a
separate terminal allowing connec-
tion to the simulation box or a PLC
with an analogue module. This ena-
bles you to use the station with a
controller with or without analogue
processing. Both variants are sup-
ported for actuation of the pneumat-
ic muscle: Analogue via the propor-
tional pressure regulator or binary
via a directional control valve.
Powerful
Fluidic Muscle Press station
Stations
209
Training aims
Mechanical:
Pneumatics:
Application of linear slide units
Application of semi-rotary drives
Application of pressure regulators
Application of pneumatic muscle
Electrical:
ponents
Sensors:
Application of end-position sensors
and optical diffuse sensors
tions of analogue sensors using
the example of an analogue pres-
sure sensor
PLC:
a PLC

FluidSIM
Pneumatics
COSIMIR
PLC
Technical data
8 digital inputs (1 analogue input
can additionally be used)
7 digital outputs (1 analogue out-
put can additionally be used)
Stations
Rotary/linear transfer module
The module contains a precision SLG
linear slide unit with adjustable end
stops. The rotary movement is real-
ised using a DRQD semi-rotary drive.
This permits rotation of 90 and
180. All end positions are sensed by
means of sensors.
Fluidic Muscle Press module
The module is used to press work-
piece inserts into the housing. The
press is actuated using a pneumatic
muscle. The module contains a man-
ually adjustable pressure regulator
that can be used to adjust the press-
in depth. The press-in speed is ad-
justed via supply air flow control.
Pressure sensor
Pressure sensor with LCD display,
measuring range 0 10 bar with
analogue output 0 10 V and PNP
switch output. Supplied complete
with connection cable.
Trolley 120856
Complete Fluidic Muscle Press station 535248
Also order:
Workpiece set Housings 534619
Workpiece insert Clock 534621
Workpiece insert Thermometer 534622
Workpiece insert Hygrometer 534623
Analogue terminal
Analogue signals are passed to a
special analogue terminal with a
15-pin Sub-D socket.
Order no. 526213
210
Function
The Pick&Place station is equipped
with a two-axis Pick&Place module.
Workpiece housings placed on the
conveyor are detected by an opti-
cal diffuse sensor. The workpiece is
transported to the pneumatic sepa-
rator on the conveyor and detect-
ed by a second diffuse sensor. The
Pick&Place module picks up a work-
piece insert from the slide and plac-
es it on the workpiece housing. The
complete workpiece (housing and in-
sert) is released by the separator and
transported to the end of the convey-
or. A light barrier detects the work-
piece at the end of the conveyor.
This station can also be used to per-
form the following tasks:
Rejection of workpieces (housing
or basic body) on the slide
Alternative feeding of workpiec-
es (housing or basic body) from
the slide
Simply the finest:
Linear slide units
SLT slide units from Festo can be
used to further extend the versatil-
ity of the Pick&Place module. With
variable stops, silencers and an at-
tachment that can be adjusted in all
directions, the ideal solution can be
found for all Pick&Place tasks. This
permits a wide range of project work.
Modular vacuum technology from
Festo
Vacuum generators, pressure switch-
es, vacuum filters, suction grippers.
The vacuum components are har-
monised for optimum performance.
They clearly demonstrate the princi-
ple behind vacuum applications: vac-
uum generation using a generator,
the correct suction cup with match-
ing filter and the electronic pressure
switch with teach-in switching points
for pressure sensing.
Small is beautiful
Pick&Place station
Stations
211
Training aims
Mechanical:
Pneumatics:
components
Vacuum technology:
Electrical:
ponents
Connecting DC motors
Sensors:
Application of pressure switches
with integrated micro processor
Correct application of optical dif-
fuse sensors and light barriers
es
PLC:
a PLC
section

FluidSIM
Pneumatics
COSIMIR
PLC
Technical data
8 digital inputs
6 digital outputs
Stations
Trolley 120856
Complete Pick&Place station 535246
Also order:
Pick&Place module
Universal 2-axis handling device
for Pick and Place tasks. Stroke
length, inclination of the axes and ar-
rangement of the end-position sen-
sors and mounting position can be
adjusted. The module is supplied
complete with suction gripper, pres-
sure switch, vacuum filter and vacu-
um generator.
Branch/separator module, electrical
plete with electrical drive unit and
I/O terminal (SysLink)
This terminal is used both on the sta-
tion and on the PLC board, for wiring
8 inputs and 8 outputs that are com-
bined on one connector. LEDs are fit-
ted to the input and output terminals
to provide simple display of the cir-
cuit states and to enable systematic
troubleshooting. The I/O terminal
can be mounted on a DIN rail.
Order no. 34035
212
Function
The Separating station differentiates
workpieces based on their drilled
hole depth and separates them in-
to two different material flow direc-
tions.
Workpieces placed on the conveyor
are transported to the depth meas-
urement point. An analogue diffuse
sensor checks the drilled hole depth.
Workpieces of the type cylinder
body (deep hole) are transported
to the end of the conveyor. Work-
pieces of the type housing (shal-
lower hole) are directed towards the
rear via the second conveyor using
a pneumatic branching gate with ro-
tary drive. Fibre-optic through beam
sensors with optical sensors monitor
the material flow on the conveyors.
The Separating station can be sup-
plemented with MPS
downstream
stations in two directions.
Analogue and digital
The diffuse sensor supplies both an
analogue and a binary output sig-
nal. This facilitates different training
levels. The binary switching output
can be adapted to the measurement
requirement by means of a simple
teach-in stage.
Flexible assembly
The Separating station permits the
creation of flexible assembly lines
using MPS
stations. Combined as-

sembly processes such as cylinder
assembly and assembly of workpiece
inserts in the housing can be realised
using the Separating station.
Flexibility
Separating station
Stations
213
Training aims
Mechanical:
Sensor technology:
tions of analogue sensors
Application of optical sensors
Pneumatics:
components
Pneumatic rotary drives
Electrical and electronic:
Connection of DC motors
PLC:
a PLC
Programming of alternative (OR)
branches

FluidSIM
Pneumatics
Technical data
8 digital inputs
5 digital outputs
1 analogue input
Stations
Trolley 120856
Complete Separating station 540719
Also order:
Conveyor module 300 with DC motor
Conveyor for mounting on a pro-
file plate or profile foot, complete
with DC motor. For the transport of
workpieces of 40 mm diameter (e.g.
Body or Cylinder for assembly
workpiece sets) or for the transport
of workpiece carriers.
Diffuse sensor, analogue
The optical sensor comes complete
with holder for mounting on the
guide rail profile of the conveyor.
Measuring range 0 30 mm with
analogue output 0 10 V and PNP
switching output. The switching
output can be freely adjusted via a
teach-in process. Supplied complete
with connecting cable.
Sorting gate/separator module,
pneumatic
plete with one rotary cylinder and
Starting current limiter
The starting current limiter contains
a relay and an electronic start-up cur-
rent limiting circuit. It can be mount-
ed on a DIN rail. Electrical connection
is by means of screw terminals.
Order no. 150768
214
Function
The Storing station places work-
pieces in and takes workpieces out
of storage. The station is equipped
with three storage levels, with a lev-
el each for six red, six silver and six
black workpieces. The workpieces
are gripped using a pneumatic grip-
per. The linear movement is execut-
ed using a linear cylinder. The rotary
movement is performed by an elec-
trical servo drive with integrated con-
troller. The stroke movement is ex-
ecuted using an electrical linear axis
with separate controller.
During placement into storage, a
workpiece inserted in the Holder
module is detected using the colour
sensor. The workpiece is placed in
the next free compartment in the cor-
responding storage level based on
the colour. Upon removal from stor-
age, the workpieces are transported
from the shelf compartments to the
downstream station.
The Storing station can be employed
as the first station or the last station
in an MPS
combination.
Electrical drives
The latest drive technology for a
challenging lesson: with the MTR-
DCI, the motor, gear, power electron-
ics and positioning controller form a
compact unit for optimum position-
ing of the rotation axis. The electrical
mini slide SLTE with motor controller
SFC-DC ensures a correctly regulated
drive for horizontal positioning.
Colour-friendly!
The tiny colour sensor detects the
workpieces using an integrated
white light source. It learns new col-
ours easily by means of teach-in and
activates one of the three switch-
ing outputs when one of these is de-
tected.
In and out, electrically
Storing station
Stations
215
Colour sensor
Three independent channels with
teach-in capability, sensing range 12
32 mm, 24 V DC operating voltage,
3 outputs (PNP, N, O).
Also order
525616 Connecting cable
Electrical mini slide SLTE
Supplied complete with DC motor
with integrated encoder, stroke 150
mm. The motor controller SFC-DC is
required for activation.
Motor controller SFC-DC
Positioning controller for electrical
mini slide SLTE, with control inter-
face (7 digital inputs, 4 digital out-
puts), 24 V DC load and logic power
supply, RS232 interface for commis-
sioning, FCT software, display with
four buttons so that all settings for
commissioning and diagnosis can
also be made directly.
Also order
538914 Supply cable
538919 Control cable
538917 Motor cable
537926 RS232 cable
Servo motor MTR-DCI

Compact DC motor with integrated
controller and control interface (7
digital inputs, 4 digital outputs), 24 V
DC power supply, RS232 interface for
commissioning, FCT software, dis-
play with four buttons so that all set-
tings for commissioning and diagno-
sis can also be made directly.
Also order
537931 Supply cable
537923 Control cable
537926 RS232 cable
Training aims
Mechanical:
Sensor technology:
Application of colour sensors
Application of limit switches
Pneumatics:
components
Pneumatic grippers
Drive technology:
Configuration and parameterisa-
tion of electrical drives
Application of drive controllers
Reference travel
Adjustment of speed and accelera-
tion profiles
Teaching of positions
PLC:
I/O actuation of drive controllers
Commissioning:
Commissioning of electrical axes
FluidSIM
Pneumatics
Technical data
8 digital inputs
8 digital outputs
Stations
Trolley 120856
Complete Storing station 541113
Also order:
Order no. 537465 Order no. 538913 Order no. 696719 Order no. 538236
216
Controlling and networking just as it is in industrial practice
Control/Networking
As realistic as you can get
As in the real world of production
systems, controllers take on the task
of signal processing in MPS
. The
signals from the system can be trans-
ferred from the station to the control-
ler or between controllers directly via
I/Os or via various fieldbus systems.
The MPS
is based on industrial
standards. The MPS
concept is
based on marker leaders automa-
tion solutions and trends.
Programmable logic controllers
from the marker leaders
IEC61131-compliant design and
programming tools
The most commonly used fieldbus-
es: AS-interface, Profibus, Ethernet
Connecting the station

Up to 8 binary inputs and 8 binary
outputs are required to control an
MPS
station.
All binary signals are connected to an
I/O terminal with a SysLink socket.
217
Optimised for training
Fully equipped and wired PLC boards
can be mounted or suspended di-
rectly in the trolley. The PLC board
can be simply removed from the trol-
ley and placed on any table when
working on the PLC board or for dem-
onstration purposes.
Analogue signals are passed to a
special analogue terminal with a
15-pin Sub-D socket.
Plug-in and go
The station, the control console
and the PLC boards are equipped
with standardised SysLink inter-
faces. No wiring is required the
boards simply plug in.
Control/Networking
Connecting the control console
The control console is generally con-
nected to the PLC via a SysLink sock-
et with 8 binary inputs and 8 binary
outputs. A second SysLink socket
allows expansion to up to 16 inputs
and 16 outputs.
218
Control/Networking
PLC board with FEC
The robust minicontroller with integrated Ethernet interface

When you choose the FEC
Standard,
you not only choose a minicontroller,
but also a concept:
Optimised technology for optimised
systems
The FEC
Standard is especially suit-

able for small, simple applications.
Optimised for everyday automa-
tion, so that projects can be realised
quickly and successfully.
Programming environment: FST for
quick and easy program develop-
ment, including a web server.
The PLC board with the modern mini-
controller and the programming envi-
ronment FST.
Power supply:
24 V DC
Digital inputs:
32, of which 2 are fast counters
(max. 2 kHz)
Outputs:
16 (24 V DC, max. 400 mA)
SysLink interfaces:
1 x cable for connection to station,
1 x cable for connection to console,
1 x strap for connection to EMER-
GENCY-STOP
Serial interfaces:
1 x RS232 programming interface,
1 x universal
Ethernet interfaces:
1 x TCP/IP, 10 Mbit/s
Order no. 526875
Accessories
Programming cable TTL-RS232
RS232 level converter in Sub-D
housing for use with all products
with TTL-RS232 interfaces. The en-
closed programming cable allows
direct connection to a PC.
FST for FEC

FST for FEC

tions for programming, testing,
commissioning and servicing of
automation projects. The tried-
and-tested programming language
Statement List (STL) is available for
programming. Includes manual and
textbook. Software and textbook
on CD-ROM (German/English).
System requirements
PC with Win 95/98/NT4.0/2000/XP
CD-ROM drive
Sensor-actuator connector, 10-pin,

1-row, with LEDs
Sensor-actuator connector with
tension-spring technology, single-
row version, with signal LEDs. The
LEDs integrated into the connector
show the status of the signal LEDs
and the supply voltage.
Programming cable TTL-RS232 188935

FST for FEC DE 537927
FST for FEC EN 537928
Sensor-actuator connector, 10-pin, 1-row, with LEDs 197160
219
PLC board with SIMATIC S7-300
The industry standard
Control/Networking
The modular concept of the SIMATIC
S7-300 offers professional PLC tech-
nology from the market leader, Sie-
mens. With various CPUs, CPs and
I/O modules, the S7-300 meets all
automation requirements.
The S7-300 facilitates the use of a
wide range of fieldbuses such as AS-
interface, Profibus DP and Ethernet.
The STEP 7 programming environ-
ment makes all industrially used PLC
programming languages available:
STL, LDR, FCH, STEP 7-SCL, STEP 7-
GRAPH, STEP 7-HiGraph.
CPUs with integrated I/Os:
CPU 313C
32 KB RAM for program and data
Interfaces: MPI
I/Os:
24 digital inputs (24 V DC),
16 digital outputs (24 V DC,
400 mA),
4 analogue inputs, 11 bit, 20 ms
(10 V, 0 10 V, 20 mA, 0/4 20
mA), 1 Pt100 input,
2 analogue outputs (10 V, 0 10
V, 20 mA, 0/4 20 mA)
CPU 313C-2DP
32 KB RAM for program and data
Interfaces:
MPI, Profibus DP
I/Os:
16 digital inputs (24 V DC)
16 digital outputs (24 V DC,
400 mA)
Accessories
PLC board with S7-313C 533526
PLC board with S7-313C-2DP 533527
Digital I/O module SM323 8I/8O 184550
Front-panel connector Screwed contacts 184554
Analogue I/O module S7-SM334-4E/2A 184804
Analogue terminal 526213
Analogue cable, parallel 529141
Analogue cable, crossover 533039
AS-interface upgrade S7-300 CP 343-2 AS-i Master 533028
Trainer Package, Internet link S7-300 533027
Accessories
PC adapter
2000/XP.
Programming software Siemens

STEP 7
Chapter Software
Digital I/O module SM323 8I/8O

Front-panel connector
Analogue I/O module S7-SM334-
4E/2A
Analogue terminal
Analogue cable, parallel
Analogue cable, crossover
Trainer Package, Internet link S7-
300, CP343-1 Advanced with CD-
ROM
Chapter Training packages Elec-
tronics/PLC
AS-interface upgrade S7-300 CP

343-2 AS-i Master
AS-i filter including wiring material.
Board
Power supply:
24 V DC
SysLink interfaces:
1 x cable for connection to station
1 x cable for connection to console
GENCY-STOP
220
Control/Networking
Allen-Bradley ML 1500
The standard for North America
The modular concept of the Micro
Logix from Allen Bradley offers pro-
fessional PLC technology
With various CPUs and modules, the
ML series meets all automation re-
quirements.
The ML 1500 facilitates the use of a
wide range of fieldbuses such as De-
viceNet and Ethernet. The RSLogix
500 programming software makes
the PLC programming language LDR
available.
PLC board
with Allan-Bradley ML 1500
PLC ML 1500 + compact
IN/OUT module
Program memory: 7K + 8k
Interfaces: RS-232-C
I/Os:
22 digital inputs (24 V DC), of
which 8 are high-speed counters
by configuration,
16 digital outputs (24 V DC, 1 A), of
which 2 are high-speed outputs by
configuration
2 integrated analogue potentio-
meters
Programmable PID controller
Digital board
Power supply:
24 V DC
SysLink interfaces:
GENCY-STOP
Analogue board
Same as digital board but with ad-
ditional analogue terminal and an-
alogue expansion.
Accessories
Programming cable ML 1500
Digital upgrade ML 1500
Digital I/O module 1769-IQ6X0W4-
4I/O (6 IN/4 OUT)
Accessories
PLC board with ML 1500, digital 535820
PLC board with ML 1500, analogue 544300
Programming cable ML 1500 535827
RSLogix 500 Starter EN 535829
Digital upgrade ML 1500 535822
Analogue upgrade ML 1500 541126
Ethernet upgrade ML 1500 541127
RSLogix 500 Starter
The programming software for the
Micro Logix controller type by
Allen-Bradley contains the RSLogix
500 Starter as well as RS Linx Lite
for programming LDR. The CD-ROM
(EN) manual incorporates Getting
Results with RSLogix 500.
System requirements
PC with Win NT/2000/XP, At least
Pentium II 500 MHz, 128 MB RAM,
45 MB free space on hard disc,
3.5 floppy disc drive
Analogue upgrade ML 1500

Analogue I/O module 1769-
IF4XOF2 (4 IN/2 OUT)
Ethernet upgrade ML 1500

ENI Ethernet interface 1761-NET-
ENI
221
Mitsubishi MELSEC FX1N
The small controller with the big range of functions
Control/Networking
The modular concept of the MELSEC
FX1N from Mitsubishi offers profes-
sional PLC technology from a high-
tech company.
The FX1N with its various upgrades
provides all of the functions required
of a minicontroller for automation
technology. The FX1N facilitates the
use of a wide range of fieldbuses
such as AS-interface, Profibus DP
and Ethernet. The MELSOFT GX IEC
Developer programming environ-
ment makes industry-related and IEC
1131.3-compliant PLC programming
languages such as STL, LDR, FBD, AS
and ST available.
PLC board with
MELSEC FX1N-40MT-DSS
PLC with integrated I/Os:
FX1N:
8 k program memory
Interfaces: RS 232
I/Os:
24 digital inputs (24 V DC),
16 digital outputs (24 V DC, 500
mA)
Digital board
Power supply:
12 24 V DC
SysLink interfaces:
GENCY-STOP
Analogue board
Same as digital board but with ad-
ditional analogue terminal and an-
alogue expansion.
Accessories
Programming cable FX1N
Analogue upgrade FX1N
Analogue I/O module FX0N-3A
(2 IN / 1 OUT)
Accessories
PLC board with MELSEC FX1N, digital 540681
PLC board with MELSEC FX1N, analogue 544301
Programming cable FX1N 540683
Mitsubishi GX Trainer Package DE/EN 541149
Analogue upgrade FX1N 541128
AS-interface upgrade FX1N 541129
Ethernet upgrade FX1N 541131
Mitsubishi GX Trainer Package
The standard programming soft-
ware for controller type FX from
Mitsubishi includes GX Developer
for the programming of AWL, FUP,
KOP, as well as GX IEC Developer,
the powerful development envi-
ronment to IEC 61131 (AWL, FBS,
KOP, AS, ST). The Trainer package
consists of six full licences and six
student versions on separate CD-
ROMs for doing homework.
Scope of delivery:
GX IEC Developer (DE/EN)
GX IEC Developer for students
(DE/EN)
GX Developer (DE/EN)
GX Developer for students (EN)
Manual on CD-ROM (DE/EN)
System requirements:
PC with Win 98/ME/NT/2000/XP,
At least PentiumII 450 MHz, 64 MB
RAM, 150 MB free space on hard
disk.
The Trainer package is intended
exclusively for basic and further
training.
AS-interface upgrade FX1N

AS-i master FX2N-32ASI-M
Ethernet upgrade FX1N

Ethernet FX2NC-ENET-ADP + FX1N-
CNV-BD
222
Operating/Observing
Operating and observing
Knowing whats going on and re-
sponding accordingly. Thats the
simple idea on which the technology
for the automation of whole produc-
tion processes has been based.
Operating and observing
means mastering the process. It
means keeping machines and sys-
tems running at their optimal levels.
And it means high availability and
productivity.
Visualisation in the Net
Visualise and operate your MPS

sta-
tions and systems using the latest
visualisation software from the mar-
ket leaders. Learn the application of
visualisation software, connection to
the production process, the creation
of your own process images and
even connection to the Internet.
Expandable
If additional control or display el-
ements are required for custom-
ised design of the information flow,
ready-to-use terminal strips on the
rear of the control console allow
quick and easy expansion.
1 Control console
MPS
control console for SysLink

The MPS
control console allows

simpler operation of the MPS
sta-
tion. SysLink or AS-interface vari-
ous interfaces ensure versatility of
use. Fully assembled with operating
panel, communication panels, spare
panel and mounting frame with Sys-
Link connector.
Membrane keyboard: Start push-
button with LED, Stop pushbutton,
Reset pushbutton with LED, 2 flex-
ibly assignable control lamps (see
also Order no. 195766). 4 mm safe-
ty sockets with LED status display
for simple I/O connection (see al-
so Order no. 195767). Syslink and
Sub-D sockets for connection to PLC
of choice are available on the rear
panel.
MPS
control console for

AS-interface
Fully assembled with AS-interface
control console, communication pan-
els, spare panel and mounting frame
with AS-interface connector.
SysLink 195764
AS-Interface 535814
2 19 Control panel
The control panel is connected to a
controller via SysLink. The control
panel allows up to 16 operating in-
puts and 16 operating outputs to be
connected. The signals from push-
buttons, switches, signal lamps, free
inputs and free outputs are available
at additional terminals.
Pushbutton (switch):
Start (normally open)
Stop (normally closed)
Reset (normally open)
Auto/Man (normally open)
LED displays:
Start LED
Reset LED
Indicator lamp Q1
Indicator lamp Q2
Order no. 195766

3 19 Communication panels
If the control console is used for
several combined stations, commu-
nication panels allow simple and
transparent exchange of additional
signals and information between the
stations. 4 inputs and 4 outputs are
available at 4 mm safety sockets.
Order no. 195767
4 19 Spare panel
For the integration of additional con-
trol components.
Order no. 195765
5 19 Mounting frame
19 frame for mounting of control
panels. The frame can be mounted
on the MPS
trolley.
Width: 310 mm
Height: 132 mm
Order no. 526206

1
2
3
5
4
223
The right solution for every operating task
Operating/Observing
1 Touch panel TP 177B
Equipped with practical functions
and a large user memory, the Sie-
mens Touch Panel TP 177B COLOR
PN/DP can be used wherever the op-
eration and monitoring of machines
and systems directly on-site is called
for whether in production, process
or configuring automation.
A touch panel therefore provides you
with an advanced method of operat-
ing and monitoring MPS
stations.
Learn how simple it is to configure
graphics and switching buttons us-
ing design tools. Use state-of-the-art
distributed communication technolo-
gy to connect the touch panel to your
controller.
Consisting of:
Siemens Touch Panel TP 177B
COLOR PN/DP with 256 colours,
ProfiNet, Profibus and USB inter-
face, non-volatile message buffer
that permanently stores the mes-
sages without battery backup
S7 MPI cable, 5 m
Ethernet cable, 2 m
WinCC flexible Advanced
WinCC flexible/Sm@rtAccess for
SIMATIC Panel
MC documentation supplied on
CD-ROM
Interfaces: ProfiNet and Profi-
bus DP
Dimensions (W x H x D):
212 x 156 x 46 mm
For industrial colleges and training
centres.
System requirements
PC with Windows 2000 Profession-
al/XP Professional
2 Operating panel OP 177B

Equipped with practical functions
and a large user memory, the Sie-
mens Touch and Button Panel OP
177B COLOR PN/DP can be used
wherever the operation and monitor-
ing of machines and systems directly
on-site is called for whether in pro-
duction, process or configuring au-
tomation.
An operating panel provides you
with a method of controlling MPS

stations. Learn how simple it is to de-
sign graphics and switching buttons
using design tools. Use state-of-the-
art distributed communication tech-
nology to connect the touch panel to
your controller.
Consisting of:
Siemens Touch and Button Panel
Trainer Package OP 177B COLOR
PN/DP with 256 colours, Profi-
Net, Profibus and USB interface,
non-volatile message buffer that
permanently stores the messages
without battery backup
S7 MPI cable, 5 m
Ethernet cable, 2 m
WinCC flexible Advanced
WinCC flexible/Sm@rtAccess for
SIMATIC Panel
MC documentation supplied on
CD-ROM
Interfaces: ProfiNet und Profi-
bus DP
Dimensions (W x H x D):
243 x 212,5 x 48 mm
For industrial colleges and training
centres.
System requirements
PC with Windows 2000 Profession-
al/XP Professional

1
2
224
Project kits
Project work with MPS
Handling-oriented work using

project kits
MPS
permits the implementation of

practical mechatronics projects:
Planning a project
Procuring materials
Setting up a system
Designing a program
Writing a program
Commissioning the system
This ensures that the students work
has maximum focus on practical ap-
plication.
The MPS
conveyor offers many

MPS
variations
Used in conjunction with MPS
sta-
tions, the MPS
project kits allow

you to implement new material
flow and to cover subject matter
for all levels of training. The compo-
nents can be mounted quickly and
neatly on the universal profile plate.
Conveyors can also be mounted on
the profile foot.
The closest thing to industrial
reality with harmonised
components
Bolted, wired and with all tubing
connections:
Course participants use the mod-
ules and components to create
conveyor systems, sorting systems
and production lines.
All parts of the project kits can be
quickly and easily mounted on the
profile plates of our learning sys-
tem.
All components are compatible
with each other.
This means that complete stations
and systems can be created.
225
Automation project work
Project kits
The complete training project work
for qualification as an electronics en-
gineer in automation.
Based on the tried and proven modu-
lar system from Festo Didactic, Festo
and Bildungsverlag 1 (Education-
al Publishers) have jointly devised a
project covering all 12 learning are-
as. Trainees are guided step by step
through different projects. The di-
dactic deployment of a wide variety
of methods and tools is explained.
The instructors handbook provides
teaching hints as well as solutions to
the sample exercises.
The modular concept means the
projects can be carried out with
the EduTrainers commonly used in
schools or with the optionally avail-
able control cabinet, in a way closely
linked to actual industrial practice.
The basic module covers the first
volume for learning sections 1 to 6.
The optional add-ons such as the AC
geared motor or frequency inverter
are required for learning sections 7
to 12.
Although the project work was de-
vised specially for automation elec-
tronics engineers, it is also well suit-
ed to training electronics engineers
specialising in operations engineer-
ing (Production) and for mechatron-
ics engineers.
With profile plate 700 x 700 mm 550522
With profile plate 550 x 700 mm 550583
AC motor 400 V 550524
Control panel 550523
Control cabinet without PLC and frequency converter 548685
Control cabinet with S7-315F-2 PN/DP and frequency converter SINAMICS G120 548686
1x I/O terminal (SysLink) 34035
1x Diffuse sensor 196959
1x Retro-reflective sensor 196969
2x Through beam sensor 196960
1x Inductive sensor 196968
1x Sensor, capacitive 117066
1x Relay 268327
1x Conveyor module 700 mm 532939
1x Guide rail mounting set 532950
1x Set of guide rails 700 mm 532947
1x Guide rail end caps 532949
2x Branch/separator module, electrical 532952
1x Slide module 653393
1x DC motor 532941
1x Workpiece set Cylinder bodies 167021
1x 5/2-way valve, bistable 150947
1x On-off valve with filter regulating valve 152894
1x Separator module, pneumatic 526228
Training document Automa-
tion, operations engineering, me-
chatronics
FluidSIM
226
Project kits
Distributing station, unassembled
Topics for project work
Set-up of an MPS
Distributing
station
Project planning and organisation:
Creating a project plan
Production organisation
Mechanical:
Assembly and connection tech-
nology
Pneumatics:
components
Vacuum technology:
ponents
Sensors:
Correct application of limit switches
PLC:
a PLC
section
Commissioning:
Commissioning of the entire
sequence
Troubleshooting:
Systematic troubleshooting of a
production system
tals of pneumatics
FluidSIM
Pneumatics
COSIMIR
PLC
Additional unassembled stations
upon request.
Complete Distributing station, unassembled 526880

Tool set 539767
Trolley 120856
PLC board with SIMATIC S7-313C 533526
1x On-off valve with filter regulating valve 152894
1x Profile plate connector 162228
1x Stacking magazine module 162385
1x Changer module 162387
1x Electrical mounting system 196958
1x Cable holder 196965
1x CP valve terminals NME 196972
1x Station link receiver 196964
1x Vacuum switch 196973
1x Minor accessories (tubing, cable binders, cable-end sleeves) 526209
227
Conveyor, unassembled
Project kits
Set-up of a feed device for an
annealing oven
Set-up of a conveyor between
MPS
stations
Mechanical:
Mechanical set-up of a production
system
nology
ponents
Control technology:
Programming a minicontroller
Structure of a program
Logic components
Logic controllers
Timers
Commissioning:
quence
Troubleshooting:
production system
COSIMIR
PLC
Complete Conveyor, unassembled 534362

Mechatronics Assistant 529134
Training documentation: MPS Conveyor project kit DE 539311
Aluminium profile plate 532946
Electrical mounting system 196958
Profile foot 700 mm 532944
Connection board 532951
Recommended accessories for mounting system
Also order:
1x Starting current limiter 150768
1x I/O data cable with one SysLink connector as per IEEE 488 167122
1x Connecting cable 4mm 381525
1x DC motor 532941
1x Clamping/ejecting module Conveyor 532953
1x Connection cable DC motor 532943
EduTrainer Chapter Training packages Electronics/PLC
LOGO! Minicontroller 533468
Recommended accessories for control
228
Project kits
Buffer, electrical, unassembled
Set-up of a buffer station
Set-up of a buffer station between
MPS
stations
Segregation of workpieces
Mechanical:
Mechanical set-up of a production
system
nology
ponents
Control technology:
Logic components
Logic controllers
Alternative branches
Timers
Commissioning:
Commissioning of the entire
sequence
Troubleshooting:
production system
COSIMIR
PLC
Complete Buffer, electrical, unassembled 534360

Also order:
2x Relay 268327
1x DC motor 532941
1x Branch/separator module, electrical 532952
229
Buffer, pneumatic, unassembled
Project kits
Topics for project work:
Set-up of a buffer station
Set-up of a buffer station between
MPS
stations
Segregation of workpieces
Training aims for project work:
ponents
Pneumatics:
components
Sensor technology:
Correct application of limit switches

sors
Control technology:
Logic components
Logic controllers
Alternative branches
Timers
Commissioning:
quence
Troubleshooting:
production system
Recommended training media:
COSIMIR
PLC
Complete Buffer, pneumatic, unassembled 534361

Also order:
1x CP valve terminals NME 196972
2x Relay 268327
1x Sorting gate/separator module, pneumatic 534367
1x DC motor 532941
230
Project kits
Frequency converter starter kit
The frequency converter starter kit
permits the realisation of numer-
ous drive applications with variable
speeds and offers a wealth of train-
ing aims, particularly in combination
with the MPS
project kits.
The scope of delivery includes:
Control panel via which parameters
can be changed
Communication module for Profi-
bus DP can be replaced without
tools
AC motor, prepared for assembly
preparation on the conveyor
Frequency converter can be
mounted on the stand supplied
and placed wherever it is required
on the bench
Systainer
Technical data
Mains voltage 1 AC 200 240 V
Output 0.12 3.0 kW with integrat-
ed class A filter
Protection class IP20
Frequency converter starter kit 534363

Mains cable Chapter Training packages Accessories
231
Accessories
Accessories
1 Profile plate 350/700
plates are used for mounting all
components of the MPS
stations.
Both sides are slotted, so if neces-
sary parts can be mounted on both
sides. The slots are compatible with
the ITEM profile system. The board is
supplied with caps for the sides. Fits
on trolley (order no. 120856).
Height: 32 mm
Grid spacing (from slot to slot):
50 mm
Width: 350 mm
Length: 700 mm
The profile plate 350/700 has a hole
with a diameter of approx. 5 cm for
the I/O cable that connects the PLC
board to the station (not shown).
Order no. 162386

Order no. 170395
2 Rubber feet
type.
1
2
5
4
3
Set (4 pieces) 158343
3 Profile plate connector
For connecting two profile plates
(e.g. when combining two MPS

sta-
tions to build a system).
Length: 45 mm
Mounting method: Bolt with rotat-
ing head and M5 hammer-head nut
Order no. 162228

4 Trolley
The trolley makes an MPS
station
a compact and mobile unit. The sta-
tion is easy to mount on the trolley.
The PLC board can also be fitted. Ap-
propriate through-holes in the side
panels enable orderly routing of ca-
bles. The front side is equipped with
mountings for the control panel. The
trolley is supplied complete with
castors.
Height (incl. castors, to bottom
edge of profile plate): 750 mm
Width: 350 mm
Depth: 700 mm
Order no. 120856

6 Tabletop power supply unit
Input voltage:
230/115 V AC (47 63 Hz)
Output voltage:

TR, IT, DK, IR, ID
Order no. 162417
KR, TW, TH, PH, JP
Order no. 162418
Order no. 162419
CH
Order no. 162380
ZA, IN, in some cases in GB, PT,SG, AE, HK
Order no. 162381
AU, NZ, CN, AR
Order no. 162382
7 Robot interface box
Supplement to Robot station
The Robot interface box allows the
robot controller to undertake addi-
tional PLC functions. Up to 16 robot
controller I/Os can be distributed to
4 SysLink sockets with the Robot in-
terface box. The Robot interface box
is connected to the robot control-
lers I/O card via a 50-pin Centron-
ics connector. On the front panel are
LEDs to display the status of the ro-
bot I/Os. On the rear panel are 4 Sys-
Link sockets for connection to pe-
ripherals.
Order no. 534364
5 Tool set
The tool set is an aid to easy working
on MPS
stations. A practical mini-

systainer includes:
200 mm steel rule
Open-jawed spanners size 7, 8,
9, 10
Adjustable spanner
Side cutter
Insulation-stripping pliers
Wire end sleeve pliers
Screwdriver set, hex, 1.5 6
Screwdriver, hex, 0.9; 1.3
Screwdriver, cross-head,
PZ02 short
Screwdriver, flat, 2.5 x 75;
4.0 x 100
Screwdriver, flat, 1.2 1.6
Tubing cutter
Fibre-optic cable cutter
Workpiece, red, black, silver
100 x cable binders 2.5 x 100
100 x wire end sleeves 0.25
Order no. 539767

6
7
232
Accessories
Accessories
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1 Workpiece insert Clock
Quartz clock insert for mounting in
housing.
External diameter: 40 mm
Mounting diameter: 30 mm
Order no. 534621

6 Workpiece set Reject bodies
The workpiece set comprises 2
black, 2 red and 2 aluminium cylin-
der bodies.
Number of workpieces:
6 (different types)
Height: Each colour: 1 x 23 mm and
1 x 24 mm
2 Workpiece insert Thermometer

Thermometer insert for mounting in
housing.
7 Parts set Cylinder end caps

Parts set consisting of 50 end caps
for cylinder assembly. The end caps
do not yet have a hole for the cylin-
der piston rod. This hole is punched
by the hydraulic press station. The
hydraulic press station can, however,
also be operated with end caps that
already have a hole.
Number of end caps: 50
4 Workpiece set
For cylinder assembly
Workpiece set consisting of cylinder
components for full assembly (body,
piston, spring, cover). The cylinders
can be assembled and dismantled
many times.
21 (different types)
8 Workpiece set Housings

The workpiece set comprises 4 black,
4 red and 4 aluminium bodies. The
Clock, Thermometer and Hy-
grometer inserts can be mounted in
the bodies.
Internal diameter: 30 mm
Height: 23 mm
9 Workpiece set Reject housings

The workpiece set comprises 3 black,
3 red and 3 aluminium housings.
9 (different types)
Black workpieces:
Heights: 22/24/25 mm
Red workpieces:
Heights: 26/27/28 mm
Aluminium workpieces:
Internal diameter:
30.2/30.4/30.6 mm
Height: 23 mm
Order no. 534622

3 Workpiece insert Hygrometer
Hygrometer insert for mounting in
housing.
Order no. 534623

Order no. 162239
5 Workpiece set
Cylinder bodies
The workpiece set comprises 4
black, 4 red and 4 aluminium cylin-
der bodies.
Height (black): 22.5 mm
Height (red and aluminium): 25 mm
Order no. 167021

Order no. 534368
Order no. 162240
Order no. 534619
Order no. 534620
8
9
233
Safety glass
Safety engineering
Safety glass the system
The Modular Production System of-
fers a number of opportunities for
introducing the topic of safety engi-
neering.
Safety glazing for complete sys-
tems or system parts
Safety circuits with door switches
EMERGENCY-STOP actuators
Safety circuits for individual sta-
tions
Safety circuits for systems or sub-
systems
You will need the following for

1 station:
1 x Profile set, small (A)
Order no. 663654
1 x Front door (F) Order no. 663655
1 x Rear panel, small (C)
Order no. 663656
1 x Top panel, small (B)
Order no. 663657
1 x Side panel, small, with opening
(D) Order no. 663658
n stations:
n x Profile set, small (A)
Order no. 663654
n x Front door (F) Order no. 663655
n x Rear panel, small (C)
Order no. 663656
n x Top panel (B) Order no. 663657
2 x Side panel, small, without
opening (E) Order no. 663659
B
A
E
D
C
F
G
The profiles, glass panes and safety
glazing connectors are part of Fes-
tos modular mechanical compo-
nents system designed for industrial
equipment and systems. There are
no limits to their versatility, not least
because of their compatibility with
other profile systems.
A: Profile set
B: Top panel
C: Rear panel
D: Side panel with opening
E: Side panel without opening
F: Front door
G: Safety switch
Safety glazing for a combination
of Robot, Assembly and Punching
stations
You will need the following:
2 x Profile set, large
Order no. 534633
4 x Front door Order no. 663655
2 x Top panel, large
Order no. 534634
2 x Side pane, large
Order no. 534635
Safety glazing for individual stations or combinations of stations

A 1x Profile set, small, for an individual station 663654
B 1x Top panel, small 663657
C 1x Rear panel, small 663656
D 1x Side panel, small, with opening 663658
E 1x Side panel, small, without opening 663659
F 1x Front door 663655
G 1x Safety switch 663661
Safety glazing for a combination of Robot, Assembly and Punching stations
2x Profile set, large, for Robot, Assembly, Punching stations 534633
F 4x Front door 663655
2x Top panel, large, for Robot, Assembly, Punching stations 534634
2x Side panel, large, with opening 534635
Safety glazing for a combination of Robot, Assembly with safety switch
1x Safety hood, twofold 526892
Safety glazing for a combination of
Robot, Assembly with safety switch
You will need the following:
1 x Safety hood, twofold
Order no. 526892
Safety glazing for individual

stations or combinations of stations
Safety glazing for an individual sta-
tion or a combination of stations (not
for combinations with the Punching
station).
234
Safety engineering
EMERGENCY-STOP technology
EMERGENCY-STOP board
The flexible safety concept for the
MPS
provides an easy method of

switching off components whether
the entire system or parts thereof.
The central EMERGENCY-STOP board
is part of the safety concept in the
Modular Production System and al-
lows you to integrate up to ten MPS

stations into a safety circuit. When
combined with EMERGENCY-STOP
pushbuttons and/or position switch-
es, it provides a high level of safety.
The central EMERGENCY-STOP board
can be mounted in the trolley of a
station along with a PLC board.
A 4-pin cable (order no. 535245) is
required for each station for connec-
tion. This cable is not included in the
scope of delivery. The connected sta-
tions can be switched off via max. 6
EMERGENCY-STOP switches. These
EMERGENCY-STOP switches are not
included in the scope of delivery.
Inputs (EMERGENCY-STOP switch)
1 6
Outputs (stations) 1 10
19 EMERGENCY STOP panel

The EMERGENCY STOP panel allows
integration of the EMERGENCY STOP
pushbutton into the control panel.
The pushbutton is connected to a
PLC board or an EMERGENCY STOP
board via a 2.5m cable with 2-pin
screw-terminal plug.
The EMERGENCY OFF panel can be
integrated into the control panel or-
der no. 195764. A blank panel order
no. 534630 is required for installa-
tion into the control panel. The blank
panel is not included.
19 Blank panel for the control
panel
Order no. 534631
Order no. 534630
Order no. 195769
Order no. 535245
Also order:
Connecting cable, 4-pin, for connect-
ing an MPS
station (PLC board) to

the EMERGENCY-STOP board.
235
iCIM- the platform for research and
training
iCIM systems play an important role
in illustrating complex topics such as
production logistics and sequence
planning in flexible manufacturing
systems (FMS):
Material supply and disposal
Planning algorithms for automated
production lines
and much more.
The exclusive use of open standards
for communication and databases as
well as the modular structure of the
software provides numerous possi-
bilities for realising your own ideas.
The interface between iCIM-ERP and
iCIM-MES has been published. With
suitable programming skills you can
link the iCIM system into your exist-
ing PPS or ERP system.
A world of possibilities awaits why
not find out more?
Interdisciplinary with iCIM
Future technicians and engineers,
but also sales staff and manage-
ment, benefit from interdisciplinary
training on iCIM systems. From the
fundamentals of mechatronics to
complex networked processes, the
relationships between individual
processes are illustrated in a clear
and comprehensible way.
iCIM
Professional CIM training
236
iCIM The platform for professional interdisciplinary
CIM training.
MES
Planning is one thing - production
is another. The MES in iCIM brings
planning and production together.
Using the COSIMIR
Control integra-
tion tool as a basis, we create and
supply an open and modular MES so-
lutionfor your system which you can
modify if necessary. The wide range
of standard interfaces means that
virtually all automation devices can
be integrated, which is an important
consideration for those system com-
ponents you already own.
Mechatronics and production automation iCIM Professional CIM training
Programming tools
We offer practical programming tools
for each iCIM system for program-
ming and setting the parameters
for PLCs and robots. Cost-effective
multiple licences for classroom sce-
narios are available for almost all
packages.
PPS/ERP
How does a company function? Eve-
ry company is certainly unique, but
there are common aspects: Entering
and managing customer data, enter-
ing and maintaining basic data, de-
fining machines with their costs as
manufacturing resources, maintain-
ing parts lists. This gets really inter-
esting when manufacturing orders
are placed. How does the material
availability look? Can the delivery
dates be met? iCIM ERP is an indus-
trial ERP system, which is optimised
for iCIM systems and offers all com-
monly used functions and reports.
Virtual reality and 3D simulation
Creating and testing manufacturing
processes on a PC this is easy in
the COSIMIR
Factory virtual factory

environment. Assemble a production
line from the module library, create
the matching MES project with one
mouse click, enter the process pa-
rameters and start the process. The
3D simulation now clearly illustrates
the procedure, with real robot pro-
grammes running in the simulated
robots.
Just like a real system, the virtual
systems can also be connected with
iCIM ERP.
237
With perfectly matched software.
For effective planning and engineering.
The fascination of CIM
Computer-integrated manufacturing
(CIM) provides an impressive display
of what can be achieved with current
technology:
PCs, robots, programmable logic
controllers and CNC machines com-
municate via networks. Processes
are optimised through simulation, a
whole host of production data is ad-
ministered and made available in
databases. Just about every proc-
ess is integrated, which means
individual processes can no long-
er be considered in isolation. This
requires all those involved in the
production process to have an in
depth understanding of the rela-
tionships between these individ-
ual processes.
Mechatronics and production automation iCIM Professional CIM training
CAD/CAM
CAMConcept from EMCO isa CAD/
CAM system for turning and mill-
ing applications with integrated 3D
graphic simulation. Design simple
parts using the integrated CAD func-
tionality and then create your CNC
program you dont even need any
controller-specific CNC knowledge.
Quality assurance
Industrial vision systems are increas-
ingly becoming as important as ver-
niers and probes. However, a sound
knowledge of image processing and
in particular lighting technology is re-
quired to design a vision application.
Our intelligent compact camera pro-
vides all of the functions of a modern
vision system and is ideal for both
beginners and professional users.
ERP
MES
CAD/CAM CAQ
CNC ROB PLC FTS 3D
238
Mechatronics and production automation iCIM Sample system
iCIM 3000 the complete training system with potential
iCIM 3000 system description
Automatic warehouse, assembly sta-
tion, testing station and CNC ma-
chines are combined into a flexible
production system using a pallet
transport system. Each station re-
moves its designated pallet from
the conveyor, processes the materi-
als upon it and then replaces it on
the conveyor. The cell computer co-
ordinates control of the pallets to the
workstations and their start in ac-
cordance with the planned process.
Control technology and
communication
Each individual station has its own
controller and can therefore also
be used on its own for training pur-
poses. In accordance with the latest
technological trends, networking of
the system is performed using Eth-
ernet to ensure open interfaces and
extendability.
Flexible system design
The unique object-oriented approach
of the iCIM systems facilitates maxi-
mum flexibility when it comes to de-
signing systems. The stations are
positioned along the conveyor based
on the space available you decide
the configuration. We also optionally
supply transport systems in special
sizes or with sorting gates and alter-
native tracks.
Training included
With iCIM 3000 you are not just pur-
chasing an excellent training plat-
form you are also purchasing qual-
ified training by our experts, the
purpose of which is to equip you for
the continued use of the system.
The step-by-step training introduces
the subsystems and their interfaces.
Once you get to that stage, integrat-
ing them into a complete system is
virtually childs play.
Training aims:
Industrial communication and net-
works
Cell control and process planning
System and robot simulation
PLC and fieldbus technology
Positioning technology and servo
drives
Handling and robot technology
CNC programming and simulation
CAD/CAM and DNC
Pneumatic and electropneumatic
components
239
Mechatronics and production automation iCIM Sample system
Upgrades and optional packages (not
included in the scope of delivery):
Upgrades/modifications
Whether further stations, modified
system layouts or integration of ex-
isting system parts we are happy
to address any special requests you
have in the area of control technolo-
gy. Why not benefit from our experts
many years of experience?
Robot Vision optional package (V1)
Industrial CMOS compact camera
with integrated illumination and Eth-
ernet interface. Resolution 640 x 480
pixels. Stable stand with tilt adjust-
ment. The camera determines the
gripper parameters for the robot as-
sembly station. Includes professional
image processing software.
CNC option
We are happy to offer you iCIM 3000
with alternative robots and CNC ma-
chines:
(C1) CNC machine, series 55
(C2) CNC machine, series 105
Robot option
(A1) 6-axis assembly robot, 1 kg
(A2) 6-axis assembly robot, 3 kg
(A3) SCARA assembly robot, 6 kg
(F1) 5-axis loading robot, 2 kg
(F2) 6-axis loading robot, 1 kg
iCIM 3000 complete package:

iCIM stations
Pallet transport system
Dimensions LxW: 3000 x 1000 mm
Transport height/track width:
788 mm/160 mm
Working positions: 4, can be ex-
tended later
Controller: S7-300
Automatic warehouse
Dimensions: LxWxH:
2380 x 1300 x 1800 mm
Number of stock locations: 80
Shelf robot: linear, X/Y/Z, DC servo
Controller: S7-300
Robot assembly cell
Dimensions LxW: 1100 x 700 mm
Pallet buffer/magazine: 4/3
Robot type/payload: 5-axis, 3 kg
Loading robot for CNC machines
Robot type/payload: 6-axis, 3 kg
Linear axis (7th axis): 2500 mm
travel
Pallet buffer/magazine: 4/3
CNC processing centre, series 155
Travel X/Y/Z: 300/200/300 mm
Output: 2.5 kW
Tool drum: 10-station
Controller type (PC controller):
SINUMERIK 810/840 D
CNC lathe, series 155
Travel X/Z: 100/300 mm
Output: 2.8 kW
Tool drum VDI 16: 8-station
Controller type (PC controller):
SINUMERIK 810/840D
Quality station with handling device
Measuring principle: tactile/ana-
logue/linear variable differential
transformer
Measuring range/accuracy:
28 32 mm/ 0.1 mm
Controller: S7-300
Software:
COSIMIR
Control for cell control,

1 licence
Powerful MES software comprising
the modules Visualisation, Process
control, Process connection, Data-
base and Simulation.
COSIMIR
Factory for 3D system

simulation, 10 licenses
For simulation of the iCIM systems
in a virtual reality environment. iCIM
station library. User-friendly lay-
out editor. Fully compatible with the
non-virtual iCIM system.
COSIMIR
Robotics for 3D robot

simulation, 10 licences
For programming robots in a virtu-
al cell environment. Ideal for offline
robot training. Extensive cell library.
Realistic sequence simulation. Sen-
sor simulation.
COSIMIR
Industrial for robot

programming, 1 licence
Programming package for Mitsubi-
shi robots.
CAMConcept CAD/CAM software
package, multiple licence
Simple CAD/CAM system for turn-
ing and milling applications with 3D
graphic simulation.
Commissioning/training package
Commissioning and initial training
(in Germany), delivery of the system.
Set-up and commissioning at the de-
livery location. Expert initial training
(4 days) for up to 4 persons.
240
Mechatronics and production automation iCIM Engineering service
iCIM engineering service
Requirements analysis
Off-the-peg solutions might seem
better value at first glance, however
here at Festo we focus on long-term
benefits for our customers. Thats
why each iCIM quotation always
starts with a qualified requirements
analysis. Experienced project advi-
sors discuss with you your expecta-
tions for the new training equipment
and share with your their experienc-
es of using it on a day-to-day basis,
thus avoiding unsatisfactory invest-
ments.
Advice
You will then receive competent ad-
vice on the training equipment for
you based on the requirements anal-
ysis. Our primary objective here is
to fulfil your goals, irrespective of
our product range. Our cooperation
with a number of renowned partners
means that we will always design the
right solution for you.
Engineering service
Our experienced technicians and en-
gineers are specialists in the plan-
ning and equipping of training sys-
tems and have at their disposal
powerful tools that represent the
state of the art. PLC and robot pro-
gramming systems, simulation sys-
tems, EPLAN and CAD programs are
effective tools for translating cus-
tomer requirements into reality.
We will help you to implement your
ideas quickly, reliably and cost-ef-
fectively.
System integration
Existing system parts can often be
integrated as subsystems, provided
suitable interfaces are available. This
protects earlier investments.
Customised training
You know your strengths and
weaknesses. We give you the oppor-
tunity of defining your training pro-
file with us. The result? A training
course tailored to your exact person-
al requirements:
ERP/PPS
MES
Communication
Robotics, simulation
Vision system
CAD/CAM, CNC
PLC programming
Fieldbus
System simulation
Upgrade
Festo offers planning reliability and
continuity. Systems can be gradu-
ally extended and updated over a
number of years. Give us a call
were happy to assist you with your
stage-by-stage project planning.
We have been accorded Certified So-
lution Provider status by Siemens.
241
Individual solutions systematic variety
iCIM is as varied as factory
automation itself
Hundreds of installations across the
globe have given rise to a range of
solutions that are ideally suited to
interdisciplinary basic and further
training in the area of factory auto-
mation and CIM:
Transport systems
Double-track system
Single-track system
Automatic warehouse
With 20 stock locations
Robot assembly
With 5-axis robot, 2 kg load
Cartesian assembly system, Robot
Vision, CNC machines, loading
robots for CNC machines
Quality assurance
Via analogue sensor
Via digital vernier caliper
3D measuring machine
Driverless transport systems
Robot welding
Power screwdriver station
Worldwide references
Universities, colleges and vocation-
al training schools around the world
are benefiting from the unique iCIM
system concept. Detailed informa-
tion on these projects can be found
on the Internet:
under the heading Services
References
Why not call us?
Were happy to advise you!
Mechatronics and production automation iCIM Individual solutions

242
Mechatronics and production automation iCIM EMCO CNC training
CNC training: An investment in the future
The training program
Festo Didactic has incorporated CNC
training into its learning system,
thereby satisfying requirements for
basic and further training for the ar-
ea of metal working.
CNC programming and machining,
critical tasks in many metal-work-
ing factories, place high demands on
students.
The machine manufacturer EMCO of-
fers a unique training concept com-
prising high-quality machines, mod-
ular software and accompanying
courseware to meet these demands.
EMCO is the leading machine man-
ufacturer in Austria with sales of
around one million machines and
has been the market leader in CNC
training for many years.
EMCO software Modular software
for greater investment protection
CNC machines from EMCO are ide-
ally suited to training. Standard CNC
machines are normally permanently
connected with the machine control-
ler. If your controller requirements
change, switching to a new control-
ler will almost always mean buying a
new machine. With EMCO, however,
you can emulate all common indus-
trial controllers on just one machine:
SINUMERIK 810/820
SINUMERIK 810/840D
Fanuc Series 0
Fanuc Series 21
Heidenhain TNC 426
EMCOTronic TM02
PAL
The concept of the interchangeable
controller
The CNC is controlled by a conven-
tional PC on which the required
controller software is installed. A
number of controllers can be in-
stalled on one PC. Switching be-
tween controllers is done by simply
exchanging the controller-specific
key module and takes less than a
minute. All that remains is to start
the controller software and away
you go!
EMCO courseware
Multimedia and interactive teaching
and learning materials provide all the
technical information you need. The
combination of aesthetics, informa-
tion and practical application encour-
ages motivation and attention.
Festo Didactic is the exclu-

sive sales and service partner
for EMCO CNC training sys-
tems in Germany.
EMCO CNC machines By industry,
for industry!
EMCO machines for basic and fur-
ther technical training are character-
ised by:
Design and quality that meet cur-
rent industrial standards
Long service life and consistent-
ly high precision of the parts pro-
duced
Functionality similar to that offered
by modern industrial machines
All the machines are tailored to the
specific requirements of the train-
ing scenario: safety engineering
in accordance with CE guidelines,
range of controllers, space, price.
243
A small milling machine for high requirements: CONCEPT MILL 55
Mechatronics and production automation iCIM EMCO CNC training
EMCOs smallest CNC milling
machine offers the functionality of
a machining centre, yet fits on any
training workstation!
3-axis milling machine in an indus-
try-compatible design
Clockwise/anticlockwise rotating
spindle
Infinitely variable main drive
Automatic motion to reference
point
Full coverage of the application
area
Machine lighting
Complies with CE safety regula-
tions
Technical data
Travel X/Y/Z: 190/140/260 mm
Rapid traverse: 2 m/min
Milling machine table clamping ar-
ea: 420 x 125 mm
Main drive: 0.75 kW
Speed range: 150 3500 rpm
Options and accessories
NC dividing head as 4th axis (1)
8-station tool drum (2)
WINNC Sinumerik 840D control
software (3)
3D graphic simulation for improved
process reliability and easier trou-
bleshooting (4)
PC
Control keyboard with TFT display
and interchangeable, controller-
specific keyboard module
Controller of choice
Machine base
CNC turning or milling?

Not sure about the controller and ac-
cessories you need?
Why not call us?
Were happy to advise you.
CONCEPT MILL 55 538395
1 2
3 4
244
An introduction to the world
of flexible manufacturing and
integrated systems
All of the essential procedures for a
fully automated, flexible manufactur-
ing system FMS can be shown:
Buffer of unmachined parts
Separation
CNC machine loading using robots
CNC machining processes
Buffer of finished parts
SCADA/DNC options
The CNC machines used are PC-con-
trolled, bench-mounted lathes and/
or bench-mounted milling machines
which correspond to an industrial
standard in their structure and func-
tion. Industrial robots with power-
ful controllers (multi-tasking, path
control) are used for loading and un-
loading. Owing to the modularity and
the clearly defined interfaces, the
MicroFMS systems can be combined
both with one another and with
MPS
stations.
MicroFMS
245
MicroFMS:
CNC and robot technology similar to industry
Control, simulation and
programming:
The software solution for MicroFMS
ing and milling
3D simulating for turning and mill-
ing
COSIMIR
Professional
COSIMIR
Industrial
COSIMIR
Robotics
Spectrum of workpieces
The illustrated turned and milled
parts can be manufactured for exam-
ple from unmachined parts with a di-
ameter of 30 or 40 mm.
The control concept
Every CNC machine in MicroFMS has
its own PC control system. On the
PC, various industrial control sys-
tems such as the Siemens 810/820,
810D/840D, Heidenhain TNC 426 or
the CAMConcept CAD/CAM system
can be installed. Via an optional con-
trol panel, the user interface for the
corresponding control system can be
displayed.
For automated use, the CNC ma-
chines are equipped with an auto-
matic door, pneumatic chuck and/or
an electromagnetic vice and an I/O
communication interface.
Mechatronics and production automation MicroFMS CNC and robot technology similar to industry
246
MicroFMS
Two levels control the automatic sequence of procedures
Level 1:
Automated buffer operation via I/O
communication between robotand
CNC machine
Central control of the automated
buffer operation is provided by the
robot controller. Buffer operation is
started and stopped via the MPS

control desk at the station robot.
Level 1 enables the automated
processing of a buffer of unmachined
parts. If different work-pieces are to
be made, then the corresponding
program must be manually prese-
lected at the CNC machine. Commu-
nication between a robot and a CNC
machine, such as starting and stop-
ping the CNC machining, reporting
completion, opening and closing the
door, is controlled by the robot con-
troller by setting and reading the I/O
lines of the CNC machine robotics
interface.
Level 2:
Flexible buffer operation with a
SCADA system
Robots, CNC and cell computers as
well as an optional CAD/CAM labo-
ratory are all networked together,
via Ethernet. The DNC commands
are transmitted from the cell compu-
ter to the CNC machine via whatever
DNC interface is available (RS232 or
TCP/IP).
Level 2 corresponds to the full func-
tionality of flexible industrial manu-
facturing systems (FMS). Every un-
machined partput in the buffer is
assigned to a specific process plan.
This means that differing workpieces
can be manufactured in the system.
Using DNC, the appropriate CNC pro-
grams for the workpiece are loaded
into the machine via the cell compu-
ter. Optionally, a CAD/CAM laborato-
ry can be networked with the system.
Robot
controller
I/O cable, 50-pin
Parts buffer
station
XMR
Robot
interface box
XMB XMA
CNC
controller
Robotics interface
SCADA
system
TCP/IP DNC
Parts buffer
station
Robot
controller
CNC
controller
Robotics interface
DNC interface
247
MR5 Milling cell with robot loading
MILL 55 is a 3-axis milling machine of
industry-compatible design that fa-
cilitates all machining possibilities of
a modern CNC milling machine: mill-
ing, cutting and drilling/boring.

MILL 55
3-axis milling machine, mounted on
suitable base frame:
spindle
(0.75 kW)
point
Electromechanical vice
Automatic door and robotics in-
terface
Travel X/Y/Z: 190/125/190 mm
Milling machine table clamping ar-
ea: 420 x 125 mm
Speed range 150 3500 rpm
PC control with selectable CNC con-
troller interface
8-station tool drum (option)
Parts buffer station
2 conveyor belts, mounted on trolley
with profile plate:
Conveyor 1 for buffering and sepa-
ration of cylindrical unmachined
parts size 30 or 40 mm
Conveyor 2 for buffering and/or
separation of cylindrical finished
parts with a base area of at least
30 mm diameter
RV-2AJ
5-axis industrial robot, mounted on
trolley with profile plate:
Reach/payload: 410 mm/2 kg
Axis drive: AC servo motors with
harmonic drive gear
Repetition accuracy: 0.02 mm
Maximum speed: 2100 mm/s
Gripper: Pneumatic finger gripper
for cylindrical parts with a diameter
of 8 40 mm
Controller: 64-bit RISC processor
with multitasking real-time operat-
ing system, PTP linear and circular
interpolation
Teachpanel: dead-mans switch,
EMERGENCY-STOP button, robot
motion in joint, cartesian and tool
coordinates
Controlling, programming,
simulating:
the software solutions for MicroFMS
ing and milling
3D simulation for turning and
milling
COSIMIR
Professional
COSIMIR
Industrial
COSIMIR
Robotics
Robot cell
The automatic control and loading/
unloading of the CNC machine is un-
dertaken by the 5-axis RV-2AJ indus-
trial robot used in the MPS
. In the
Parts buffer station cylindrical unma-
chined parts are buffered and sep-
arately fed to a robot for removal.
After CNC machining, the robot re-
moves the finished part and places it
on the stations other conveyor belt,
where it is either buffered or separat-
ed for further transport.
MicroFMS MR5 On request
248
TR5 Turned parts with robot loading
TURN 55 is an industry-compatible
inclined-bed lathe that facilitates all
machining possibilities of a modern
CNC lathe: turning, plunge cutting,
cropping and drilling.
TURN 55
Lathe, mounted on table with pro-
file plate:
8-way tool turner
spindle
(0.75 kW)
Constant cutting speed
point
Pneumatic chuck
Automatic door and robotics in-
terface
Maximum width/maximum turning
diameter: 335/52 mm
Speed range 120 4000 rpm
PC control with selectable CNC con-
troller interface
2 conveyor belts, mounted on trolley
with profile plate:
Conveyor 1 for buffering and sepa-
ration of cylindrical unmachined
parts size 30 or 40 mm
Conveyor 2 for buffering and/or
separation of cylindrical finished
parts with a base area of at least
30 mm diameter
RV-2AJ
5-axis industrial robot, mounted on
trolley with profile plate:
Reach/payload: 410 mm/2 kg
Axis drive: AC servo motors with
harmonic drive gear
Repetition accuracy: 0.02 mm
Maximum speed: 2100 mm/s
Gripper: Pneumatic finger gripper
for cylindrical parts with a diameter
of 8 40 mm
Controller: 64-bit RISC processor
with multitasking real-time operat-
ing system, PTP linear and circular
interpolation
Teachpanel: dead-mans switch,
EMERGENCY-STOP button, robot
motion in joint, cartesian and tool
coordinates
MicroFMS TR5 On request

simulating:
ing and milling
3D simulation for turning and mill-
ing
COSIMIR
Professional
COSIMIR
Industrial
COSIMIR
Robotics
Robot cell
The automatic control and loading/
unloading of the CNC machine is un-
dertaken by the 5-axis RV-2AJ indus-
trial robot used in the MPS
. In the
Parts buffer station cylindrical unma-
chined parts are buffered and sep-
arately fed to a robot for removal.
After CNC machining, the robot re-
moves the finished part and places it
on the stations other conveyor belt,
where it is either buffered or separat-
ed for further transport.
249
MTLR5 Turning and milling with robot on linear axis
This combination of TURN 105 and
MILL 105 facilitates an efficient im-
plementation of a CNC machine pro-
duction line for turning and milling
operations.
MILL 105
3-axis milling machine with auto-
matic door and robotics interface,
mounted on table with profile plate.
PC with selectable CNC control-
ler interface for milling machine, on
bench.
Optional:
Industrial control panel.
TURN 105
Lathe with automatic door and ro-
botics interface, mounted on table
with profile plate. PC with selecta-
ble CNC controller interface for lathe,
on bench.
Optional:
Industrial control panel.
1 station with three conveyor belt
buffers, mounted on trolley with pro-
file plate. Conveyor 1 and 2 for buff-
ering and separation of cylindrical
unmachined parts size 30 or 40 mm.
Conveyor 3 for buffering and/or sep-
aration of cylindrical finished parts
with a base area of at least 30 mm
diameter.
RV-1A
6-axis industrial robot with pneumat-
ic finger grippers mounted on trolley
with profile plate.
Linear axis with toothed belt drive
Stroke length: typically 2000 mm,
dependent on layout
Precise and firm guidance through
linear ball bearing
Drive motor: AC servo motor
Output: 0.2 kW
No-load speed: 3000 rpm
Positioning: Incremental rotary
transducer
For further technical details, see MR5
and TR5
simulating:
ing and milling
3D simulation for turning and mill-
ing
COSIMIR
Professional
COSIMIR
Industrial
COSIMIR
Robotics
Robot cell
Automatic control and loading/un-
loading of the CNC machine is un-
dertaken by a 6-axis RV-1A industrial
robot that travels on a linear axis.
Unmachined parts are fed to the first
production process via 2 conveyors.
This facilitates feeding of two differ-
ent unmachined parts, for example
aluminium and brass. The workpiec-
es undergo turning and milling in se-
quence and are then placed on the
third conveyor.
MicroFMS MTLR5 On request
250
Individual solutions
Do you need a special solution or
controller set-up? Call us we have
the solution for all your needs.
An impressive training concept that
already has many loyal users. Dis-
cover for yourself the flexibility of
MultiFMS. You will find numerous
references with contact data for our
customers on our website:
under the heading Services Ref-
erences
251
The name says it all MultiFMS
really is multifunctional.
The combination of three success-
ful concepts in MultiFMS produces
an extremely comprehensive train-
ing environment specifically for me-
chatronics engineers.
The subsystems MPS
, MPS
500-
FMS and MicroFMS can be operated
both individually and in a network,
meaning you get a wealth of com-
bination possibilities precisely tai-
lored to your training situation. Sys-
tem complexity is kept to a minimum
thanks to the fact that the interface
design is geared toward standardisa-
tion as part of the design process.
MultiFMS
252
Mechatronics and production automation MultiFMS Learning platform with MPS
, transport system, CNC

Multifunctional: MultiFMS.
MPS
stations
MultiFMS contains a series of MPS

stations that are formed around the
transport system. These MPS
sta-
tions can be easily isolated from the
transport system and used either in-
dividually or as an MPS
line for your

training purposes. Each MPS
sta-
tion has its own PLC controller, which
means that a sizeable number of stu-
dents can be trained on the 9 sta-
tions (full configuration). Each sta-
tion also focuses on a single topic,
for example testing, rotary indexing
table, handling, robot assembly, po-
sitioning drives, conveyor, enabling
many topics of relevance to automa-
tion technology to be addressed.
MPS
500-FMS
The pallet transport system is a cen-
tral part of the MPS
500-FMS sys-
tem solution. It integrates the MPS

stations, warehouse and camera into
a production system with logistics
components that exhibit excellent
flexibility in terms of material flow.
MicroFMS
MicroFMS brings CNC technology
into play. One or two machines with
a loading robot handle production of
cylinder bodies in networked opera-
tion before these are transferred to
the assembly line. The straightfor-
ward database-supported order ad-
ministration system on the PC (op-
tional) makes getting started with
flexible production easy. Of course
you can also operate the CNC ma-
chines individually in order to train
students in the fundamentals of CNC.
253
The mechatronics learning platform that integrates MPS
,
a transport system and CNC

Robots and CNC (1)
Up to two industrial robots perform
typical tasks such as assembly and
loading/unloading of machines in
MultiFMS. This provides an ideal op-
portunity of illustrating the advan-
tages offered by modern industrial
robots thanks to their flexibility, pre-
cision and dynamism. The problems
of controller coupling between ro-
bots and CNC controllers can be ad-
dressed in combination with the CNC
machines.
The CNC machines and the accom-
panying software are ideally suited
to teaching mechatronics engineers
about CNC. All stages of product de-
velopment can be reconstructed,
from CAD design to machining.
Logistics and material flow (2)
There arent many production facili-
ties that can manage without the lo-
gistics functions of transportation
and warehousing.
What is a warehouse? In its simplest
form a shelf. More exciting is the
shelf robot in our case a 3-axis car-
tesian robot with two positioning ax-
es and one pneumatic axis, control-
led using a PLC.
The transport system addresses the
topics of frequency converters, field-
bus, pallet identification and PLC
programming using examples. A
good foundation for the challenges
of the career.
Handling and processing (3)
Actuating cylinders, detecting sen-
sors, moving axes the daily bread
of the PLC programmer. The most
important thing in this context is the
application of the correct program-
ming methodology a skill in itself.
MultiFMS offers an excellent training
environment in this regard thanks to
the numerous MPS
stations.
Of no less importance is effective
troubleshooting after all, faults in
production systems have to be elimi-
nated quickly. This can also be sys-
tematically practised using
MultiFMS.
1
2
3
254

MultiFMS: decentralised control technology
Makes even large systems easy to
master
Each station has its own controller,
which means that each station can
also be used on its own. Synchro-
nisation of the individual stations
is performed via digital I/O at level
1 (L1).
A second communication level (L2)
for transferring data to the two com-
puters at the control level can be in-
stalled in addition to and independ-
ently of level 1. Profibus or Ethernet
is used here. Level 2 is not required
for operation of the system, however
it does increase its ease of use.
Overall process MultiFMS
Control layer
Communication L2
Communication L1
Distributed
control level
I/O connection area
Field bus/AS-i
Sensors/Actuators
Processes
PC1 PC2
RC CNC RC PLC
Subprocess Subprocess Subprocess Subprocess
In practice, almost all large produc-
tion systems are equipped with a
system visualisation feature. We of-
fer system visualisation and opera-
tion of the assembly line on the basis
of WinCC or InTouch, depending on
the PLC used in the system, as an op-
tional extra for MultiFMS.
The cell computer (PC2) of the CNC
cell facilitates input of a number of
different CNC orders in one order
batch. Each order can start its own
CNC program via DNC. You can also
define whether an order should in-
volve turning or milling or turning
and milling. In addition to order in-
put, the CNC is dynamically visual-
ised using a 3D representation.
PC1: For visualising and operating
the MPS
system
PC2: Order input and visualisation
of the CNC cell
The control level in MultiFMS: for maximum ease of use
255

CNC manufacturing as required
The material flow in MultiFMS
The two conveyor belt buffers stock
two different cylinder bodies (1).
These are removed by the loading ro-
bot, fed to the CNC machining centre
and then inserted in the magazine
buffer (2).
Here, the height of the workpiece is
measured. If the workpiece buffer is
full, the CNC cell is notified and pro-
duction of the workpieces is sus-
pended until the buffer can accept
more pieces (3).
The workpiece is then drilled (sim-
ulation) in the processing cell and
tested (4).
Next the workpiece is transferred to
the Vision system station for quality
inspection (5).
The robot then transfers the work-
piece to the Sorting station (6).
If this is full or out of order, the work-
pieces are buffered in the ware-
house (7).
Finally they are transferred once
more to the Sorting station when it
is ready (8).
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
256

Professional software for MultiFMS
The full range of software and
teachwarefor MultiFMS is also
available to order:
Mechatronics Assistant (1)
A virtually inexhaustible source of
useful information for trainers and
trainees. This wealth of professional-
ly prepared information is only avail-
able from the market leader. Free up-
dates are all part of the deal. In this
way you stay up to date.
COSIMIR
Robotics (2)
The virtual learning environment for
robotics offering a comprehensive
online tutorial on robotics and nu-
merous ready-made robot workcells.
COSIMIR
Professional (3)
Model and simulate any type of com-
plex robot cell using COSIMIR
Pro-
fessional. This package provides a
user-friendly program editor, many
online functions as well as a teach-in
function for robot programming.
COSIMIR
Industrial (4)
The programming package for ro-
bots. COSIMIR
Industrial was espe-

cially designed for Mitsubishi indus-
trial robots. The program contains a
program editor, download and up-
load functions. Teach functions as
well as spatial simulation of the pro-
grammed robot.
COSIMIR
PLC (5)
COSIMIR
PLC for safe experimenta-

tion with PLC programs.You can use
the integrated Soft PLC S7 PLC or any
real PLC.
CAD/CAM system CAMConcept (6)
CAMConcept from EMCO is a CAD/
CAM system for turning and milling
applications. Design simple parts
with the integrated CAD functional-
ity. Thanks to the user-friendly oper-
ation, you can then create your CNC
program without any controller-spe-
cific CNC knowledge.
3D simulation (7)
This useful program is part of the
WinNC machine controller installed
on every EMCO CNC machine. The
package can also be installed on oth-
er computers so that the process can
be visualised.
1 2
3 4
5 6
7
257
An impressive training concept that
already has many loyal users. Dis-
cover for yourself the flexibility of
MultiFMS. You will find numerous
references with contact data for our
customers on our website:
under the heading Services
References

258
Process automation
259
Introduction ................................................................................................. 260
MPS
PA The new learning system for process automation ..................... 264

System description .......................................................................................265
MPS
PA 204 Complete system .....................................................................268

Stations ........................................................................................................270
Accessories ...................................................................................................278
Compact Workstation .................................................................................. 280
260
Few industries have as many fac-
ets or are as interesting as the proc-
ess industry, which produces a wide
range of products for the most di-
verse areas of daily life.
On the one hand, the chemical indus-
try produces preliminary products
for other industries. This group in-
cludes base chemicals, petrochemi-
cals, polymers as well as refined and
special chemicals. Key consumers in-
clude the automotive, packaging and
building industries.
On the other hand, chemical prod-
ucts are used in the areas of health,
the environment and nutrition. As
well as the chemical and pharmaceu-
tical industry, the process industry
includes other sectors such as the
biotechnology, paper and food in-
dustries.
Even though the end products may
differ, automation is making huge
leaps forward in each of these ar-
eas. International competition and
the resultant pressure to continu-
ally increase productivity as well as
a continuously expanding range of
variants and strict requirements for
process and quality assurance de-
mand automation solutions.
Challenging
The process industry
261
Modular
The modularity of the learning sys-
tem enables you to realise a diverse
range of configurations for typical
production processes from very dif-
ferent industries in a safe learning
environment.
Training for many areas of
application and careers
Electronic engineers
Mechatronics engineers
Systems engineers
Microtechnologists
Process technicians for plastic and
rubber technology, glass and coat-
ing technology
Experts in food, confectionery and
fruit juice technology
Experts in water supply, sewage
technology, pipe, canal and indus-
trial services
Chemical engineers
Pharmaceutical engineers
Biotechnicians
Paper technicians
Systems engineers for sanitary,
heating and air conditioning
technology
Festo The partner to the process

industry
Festo is fast becoming a key part-
ner to the process industry. It is only
logical that the process automation
learning system benefits from this
know-how and is tailored to the re-
quirements of different industries
through its consistent modularisa-
tion:
Water supply and disposal industry
Food industry
Bulk goods industry
Chemical and petrochemical in-
dustries
Biotechnology/pharmaceutical in-
dustries
Paper industry
Why stop production to facilitate

training?
It is prohibitively expensive to shut
down an industrial system to facili-
tate training. Comprehensive train-
ing in the individual areas of process
automation requires industry-ori-
ented model systems or training in-
stallations. Learning by doing and
process orientation are two princi-
ples that are central to the success-
ful imparting of the many detailed
training aims in process technology.
Simulation of a process engineering
system on a PC provides the oppor-
tunity of using a simulation as an ac-
tual training system.
Process automation Introduction
Filtering, mixing, tempering
and bottling as in industry
Train efficiently
262
Understanding process automation
By means of seminars and workshops
The goal of Festo Didactic is to of-
fer further training that not only sup-
ports personnel in companies with
current problems, but that also pro-
vides new approaches to future
tasks.
Festo is fast becoming a key partner
to the process industry. Close coordi-
nation with our parent company, Fes-
to AG & Co. KG., ensures the use of
the most modern equipment and
systems in our learning systems and
a source of first-hand expertise for
our trainers.
However our focus and methodology
also set us apart. Our trainers and
consultants are practicians. They are
familiar with the requirements of the
participants attending their courses,
including those requirements that go
beyond the purely technical.
We set ourselves a high standard.
You will immediately notice the dif-
ference between our seminars and
those offered by other providers. We
provide new answers to old ques-
tions answers that will help you to
take that critical step in your opera-
tional projects.
Open seminar on MCR
fundamentals of control technology
The participants will acquire basic
knowledge and skills in the areas
of electrical engineering as well as
measurement and control technol-
ogy. They will learn about the basic
structure, mode of operation and
application of process engineer-
ing systems and be able to use this
equipment. The procedure for the
identification of control systems, se-
lection of a suitable controller and
definition and setting of control pa-
rameters will also be explained.
Target group
The seminar is recommended for an-
yone seeking training in the funda-
mentals of control technology.
Training aims
Project planning, standards, flow
charts
Analysis of the sensors, actuators,
components and control systems
in a system
Measurement transformation of
physical measurement variables
Analogue value processing with
Siemens S7
Analysis, recording and evaluation
of various control processes such
as level, flow rate, pressure and
temperature
Commissioning of a test system
Basic principles of control technol-
ogy, P, I, PI and PID controllers in
theory and practice
Definition: Y W Z X etc., am-
plification, rate time, reset time,
dwell time, balance time, inac-
tive time
Setting of the control parameters
for different control processes
Practical utilisation of applications
in the process industry: use of
an industrial controller as control
equipment, use of a Siemens PLC
(S7-300) as control equipment
Specific customer training course,

for example fundamentals of control
technology
Customer-specific training course
for those employed in the areas of
maintenance, servicing and opera-
tional support. The following train-
ing aims are conveyed to the partici-
pants using the professional training
equipment of Festo Didactic through
learning by doing:
Cross section of all controller types
(P, I, D, PI, PD, PID)
Controller technologies (Fluid Lab
-
PA, industrial controllers and mod-
ern PLCs)
Looking for something more?
Workshop offering more complex ex-
ercises on practical operational sup-
port and maintenance, for example.
Replacement and reuse of sensors
and their incorporation into a con-
trol process
Error localisation through diagno-
sis of the controller characteristics
Control process with inactive time
on request
263
Fluid Lab
-PA can be used to teach

and demonstrate the fundamentals
of control technology. The main com-
ponents required for actuating the
MPS
PA stations using a PC are the

EasyPort D/A and the Fluid Lab
-
PA software.
Fluid Lab
-PA can be easily installed

on any Microsoft Windows operat-
ing system.
Key features:
Three main functions are integrated
in Fluid Lab
-PA in combination with

the EasyPort D/A:
M as in measurement
For detection and evaluation of
measured variables from 8 digital/4
analogue input signals.
C as in open-loop control
For binary or continuous control of 8
digital/2 analogue outputs.
R as in closed-loop (regulated)
control
For freely selectable closed-loop con-
trol functions such as 2-point, P, I, PI
and PID.
Actual process or simulation:
All exercises and experiments can be
performed online on the actual proc-
ess in conjunction with the station
or offline using the pre-integrated
simulation.
Settings menu item
The following parameters can be
set here for the four analogue input
channels and the sensors connected
to them:
Factor
Offset
Filter
Inversion
The analogue and binary output sig-
nals can also be switched and the
signal states of the inputs read off.
General PC system settings can also
be made here.
Process Sequence menu item
The process sequence of each sta-
tion can be easily started from Fluid
Lab
-PA. All of the process steps are

visualised and can be monitored on
the flow chart.
Measuring and Control menu item

All the functions of the MPS
PA
station can be clearly and directly
controlled. The states of the proc-
ess valves, pumps and sensors are
graphically recorded, which means
they can be directly evaluated. The
following functions are provided for
recording the sensor characteristics
and determining the step response:
Selection of measuring channels
Factor for physical scale
Adaptation of the time scale
Display of the input signals
Setting of output signals, switching
on/off of the manipulated variable
Printing of the measured value dis-
play or saving as a .jpg file
Analysis menu item

Analyses of a wide range of proc-
ess components can be directly per-
formed using predefined exercises,
for example:
Recording of sensor characteristics
Recording of pump characteristics
Recording of heating character-
istics
This permits a fast and thorough un-
derstanding of the typical process
components.
2-Point Controller and
Continuous Controller menu item
For easy parameterisation of the re-
quired controller with an immedi-
ate effect on the process. One click
of the mouse starts various control-
ler functions for the selected control
system. Documentation of the con-
troller parameters is also straight-
forward. The measured values and
characteristic curve profiles can be
easily printed out.

Fluid Lab
-PA
DE/EN/ES/FR 544304
264
Teaching today using the
technology of tomorrow
MPS
PA, an innovative learning sys-

tem equipped with the most modern
technical features and products from
market leaders.
MPS
PA
265
Practical training
The exclusive use of industrial com-
ponents underlines the necessary
practicality and ensures a speedy
transfer of knowledge from a training
scenario to practical application.
Slide, flap or ball valve
The correct valve in use.
Sensors
Typical process engineering sen-
sors assume control of temperature,
level, flow rate and pressure in the
MPS
PA.
Investment protection
A well thought-out modular design
with clear-cut interfaces facilitates
adaptation to future developments
in components as well as open-loop
and closed-loop control systems.
This means that the system can be
adapted to new requirements.
Boundless variety
It is only logical that the MPS
PA
stations can be combined with sta-
tions from the greater MPS
fam-
ily. After all, it is this possibility of
combination with MPS
stations
that makes the MPS
PA an interest-
ing proposition for basic and further
training in many industries which are
dominated by process automation
but still require elements from pro-
duction automation.
Process automation MPS
PA System description
The new learning system for process automation
266
Measuring and controlling as in industry
Components Operation and configuration The closest thing to reality
The MPS
PA learning system is
based on industrial standards. The
MPS
PA concept is based on a
market leaders automation solu-
tions and trends.
Advantages
SimuBox Simple commissioning of an
MPS
PA station
Testing and commissioning of
process components or system
components of a station
Fluid Lab
-PA Commissioning and testing of an

MPS
PA station
Analysis of process components
and control processes of an
MPS
PA station
Monitoring and analysis of the
process sequences of a station
Testing, configuration and optimi-
sation of control processes
(2-point, P, PI or PID controllers)
Analysis of the control response
PLC Programming of process sequenc-

es and recipe controllers
Operation and monitoring using
the touch panel
Programming of PID controllers
Configuration and parameterisa-
tion of P, PI or PID controllers
PLC with external industrial

controller
Same as PLC, plus:
Operation of an industrial control-
ler (manual operation, automatic
operation)
Parameterisation of industrial
controllers (P, PI or PID control
algorithm)
Configuration of measuring rang-
es, setpoint value limits and alarm
limits
Self-optimisation with oscillation
or step response method
267
The new interface concept offers
many possibilities for direct com-
bination of individual MPS
PA sta-
tions.
Various aspects determine the deci-
sion as to which combination is re-
quired:
Training aims
tions
Budget
The MPS
204 Complete system sec-

tion shows a fully configured system.
Combining stations
MPS
PA stations can be combined

as follows:
Stations
Filtration
Mixing
Reactor
Possible direct downstream station
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
Filtration Mixing Reactor Bottling
268
PA MPS
PA 204 Complete system

MPS

With a P, PI or PID control algorithm,
(closed-loop) control technology is
taught in a demonstrative and practi-
cal manner. The temperature sensor
for the Reactor station a PT100 re-
sistance thermometer is used de-
livers a uniform signal of 0 10 V via
the measuring transducer. By way of
the continuously controllable heater
the controller sets the nominal tem-
peratures and keeps them constant.
At a constant flow rate, the three in-
put materials are mixed into a rec-
ipe on the Mixing station. The flow
rate is recorded by an electronic flow
sensor with an impeller, and is ad-
ditionally displayed with a float-type
flow meter. The controller sets the
required flow rate by way of the ana-
logue controlled pump.
The pressure regulation ensures a
constant high filtering quality by
means of back-flushing. The pres-
sure sensor features an LCD dis-
play, analogue output and switching
output, always delivering the cor-
rect value. A constant high quality is
maintained by means of the propor-
tional-pressure regulator.
In the Filling station the level of the
dosing tank is recorded with an an-
alogue level sensor. By way of the
continuously controllable pump the
controller regulates the level to the
appropriate nominal value. During
filling, the level in the dosing tank
is kept constant, thereby optimising
the filling quality.
269
PA MPS

Included in the scope of
delivery: Various facilities for
measuring,controlling and
regulating
Simplifies commissioning, simula-
tion and display using the simula-
tion box
Multi-media measuring, control-
ling, regulating, operating, moni-
toring and commissioning using
Fluid Lab
PA.
Start processes in the PLC or moni-
tor them with the touch panel
The control task can be handled
by the PLC or by the industrial con-
troller also provided for each sta-
tion. The controller parameters are
then set on the touch panel or di-
rectly on the industrial controller.
All process variables are displayed
in a user-friendly way including
trend graphs both on the touch
panel and on the industrial con-
troller.
The PA complete system MPS
pro-
vides everything needed for an effi-
cientstart in measurement and con-
trol technology.
Successful project work based on
modular construction
Learning by doing the MPS
PA
system offers accessible, hands-on
processtechnology. Some project
ideas can be implemented in a flash,
and risk-free.
MPS PA 204 SIMATIC S7-300 544248

MPS PA 204 Festo CPX-FEC 544249
MPS PA 204 Allen Bradley ML 1500 544250
MPS PA 204 Mitsubishi MELSEC FX1N 544251
Function
The system consists of the Filtering,
Mixing, Reactor and Filling stations.
The Filtering station filters a fluid.
The filtrate is pumped out of the
firsttank via different process valves
through the filter into the second
tank. Thefiltered fluid is added to the
first tank in the Mixing station. The
Mixingstation mixes different recipes
from three storage tanks. The fin-
ished mixtureis pumped to the Reac-
tor station. The Reactor station reg-
ulates the temperatureof the fluid.
Different temperature profiles, with
different mixing times, arerun de-
pending on the selected recipe. The
Filling station bottles the fluid.The
bottles are carried on conveyor belts
to the filling position. A pneumatic-
separator marshals the bottles. The
bottles are filled with differentquan-
tities from the dosing tank, depend-
ing on the selected recipe.
Set-up, wiring and commissioning
of a system for process technology
process engineering variables such
as level, flow rate, pressure and
temperature
Set-up and commissioning of con-
trol circuits
Assessment of control response
Networking of process engineer-
ing systems
Process operation and monitoring,
system management
Selection, deployment and control
of process fittings
Analysis of controlled systems and
control circuits
Parameter setting and optimisation
of P, PI or PID controllers
Writing open-loop and closed-loop
control programs
Process operation and monitoring
Inspection, maintenance and serv-
icing

SIMATIC S7-300
4 x PLC board with SIMATIC S7-313C, 1 x programming cable
1 x STEP 7 Professional for Training programming software
4 x SIMATIC S7 connecting cable set
Festo CPX-FEC
4 x Festo CPX-FEC
PLC board, 1 x programming cable

1 x FST programming software, 4 x Festo CPX connecting cable set
4 x Allen Bradley PLC board with Micro Logix 1500, 1 x programming cable
1 x RS-Logix 500 Starter programming software, 4 x Allen Bradley connecting cable set
Mitsubishi MELSEC
4 x PLC board with FX1N, 1 x programming cable
1 x GX IEC Developer FX Trainer Package programming software
4 x Mitsubishi connecting cable set
The MPS
PA 204 system contains everything you need for training:

Stations: Filtering, mixing, reactor, filling (with trolley), colour touch panel, mounting frame
and power supply unit
Accessories: 4 x SimuBox digital/analogue, 1 x bottle set
Control technology: 1 x PLC control package, 1 x EMERGENCY-STOP board, 2 x EMERGEN-
CY-STOP control panel, 4 x EasyPort digital/analogue, 4 x PID industrial controller
Software: 4 x FluidLab
PA training software
Also order:
Workbook MPS
PA
548590 DE
MPS PA
Arbeitsbuch
DE 548590
EN 548591
ES 548582
FR 548593
270
Function
The Filtration station filters liquids.
The filtrate is pumped from the first
tank into the second tank through
the filter using a knife gate valve.
The filtered liquid reaches the sec-
ond tank via the flap with pneumatic
semi-rotary drive. The filtered liquid
can be pumped onwards to the next
station using a separate pump. The
filter can be rinsed using a rinse pro-
gram. Regulated compressed air is
additionally blown through the filter
to loosen deposits.
Measurement and control
Sensors detect the filling level of the
container in the Filtering station. This
permits lessons on simple control
exercises for monitoring the pumps
right up to complete control projects
involving complex processes. Pres-
sure control ensures constantly
high filter quality during flushing.
The pressure sensor with LCD dis-
play, analogue output and switching
output always supplies the correct
measurement variable. The control-
ler with P, PI or PID control algorithm
ensures constantly high filter qual-
ity during rinsing via the proportional
pressure regulator. Control technolo-
gy is clearly and practically explained
in this way.
Shutting off, opening, closing
The right selection of process valve,
drive, drive accessories and control
valve plays an important role in com-
plex process sequences. The Filter-
ing station uses an extremely wide
range of process components. All the
valve actuators are actuated via a di-
rectly connected NAMUR valve.
Knife gate valve with COPAC linear
actuator.
Butterfly valve with sturdy rack and
pinion COPAR rotary actuator and
large visual display.
Three-way ball valve with SYPAR
scotch yoke rotary actuator and large
visual display.
Filtration station
PA Stations
271
Training aims
of a system for process technology
Selection, application and actua-
tion of process valves
process-related variables such as
level and pressure
Set-up and commissioning of con-
trol circuits
Analysis of control processes and
control circuits
Parameterisation and optimisation
Drafting of open-loop and closed-
loop control programs
icing

Fluid Lab
-PA
WBT Fundamentals of open and
closed-loop control
FluidSIM
Pneumatics
Complete Filtration station 544253

PA Stations
SIMATIC S7 connecting cable set 544296
PLC board with CPX-FEC 541187
Festo CPX connecting cable set 544297
PLC board with Allen Bradley MicroLogix 1500 544300
Allen Bradley MicroLogix connecting cable set 544298
PLC board with Mitsubishi MELSEC 544301
Mitsubishi MELSEC connecting cable set 544299
Replacement filter cartridge 544303
Mains cable for power supply unit Chapter Training packages Accessories
Also order:
Open-loop and closed-loop control with PLC:
(with trolley, colour touch panel, mounting frame and power supply unit)
Or alternative:
For working with Fluid Lab
-PA:
For simple commissioning, simulation and display using the simulation box:
For professional control using industrial controllers:
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer Compact 313C 533018
Fluid Lab-PA DE/EN/ES/FR 544304
EasyPort, digital/analogue 193930
PC data cable RS232 male-female 162305
RS232 USB adapter 540699
PID industrial closed-loop controller 544293
548590 DE
MPS PA
Arbeitsbuch
DE 548590
EN 548591
ES 548582
FR 548593
Also order:
Workbook MPS
PA
272
Function
The mixing station mixes different
recipes from three reservoir tanks.
The liquid from one of the three
reservoir tanks is pumped into the
main tank in a controlled manner by
opening the respective two-way ball
valve. The finished mixture can be
pumped to the next station via a sec-
ond pump or pumped back to the
reservoir tank.
Using a constant flow rate, the three
raw materials are mixed to a recipe
in the mixing station. The flow rate is
recorded by means of an electronic
flow sensor with impeller and addi-
tionally displayed using a variable-
area flowmeter. The output signal
from the flow sensor is converted to
a standard signal from 0 10 V. The
mixing station can also be actuated
through binary means using the in-
tegrated comparator. The controller
adjusts the necessary flow rate via
the pump with analogue control us-
ing a simple two-point controller or
various dynamic controllers such as
P, PI or PID. This permits a clear ex-
planation of control technology on
various levels.
Always the right mixture
The component mix of the mixing
station offers a wide selection of typ-
ical components from process engi-
neering. Pumps and process valves,
various sensors for signal detection
as well as electronic modules for sig-
nal conversion permit the right train-
ing mix.
Sensors for detecting the filling level
of containers.
Signal converters convert all ana-
logue signals from the station to
standard signals from 0 10 V.
Two-way ball valve with SYPAR
scotch yoke rotary actuator, large
optical display and directly connect-
ed NAMUR valve.
Mixing station
PA Stations
273
Fluid Lab
-PA
Web-based training program, Fun-
damentals of open and closed-loop
control
FluidSIM
Pneumatics
Training aims
PA Stations
Construction, wiring and commis-
sioning of a system for process
technology
Selection, application and connec-
tion of various flow sensors
level and flow rate
Design and commissioning of con-
trol circuits
control circuits
icing
Complete Mixing station 544254

Also order:
Or alternative:
-PA:
548590 DE
MPS PA
Arbeitsbuch
DE 548590
EN 548591
ES 548582
FR 548593
Also order:
Workbook MPS
PA
274
Function
The reactor station tempers a liquid.
Depending on the recipe selected,
different temperature profiles with
different stirring times are activated.
A cooling pump is activated to cool
the liquid. The tempered liquid can
be pumped onwards to the next sta-
tion using a separate pump.
Sensors detect the filling level of the
reservoir in the reactor station. This
facilitates lessons on simple control
exercises for monitoring the pumps
right up to complete control projects
involving complex processes.
Exact adherence to the various tem-
perature profiles when activating
the recipes is achieved by means of
temperature control. The tempera-
ture sensor (PT100 resistance ther-
mometer) supplies a unit signal of 0
10 V via the measuring transducer.
The controller with P, PI or PID con-
trol algorithm can approach the set-
point temperature values via the
dynamically controlled heating unit
and keep the values constant. Sim-
ple control exercises, for example
control using the two-point control-
ler, can be realised using the reactor
station. Control technology is clearly
and practically explained in this way.
Heating and stirring
Key basic operations in many proc-
ess engineering systems involve
heating and stirring. The compo-
nents of the reactor station are de-
signed to permit a wide range of ex-
periments in this area.
Infinitely adjustable heating with
control signal from 0 10 V.
Stirrer with DC motor
Signal converters convert all ana-
logue signals from the station to
standard signals from 0 10 V. Prac-
tical for the purpose of experimen-
tation: integrated comparators also
supply purely binary signals.
Reactor station
PA Stations
275
Fluid Lab
-PA
Web-based training program open
and closed-loop control
Training aims
PA Stations
technology
Selection, application and connec-
tion of temperature sensors
level and temperature
Use and connection of measuring
transducers
trol circuits
control circuits
icing
Complete Reactor station 544255

Also order:
Or alternative:
-PA:
548590 DE
MPS PA
Arbeitsbuch
DE 548590
EN 548591
ES 548582
FR 548593
Also order:
Workbook MPS
PA
276
Function
The bottling station fills bottles with
liquid. The liquid is pumped into
the dosing tank from the reservoir.
These bottles are transported to
the filling position via conveyors. A
pneumatic separator separates the
bottles. The bottles are filled with
different filling quantities from the
dosing tank in accordance with the
recipe selected.
The filling level of the dosing tank is
detected in the filling station using
an analogue filling level sensor. The
controller regulates the filling level
to the required setpoint value via the
dynamically controlled pump (0 10
V). The filling level in the dosing tank
is kept constant during filling, which
optimises the quality of the filling
process. Various control algorithms
such as P, PI or PID can be applied
and optimised during experiments.
The characteristics of the control
process can be modified using hand
valves already integrated. Control
technology is clearly and practically
explained in this way.
Transporting, separating, filling
Few segments of the diversified
process industry are associated with
such a wide range of end products
as the food industry. All foodstuffs,
whether dairy products, baked
goods, juice, beer or wine have their
own requirements with regard to the
handling and production of the cor-
responding end products. Transport-
ing, separating, proportioning and
filling play an important role here.
Optical sensors, adjustable using
background suppression, monitor
transportation on the conveyors of
the bottling station.
The pneumatic separator ensures
that there is never more than one
bottle at the filling position.
The filling quantity can be easily ad-
justed by selecting different recipes.
Bottling station
PA Stations
277
Fluid Lab
-PA
FluidSIM
Pneumatics
control
Training aims
PA Stations
technology
Selection and application of filling
level sensors
level
trol circuits
control circuits
icing
Complete Bottling station 544256

Bottle set 544302
Also order:
Or alternative:
-PA:
548590 DE
MPS PA
Arbeitsbuch
DE 548590
EN 548591
ES 548582
FR 548593
Also order:
Workbook MPS
PA
278
PA Accessories
Accessories
1
2
3
1 PID industrial closed-loop
controller
The MPS
PA closed-loop control-
ler with P, PI or PID control algorithm
permits the control of dynamic proc-
esses in MPS
PA stations. The con-

troller is a universal multi-channel
process and program controller with
a registration function for monitoring
signal curves. The setpoint specifica-
tion is transferred to the controller
via a 15-pin Sub-D interface. A fur-
ther 15-pin Sub-D interface senses
the actual value and an actuator is
controlled using the manipulated
variable. Parameterisation and con-
figuration of the controller is possi-
ble using the controller itself or using
a setup program.
Consisting of:
Device with dimensions 144 mm x
130 mm for a DIN control panel cut-
out measuring 92 mm x 92 mm and
an installation depth of 170 mm
Installed in a 19 control panel
Interface for RS232 and Profibus
DP, effected via a 9-pin Sub-D plug
connection
4 mm safety sockets for the 24 V
voltage supply
CD-ROM with setup program and
programming cable for convenient
configuration using a PC
The device can be integrated in a
data network using the PROFIBUS
DP interface
Modules can be retrofitted by the
user
UL certification
System requirement
for the setup program:
PC with Win95, 98, NT4.0, WIN
2000, WIN ME, WIN XP
At least Pentium 100
32 MB RAM
15 MB space on hard disk
CD-ROM drive
Order no. 544293

Order no. 544302
2 Set of bottles
For the filling of fluids in MPS
PA
Bottling station. The set comprises
20 bottles with the diameter of 40
mm, height of 22 mm and capacity
of 50 ml.
Order no. 539767
3 Tool set
The tool set is an aid to easy working
on MPS
stations. A practical mini-

systainer includes:
200 mm steel rule
Open-jawed spanners size 7, 8,
9, 10
Adjustable spanner
Side cutter
Insulation-stripping pliers
Wire end sleeve pliers
Screwdriver set, hex, 1.5 6
Screwdriver, hex, 0.9; 1.3
Screwdriver, cross-head,
PZ02 short
Screwdriver, flat, 2.5 x 75;
4.0 x 100
Screwdriver, flat, 1.2 1.6
Tubing cutter
Fibre-optic cable cutter
Workpiece, red, black, silver
100 x cable binders 2.5 x 100
Order no. 541139

4 Trolley
The trolley makes an MPS
station
a compact and mobile unit. The sta-
tion is easy to mount on the trolley.
The PLC board can also be fitted. Ap-
propriate through-holes in the side
panels enable orderly routing of ca-
bles. The front side is equipped with
mountings for the control panel. The
trolley is supplied complete with
castors.
Height (incl. castors, to bottom
edge of profile plate): 750 mm
Width: 350 mm
Depth: 700 mm
4
279
Accessories
PA Accessories
2
Order no. 541187
2 PLC board with CPX-FEC
PLC board with modular controller

and FST programming environment.
Power supply: 24 V DC
Digital inputs: 16 (24 V DC)
Digital outputs: 16 (24 V DC,
maximum 500 mA)
Analogue inputs: 2 (12 Bit,
0 10 V, 0/4 20 mA)
Analogue outputs: 2 (12 Bit,
0 10 V, 0/4 20 mA)
SysLink interfaces:
1x cable for connection to station,
1x cable for connection to console,
1x lead for connection to
EMERGENCY-STOP
Serial interfaces:
1x RS232 programming interface
Ethernet interfaces:
1x TCP/IP, 10 Mbit/s
Integrated web server
Order no. 151915

RS232 programming cable
The RS232 programming cable for
the CPX-FEC
enables direct connec-

tion to a PC.
FST for FEC
FST for FEC

tions for programming, testing, com-
missioning and servicing of automa-
tion projects. The tried-and-tested
programming language Statement
List (STL) is available for program-
ming.
Includes manual and textbook. Soft-
ware and textbook on CD-ROM (Ger-
man/English).
System requirements
PC with Win 95/98/NT4.0/2000/XP
CD-ROM drive
DE 537927
EN 537928
Order no. 159410
1 Profile plate 700/700
This board is twice as wide as the
above-mentioned board; this allows
two MPS
stations to be set up on
one profile plate. Both sides have
slots, so if necessary parts can be
mounted on both sides. The slots
are compatible with the ITEM profile
system.
The plate is supplied with caps for
the sides.
Height: 32 mm
Grid spacing (from slot to slot):
50 mm
Width: 700 mm
Length: 700 mm
Due to its dimensions, the plate is
not suitable for the trolley. We rec-
ommend the use of the mobile sup-
port (welded), order no. 159367.
We recommend the use of the appro-
priate rubber feet for mounting on
tables, order no. 158343.
1
280
Optimisation relative to your space
requirement
Maybe youre restricted in the
amount of space you have available
but you want each of your training
workstations to offer a high level of
complexity.
If so then the Compact Workstation
with four integrated closed-loop con-
trol systems is the solution for you.
As shown in the flow chart, the in-
dividual control systems can be ac-
tivated by simply repositioning the
ball valves. The flexible piping sys-
tem enables you to change the flow
scheme or integrate other compo-
nents quickly and easily.
Compact Workstation ...
281
... with level, flow rate, pressure and temperature
closed-loop control systems
Function
The four control systems in the Com-
pact Workstation can be operated
individually.
The level and flow rate control sys-
tems can be structured as a cascade
control system through the addition
of an appropriate controller.
The layout of the sensors and servo
drives permits experimentation with
both continuous (e.g. P, I, PI, PID)
and discontinuous action control-
ler types (e.g. 2-point controllers).
The pump can either be controlled
directly or operated in controlled-
speed mode.
The manipulated variable of the con-
troller in the flow rate and pressure
control systems can alternatively act
upon a proportional directional con-
trol valve. A ball valve with pneu-
matic drive is built into the return
between the high-level container
and the lower reservoir. The pneu-
matic drive can be used to simulate
a load for switching on a distur-
bance in the level control system
or as an on-off valve for emergency
switch-off.
Process automation Compact Workstation
282
Compact Workstation with level, flow rate, pressure and
temperature closed-loop control systems
Piping and instrument flow chart (1)
An important part of project work
in process engineering is develop-
ing a piping and instrument flow
chart. A piping and instrument flow
chart explains the electrical, meas-
uring and control technology func-
tions using measuring points and
final control elements. The measure-
ment variable or another input vari-
able, its processing, its direction of
action and directional specifications
and positions should follow from
the chart.
Mounting frame (2)
Can be equipped with accessories
for controllers, control unit and/or
touchpanel. It can also be converted
from the ER format to DIN A4 format
at any time by the user. The activa-
tion and/or control devices can be
replaced in just seconds.
Pneumatic drive (3)
With ball valve and signal box. Train-
ing aims: Design and application ar-
eas of various metering and shut-off
devices when controlling the flow of
liquids.
Intelligent in the field closed-
loop control with the CPX/FEC
valve terminal and the FED 120
touchpanel (4)
The Festo Front End Controller with
integrated web server and Ethernet
interface is ideally suited to current
communication tasks.
Scope of delivery of the Compact
Workstation
Basic version including manual with-
out actuation components
Mechanical components, fully
assembled
2 containers
Reservoir
Plug-in piping system
Aluminium profile benches
Mounting frame
Profile plate 700 x 700 x 32 mm
Sensors
2 capacitive sensors
2 float switches
1 process drive signal box
Ultrasound sensor
Flow sensor
Pressure sensor
PT100 temperature sensor
Actuation components
Pump
Proportional directional control
valve
Ball valve with pneumatic drive
Heater
Electrical components
I/O connection board with measur-
ing transducer
Motor controller with relay
I/O terminal, SysLink, 8 I/8 O
Analogue terminal, SysLink,15-pin
Commissioning and training on-site
upon request.
Accessories
Trolley
Tabletop power supply or power
supply unit for the mounting frame
Control kit
Recommended training media:
Fluid Lab
-PA including analogue/

digital EasyPort
control
Compact Workstation On request

1
2
3
4
283
Control variants of the Compact Workstation
Control kit S1:
Siemens SIMATIC EduTrainer

Compact with S7-313C/314C-2DP
1 x EduTrainer Compact S7-
313C/314C-2DP
1 x control unit
2 x I/O data cable
1 x analogue cable
Note:
STEP 7 software and MPI cable must
be ordered separately if required.
Control kit S2:
Siemens SIPART DR19 controller
1 x SIPART DR19 with serial inter-
face integrated in ER frame
1 x PDM software for parameterisa-
tion and configuration of the DR19
controller
1 x serial data cable
1 x I/O data cable
1 x analogue cable
Control kit F2:

Festo CPX-FEC
valve terminal
1 x Festo CPX-FEC
1 x control unit
1 x Ethernet cable, crossover
2 x I/O data cable
1 x analogue cable
Note:
FST software and programming
cable must be ordered separately if
required.
Control kit F3:
Festo CPX-FEC
with FED
1 x Festo CPX-FEC
1 x Ethernet cable, crossover

1 x FED-120 touchpanel
1 x I/O data cable
1 x analogue cable
Note:
FST software and programming
cable must be ordered separately if
required.
Control kit PC2:

Fluid Lab
-PA software licence with

EasyPort
1 x Fluid Lab
-PA, individual licence

1 x EasyPort D/A
1 x RS232 data cable
1 x mains cable
1 x I/O data cable
1 x analogue cable
I/O simulation box, digital/
analogue
1 x simulation box incl. mains cable
1 x I/O data cable, crossover
1 x analogue cable, crossover
Visualisation with WinCC or InTouch

on request.
Control Kit S1: EduTrainer Compact S7-313C On request
Control Kit S1-DP: EduTrainer Compact S7-314C-2DP On request
Control Kit S2: Siemens controller SIPART DR19 On request
Control Kit F2: Festo CPX-FEC On request
Control Kit F3: Festo CPX-FEC + FED On request
Control Kit PC2: Fluid Lab-PA + EasyPort On request
I/O simulation box, digital/analogue On request
284
AFB factory hybrid production
285
AFB factory hybrid production ..................................................................... 286
286
Hybrid industries are the industries
which require systems and solutions
for both process and production en-
gineering. The most striking exam-
ples are the food, confectionery and
tobacco industries and the pharma-
ceutical industry.
Whether process and production ori-
ented, or hybrid production, Festo
Didactic training factories offer a
unique range of facilities for training
in automation for all industries
from incoming goods, through proc-
ess and production engineering de-
partments, to outgoing goods.
Megatrend: Hybrid automation
Its a fact that production and proc-
ess automation have become insep-
arable in almost all manufacturing
environments. Hybrid automation
represents the convergence of pro-
duction and process automation
which is more than logical, given the
trend towards convergence of the
two automation techniques in the
so-called hybrid industries.
287
The mix is the key
Mechatronics is also making its mark
outside production automation. In-
telligent drive solutions, featuring
high-precision mechanical compo-
nents, a range ofdifferent drives,
measured data acquisition and eval-
uation as well as integrated commu-
nications interfaces, ensure safe, op-
timised process automation too.
Flexibility
Making processes more flexible,
systemising product quality, re-
sponding faster to new market
trends the drinks industry has
much more to do in this dayand
age than merely quenching our
thirst. On the one hand there is a
need to establishand maintain a
broad product spectrum and in-
troduce new products in order to
generate new demand, while on
the other, legislation is increas-
ingly demanding greater trans-
parency of manufacturing proc-
esses.
288
Innovative technology and innovative learning
Innovative technology
Pneumatic and electric drive tech-
nology from Festo is a byword for
innovationin industrial and process
automation from the single prod-
uct through to the turnkey solution.
With the AFB training factory we are
for the first time delivering a learn-
ing environment which consciously
incorporates trends and innovations
from all areas of automation tech-
nology:
Electric and pneumatic linear drive
units
Semi-rotary drives and grippers
Valves and valve terminals
Sensors
Vision and control systems
The AFB training factory is designed
and equipped like a state-of-the-art-
industrial plant, based on the auto-
mation know-how and engineering
experience of Festo.
Innovative learning
Only by engaging in innovative learn-
ing using innovative technology can
trainees be optimally prepared for
their future work. Comprehensive
documentation, software tools for
simulation and visualisation and a
variety of WBTs complete the AFB
range of facilities.
289
In focus: the production process for six-packs
Six-packs are produced in four zones
of the hybrid training factory. The fol-
lowing processes are mapped:
Production of the liquid
Production and feed of the caps
Bottle feed
Transport
Packaging
Storage
Order compilation
Logistics

Zone 1
Process automation
Zone 3
Production automation
Zone 4
Transport and logistics
Zone 2
Filling
and
packing
290
The production zones
Zone 1
Process automation
Filtering, mixing, temperature con-
trol; recording, evaluating and con-
trolling typical process variables
such as temperature, level, pressure
or flow rate; pumping fluids; shutting
off pipelines; installing, commission-
ing or maintaining butterfly valves,
slide valves or ball valves. These are
just some examples of the wide vari-
ety of possibilities in this section of
the training factory.
Specialist knowledge of program-
ming, such as recipe preparation,
or of plant documentation, such as
reading and drafting R-I flowcharts
or EMSR location diagrams are key
focus areas in the training. Control
technology plays a key role in proc-
ess automation, in order to ensure
high product quality. The processes
selected for the training factory and
the transparent design of the sta-
tions enables control technology to
be taught in a practical and visual
manner.
Zone 2
Filling and packing
Not only dosing, filling, capping and
packing, but also the acquisition,
storage and reliable management
of product and quality data are key
tasks in this section of the training
factory.
Technologies such as RFID are be-
coming ever more prevalent in the
production environment, in order to
cope with the continually increasing
number of product variants and to
comply with the more stringent le-
gal requirements in terms of product
quality in the food or pharmaceuti-
cals sector. Full recording of all in-
gredients or components used and
the factors influencing the manufac-
ture of a product must be ensured.
Vision and sensor systems also play
a key role in improving product qual-
ity and production flexibility.
In the training factory, for example,
the position and fill level of each bot-
tle and the state of completion of
each lot is recorded by various opti-
cal sensors and a high-speed cam-
era. The production data can be fully
tracked by means of RFID tags in the
bottle caps. A range of automation
components, such as belts with elec-
tric drives, various handling units,
programmable logic controllers and
the latest operator control and moni-
toring tools, trainees are provided
with an ideal platform to learn these
key aspects.
291
Zone 4
Transport and logistics
Almost all production facilities need
logistics functions such as materi-
als transportation or warehousing. At
the AFB training factory, too, this is
a key aspect: Empty six-packs have
to be conveyed to the order compi-
lation station or placed in storage.
Completed six-packs are delivered
just in time, or stored in an interim
facility.
Chaotic or systematic warehousing,
optimisation of the material flow,
planning and prioritisation of orders
are the key areas of focus in this sec-
tion of the factory.
Particular demands are placed on
line automation in this section too,
however:
Signals from the transport systems
must be sent over long distances
to the transport controller.
High-performance drive units and
positioning systems ensure fast,
precise movement in the automatic
warehouse.
The communications required for
this are based on systems such as
the AS interface or CAN.
Zone 3
Production automation
Fast cycle times, part gripping, han-
dling, detection, differentiation,
separation and mounting are char-
acteristic features of production au-
tomation the classic world of the
mechatronics engineer. Program-
ming controllers, adjusting sensors,
operating, maintaining and servicing
individual lines in a plant are typical
activities.
In the training factory in this section
the caps are produced, tested and
fed to the bottles by the filling sta-
tion. Programmable logic control-
lers monitor and control the produc-
tion process. Various sensors record
the end positions of the actuators or
identify and differentiate between
the work-pieces. Typical actuators
used in production automation, such
as linear cylinders, swivel cylinders,
motors, parallel grippers or vacuum
suction cups ensure fast, precise
movement.
292
AFB training factory
Optimum operator control
Whether via touch panel, visualisa-
tion system or control panel, all the
stations and the entire training facto-
ry can be operated and monitored in
a highly user-friendly way.
Everything in hand
Whether bottle or six-pack, the pro-
fessional handling units in the AFB
training factory ensure a safe, pre-
cise, fast material flow.
Tried and proven
The MPS
stations, which have been

deployed for training purposes thou-
sands of times all over the world,
supply the caps in the training fac-
tory. The stations particularly enable
an optimum level of highly sophisti-
cated training in mechatronics.
New
Automation technology is taught us-
ing state-of-the-art equipment; not
just the new MPS
PA stations, but
also the automatic warehouse, the
filling station and the order compila-
tion station.
293
Visualisation
Either an overview of the complete
plant or access to each individual
station is available; the visualisation
system at the AFB training factory
permits monitoring of all signals and
provides trend graphs of the ana-
logue process variables, with remote
access to the various functions and
monitoring of all processes. All sta-
tions communicate via TCP-IP with
the visualisation computer.
RFID option
Full tracking and documentation of
the entire production process is de-
manded in more and more areas of
industry. The AFB training factory
also makes this possible: Produc-
tion data such as the recipe or batch
identifier are stored on the mobile
data carriers fixed to each individual
bottle and can be checked prior to
shipping. This means that state-of-
the-art RFID technology can now be
integrated highly demonstratively
into automation training.
AFB-FMRQ-BP-DSPB On request
Function
The AFB training factory produces
complete six-packs. All the produc-
tion steps involved are covered, from
production of the liquid through to
packing of the containers and storage
and shipping of the finished product.
The process automation section of
the plant is where the liquid is pro-
duced: Raw materials are filtered,
mixed together with other ingredi-
ents according to different recipes,
temperature-controlled and stored
ready for use. In-line samples can be
taken from the ongoing process be-
fore the liquid reaches the filling sta-
tion. Bottles from a belt conveyor are
filled and capped on a rotary index-
ing table. The bottles are then sealed
with machined and tested caps and
packed into six-packs. Depending on
the order, the completed six-packs
can be placed in interim storage via
the belt rotation system or delivered
for shipping. Empty six-packs can be
conveyed back into the system on
roller conveyors and either placed in
storage or fed directly into the pro-
duction process.
Training content
The multitude of stations and the
technologies embedded in them per-
mit an investigation of almost all rel-
evant areas of control and automa-
tion technology.
Use of RFID technology
Vision systems and camera in-
spection
Use and programming of PLCs
Application of various handling de-
vices and grippers
Application of various electrical
drives (DC, AC)
Application of frequency converters
Use of multi-axis handling systems
for handling and palletising
Networking sensors and actuators
via AS-interface
Package
Comprising:
Stations
Zone 1: MPS
PA filtering*, mixing*, reactor*, filling (quality sampling)* stations

Zone 2: AFB filling and order compilation stations
Zone 3: MPS
distribution**, separation**, processing**, buffering** and handling sta-

tions**
Zone 4: AFB pallet transport system, AFB automatic warehouse and AFB incoming goods
and outgoing goods stations.
Software and media
STEP 7 Trainer Package programming software, COSIMIR
PLC Advanced, Fluid Lab
-PA,
Mechatronics Assistant, WinCC
* Including mobile base frame, touch panel and S7-300 PLC board.
** Including mobile base frame, MPS
control panel and S7-300 PLC board.

Use and commissioning of a CAN
network
Networking automated systems
with Ethernet TCP-IP
Measurement and control of elec-
trical and process engineering vari-
ables such as level, flow rate, pres-
sure and temperature
Process operation and monitoring,
system management
Selection, deployment and control
of process fittings
294
AFB filling station
The filling station includes a large
number of functions typical to the
foodindustry: Bottle feed by convey-
or, dosing with a dosing cylinder and
filling and capping on a rotary index-
ing table.
The station can be operated both as
a stand-alone unit orin conjunction
with other stations.
In stand-alone operation the caps
must be fed manually. When oper-
ated inconjunction with other sta-
tions, the caps can be fed by way
of a handlingstation (MPS
). Filled
and capped bottles are forwarded by
conveyor to the next station (order
compilation).
The liquid being filled is stored in a
tank on the station. The tank can be-
filled manually or way of additional
process stations (e.g. MPS
PA).
The station is controlled by a PLC
unit and operator control is via touch
panel. Individual step and continu-
ous cycle options are available.
Status and messagesare indicated
graphically on the panel.
of an automated station
Use of pneumatic linear units with
variable stroke
Use of pneumatic linear swivel
units
Controlling and monitoring mate-
rial flow on a conveyor and a rotary
indexing table
Dosing and filling
Order no. On request

295
AFB order compilation station
With a high-precision 2-axis indus-
trial handling system, 2 by 3 bottles
are packed into each six-pack on the
order compilation station.
The bottles are carried on conveyor
belts to the handling station. A high-
speed camera checks the six-packs.
The camera features a built-in con-
troller which handles the complete
image evaluation process.

With its TCP-IP interface and the ad-
ditional CAN master interface, the
camera enables wide-ranging com-
munication options.
The station is controlled via a PLC
board. Different operation modes
can be selected on the control panel.
Specific training content
Use of pneumatic handling unit
with gripper
rial flow by conveyor
Vision systems, quality and proc-
ess control with intelligent cameras

296
AFB automatic warehouse station
The automatic warehouse can hold
up to 16 six-packs on 4 levels each
with 4 bays. A cartesian 3-axis han-
dling system is used for stock move-
ment. 2 toothed belt axes are driven
by intelligent servomotors with an
integrated servo amplifier, controller
and CAN bus interface.
The third axis is executed as a rod-
less linear unit with precision guides.
board with CAN master. The colour
touch panel of the automatic ware-
house provides user-friendly opera-
tion and monitoring.
Items can be easily taught-in, and
stock levels clearly initialised and
modified.
Use of pneumatic linear units
Electric drive and control
technology
Intelligent CAN bust technology
Warehousing and logistics

297
AFB incoming goods/outgoing goods station
Full six-packs awaiting shipping are
placed by the pneumatic 3-axis han-
dling unit on one of the two outgoing
goods ramps. The handling unit fea-
tures a pneumatic linear gripper to
grip the six-packs.
The axes used are pneumatic linear
axes developed specially for industri-
al assembly and handling systems.
Empty six-packs can be fed in by way
of the incoming goods conveyor.
board. Different operation modes
can be selected on the control panel.
Use of pneumatic handling units
with gripper
Handling technology
rial flow by conveyor belt and roller
conveyor

298
AFB pallet transport system
The material flow within the AFB
lines is implemented by the pallet
transport system. The six-packs are
conveyed to the individual stations
on pallets which are equipped with
an identification system. The trans-
port system features 4 stop points,
and can be expanded at any time.
The belt segments are driven by
4 AC motors.
The control is handled by a PLC with
frequency inverter professionally
housed in the control cabinet. Com-
munication with the stop points is
via AS interface. The pneumatic stop-
pers are controlled using industrial
valve terminals.
Use of AC motors
Electrical drive technology
Use of frequency inverters
Pallet identification
AS interface fieldbus technology
Material flow and logistics
Protection circuits
Design of industrial control cabi-
nets

299
One training factory over 100 different training systems
More than 15 stations can be inte-
grated into the AFB training factory.
Inaddition to the new AFB stations it
also features stations from the MPS

familyand stations from the new
MPS
PA product line.
The unique interface and communi-
cations concept enables quick and
easymodification of the factory lay-
out.
This means the stations can be de-
ployed at any time individually or in
smallgroups for teaching purposes,
and the AFB training factory can be
assembled indifferent project stages.
300
Need to meet special requirements?
Numerous installations worldwide
have resulted in a number of solu-
tions specially focussed on hybrid
automation.
Contact us with your requirements.
We will design your optimum learn-
ing environment and implement it
in a way closely linked to the actual
process. We look forward to design-
ing solutions with you for specific ar-
eas such as:
Water treatment
Cooling and refrigeration technol-
ogy
pH value measurement
Conductivity measurement
Integration of process control en-
gineering
Palletising
Identification systems (RFID,
barcode)
With our know-how in project plan-
ning, instrumentation, design and
selection of process components,
system integration and program-
ming, through to didactic implemen-
tation, we will help you to put your
ideas into practice quickly, reliably
and cost-effectively.
302
Index alphabetical
19 Blank panel for the control panel ............................................................234
19 Communication panels ...........................................................................222
19 Control panel ..........................................................................................222
19 EMERGENCY STOP panel ........................................................................234
19 Mounting frame ......................................................................................222
19 Spare panel ............................................................................................222
3/2-way roller lever valve, normally open .....................................................134
37-pin system connector for connection of process simulation plates ..........120
4/2-way double solenoid valve .....................................................................138
5-fold plug socket strip with switch ...............................................................132
5-way distributor ...........................................................................................137
5-way distributor with pressure gauge ..........................................................137
A
A single cable, many signals Distributing station with AS interface ............188
A small milling machine for high requirements: CONCEPT MILL 55 ...............243
A4 ER mounting frame..................................................................................... 71
A4 mounting frame ......................................................................................... 71
A4 table mounting frame ................................................................................. 73
Accessory box ...............................................................................................134
Accumulator filling device .............................................................................137
Actuators DC motor ...................................................................................... 22
Adaptable Buffer station ...............................................................................196
Add-on for the robot assembly station ..........................................................200
AFB automatic warehouse station .................................................................296
AFB factory hybrid production .......................................................................286
AFB filling station ..........................................................................................294
AFB incoming goods/outgoing goods station ...............................................297
AFB order compilation station .......................................................................295
AFB pallet transport system ..........................................................................298
AFB training factory .......................................................................................292
Allen-Bradley EduTrainer ML1200 .................................................................122
Allen-Bradley ML 1500 The standard for North America .............................220
Aluminium profile plate ..................................................................... 71, 73, 132
Analogue cable, crossover .................................................................... 141, 219
Analogue cable, parallel ........................................................................ 141, 219
Analogue I/O module S7-SM334-4E/2A ........................................................219
Analogue input/output with SM334 with simulation plate ............................120
Analogue terminal ................................................................................. 209, 219
Analogue upgrade FX1N ................................................................................221
Analogue upgrade ML 1500 ..........................................................................220
Angled slide module .....................................................................................199
AS-interface addressing cable .......................................................................142
AS-interface addressing device .....................................................................142
AS-interface diffuse sensor ...........................................................................189
AS-interface master CP343-2 ........................................................................120
AS-interface upgrade FX1N ...........................................................................221
AS-interface upgrade S7-300 CP 343-2 AS-i Master ......................................219
AS-interface valve connector .........................................................................189
AS-interface valve terminal ...........................................................................189
Assembly kit for cylinders .............................................................................138
Automated Production A guideline to qualification ...................................... 57
Automatic warehouse station: see AFB automatic warehouse station ..........296
Automatic warehouse station: see AFB automatic warehouse station ..........296
Automating with SIMATIC................................................................................ 53
Automation project work ...............................................................................225
Automation with STEP 7 in LAD and FBD ......................................................... 53
Automation with STEP 7 in STL and SCL .......................................................... 53
B
Basic mobile unit ............................................................................................ 70
Basic stationary unit ....................................................................................... 70
Basic training Pneumatics! Equipment set TP 101 in the Systainer ................. 78
Battery set for robot RV-2AJ ..........................................................................199
BIBB Electropneumatics equipment set .......................................................... 91
BIBB Hydraulics course Fundamentals and equipment, calculations and
application examples ..................................................................................47
BIBB Hydraulics course, booklet for instructor ................................................47
BIBB Hydraulics course, exercises and log sheets...........................................47
BIBB Hydraulics course, exercises for students ..............................................47
BIBB Hydraulics course, transparencies for the series of exercises .................47
BIBB Hydraulics equipment set, additional exercises ...................................102
BIBB hydraulics equipment set, exercises A-H ..............................................102
BIBB pneumatics equipment set ..................................................................... 90
Blanking plate ...............................................................................................120
Book of solutions for the sample exercises from the CNC text book ................ 58
Bottling station .............................................................................................276
Branch/separator module, electrical .............................................................211
Buffer battery ................................................................................................120
Buffer station: see Adaptable Buffer station .................................................196
Buffer, electrical, unassembled .....................................................................228
Buffer, pneumatic, unassembled ..................................................................229
C
Cable BNC 4 mm .........................................................................................133
Cable BNC BNC ...........................................................................................133
Cable duct set ...............................................................................................136
Cable guide ....................................................................................... 71, 73, 137
Cable set, universal with 4 mm safety plugs .................................................133
Case of cutaway pneumatic models ................................................................ 59
Challenging The process industry ...............................................................260
Changer module ............................................................................................187
Choose your process model ..........................................................................114
Clamping/ejecting module ............................................................................193
Classroom Manager Administration, Evaluation ...........................................14
Closed-loop control hydraulics equipment set, TP 511 .................................105
Closed-loop hydraulics ............................................................................ 46, 105
Closed-loop pneumatics ........................................................................... 40, 92
Closed-loop pneumatics equipment set TP 111 .............................................. 92
CNC textbook .................................................................................................. 58
CNC training: An investment in the future .....................................................242
Colour sensor ................................................................................................215
Combining stations ............................................................................... 184, 267
Communication panels: see 19 Communication panels...............................222
Communication-oriented approach to system malfunctions ........................... 56
Compact Workstation with level, flow rate, pressure and temperature
closed-loop control systems .....................................................................280
Compressor ...................................................................................................133
CONCEPT MILL 55: see A small milling machine for high requirements .........243
Connecting cable...........................................................................................234
Connection unit, analogue ............................................................................142
Control console .............................................................................................222
Control panel: see 19 Control panel ............................................................222
Control variants of the Compact Workstation ................................................283
Controlling and networking just as it is in industrial practice ........................216
Convert now from blue to silver. You can now have the slotted assembly
board with unbeatable advantages on your tried-and-tested laboratory
furniture too .............................................................................................143
Conveyor module 300 with DC motor ............................................................213
Conveyor module 350 with DC motor ............................................................197
Conveyor, unassembled ................................................................................227
COSIMIR
Professional Update ....................................................................... 29

COSIMIR
Factory The virtual learning environment for production

automation ................................................................................................. 32
303
Index alphabetical
COSIMIR
Industrial ........................................................................................ 30
COSIMIR
Industrial Update ............................................................................ 30

COSIMIR
PLC ................................................................................................. 31
COSIMIR
PLC Advanced ................................................................................. 31

COSIMIR
PLC Update ..................................................................................... 31

COSIMIR
Professional .................................................................................... 29
COSIMIR
Robotics ......................................................................................... 30
Coupling nipple (nominal size 4) ...................................................................137
Coupling socket (nominal size 4) ..................................................................137
Courseware ..................................................................................................... 37
CP input module ............................................................................................207
Cushioning cylinder.......................................................................................138
D
Decentralisation with PROFIBUS-DP................................................................ 53
Dictionary of Automation ................................................................................ 23
Diffuse sensor ....................................................................................... 195, 197
Diffuse sensor, analogue ..............................................................................213
Digital I/O module SM323 8I/8O ..................................................................219
Digital input, 16 inputs with SM321 with simulation plate ............................120
Digital multimeter .........................................................................................133
Digital output group, S7-SM322-8A, relay.....................................................120
Digital output, 16 outputs with SM322 with simulation plate .......................120
Digital training programs: Knowledge delivered brilliantly .............................. 13
Digital upgrade ML 1500 ...............................................................................220
DIN H-rail set .................................................................................................136
Discover MPS
200 ......................................................................................... 23
Distributing station with AS interface: see A single cable, many signals
Distributing station with AS interface .......................................................188
Distributing station, unassembled ................................................................226
Distributing station: see Getting started with MPS
Distributing station ......186

Double-acting cylinder 16/10/300 ................................................................138
Drawing template ............................................................................................ 59
Drilling module .............................................................................................193
DVD Electropneumatics/Electrohydraulics, Basic level ............................. 42, 44
E
EasyPort from PC to the world of 24 volts ..................................................... 25
EduTrainer
SIMATIC S7 ................................................................................116
E-Learning .....................................................................................................12ff
Electrical engineering 1 ................................................................................... 19
Electrical engineering 2 ................................................................................... 19
Electrical mini slide SLTE ...............................................................................215
Electrical signal input/output ........................................................................135
Electrohydraulics ............................................................................................ 18
Electrohydraulics equipment set, Advanced level TP 602 ................................ 99
Electrohydraulics equipment set, Basic level TP 601 ....................................... 97
Electrohydraulics, Advanced level ............................................................. 45, 99
Electrohydraulics, Basic level .............................................................. 44, 45, 97
Electronics 1 ................................................................................................... 20
Electronics 2 ................................................................................................... 20
Electropneumatic control technology ..............................................................41
Electropneumatics .......................................................................................... 17
Electropneumatics starter kit: TP 201 ............................................................. 82
Electropneumatics, Advanced level ........................................................... 39, 85
Electropneumatics, Basic level ............................................................ 38, 39, 82
Embedded controller starter kit The complete development system
for embedded controllers .........................................................................123
EMCO ..........................................................................................................242ff
EMERGENCY STOP panel: see 19 EMERGENCY STOP panel .........................234
EMERGENCY-STOP technology ......................................................................234
Empty EduTrainer
ER housing .....................................................................142
Equipment set ...............................................................................................76ff
Equipment sets for PLC and electronics training ...........................................115
ER mounting frame.......................................................................................... 71
Ethernet upgrade FX1N .................................................................................221
Ethernet upgrade ML 1500 ............................................................................220
Extensions for the SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer
plus ...........................................120
F
FEC
EduTrainer
FST/MWT with Ethernet interface ......................................122

FEC
starter kit FST/MWT with Ethernet interface .........................................123

FEC
: see FST for FEC
..................................................................... 34, 218, 279

Festo mechanical components ......................................................................233
Fieldbus technology ........................................................................................ 22
Fieldbus technology AS-interface, equipment set TP 401-ASI .......................127
Fieldbus technology AS-Interface/Profibus-DP ............................... 51, 127, 128
Fieldbus technology Profibus-DP, equipment set TP 402 ..............................128
Fieldbus training: see Offers for fieldbus training .........................................126
Filling station: see AFB filling station ............................................................294
Filtering, mixing, tempering and bottling as in industry ................................261
Filtration station ............................................................................................270
Final Sorting station ......................................................................................204
Finding your way in the learning field jungle ................................................... 58
Fixed drawer unit for installation in mobile workstations ................................ 70
Flexibility Separating station ......................................................................212
Fluid Lab
-PA ................................................................................................263
Fluidic Muscle Press module .........................................................................209
Fluidic Muscle Press station: see Powerful Fluidic Muscle Press station ....208
FluidSIM
4.0, individual and multiple licenses .............................................. 26

Focus on sensors Testing station ..................................................................190
For advanced pneumatic training: Equipment set TP 102 ................................ 80
Frequency converter starter kit ............................................................. 124, 230
Frequency converter starter kit ............................................................. 124, 230
Front-panel connector ........................................................................... 120, 219
FST for FEC
.................................................................................... 34, 218, 279

Function generator ........................................................................................133
Fundamentals of electrohydraulics .................................................................48
Fundamentals of electropneumatics ...............................................................42
Fundamentals of hydraulics ............................................................................48
Fundamentals of pneumatic control technology.............................................. 38
Fundamentals of pneumatics ..........................................................................42
Fundamentals of proportional hydraulics ........................................................48
Fundamentals of Robotics ............................................................................... 57
Funnel for filling various devices with oil ......................................................139
G
Distributing station .............................................186

Glossary of electrical drive technology ............................................................ 52
Gripper, pneumatic .......................................................................................199
H
Handling station: see Multitalented Handling station ...................................194
Holder for measuring container for hydraulics ..............................................139
Holder module ..............................................................................................195
Hose holder ...................................................................................... 71, 73, 137
Hose line with quick release couplings .........................................................137
Hybrid production: see AFB factory hybrid production ..................................286
Hydraulic hose for transparent models .........................................................108
Hydraulic oil (DIN 51524) ..............................................................................139
Hydraulic oil (DIN 51524) HLP32, 10 l (for order no. 30303) .........................108
Hydraulic power unit with single pump .........................................................140
304
Index alphabetical
Hydraulic power unit, double pump with one motor .....................................140
Hydraulic power unit, with two individual pumps and two motors ................140
Hydraulic punch station ................................................................................203
Hydraulics ....................................................................................................... 18
Hydraulics equipment set, Advanced level TP 502 .......................................... 96
Hydraulics equipment set, Basic level TP 501 ................................................. 95
Hydraulics power the Punching station .........................................................202
Hydraulics, Advanced level ....................................................................... 45, 96
Hydraulics, Basic level ........................................................................ 44, 45, 95
I
I/O data cable with one SysLink connector as per IEEE 488 and
bare cable-end sleeves .............................................................................141
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends ...................141
I/O data cable, analogue ...............................................................................141
I/O data cable, crossover with terminal socket .............................................141
I/O terminal (SysLink) ...................................................................................211
iCIM - The platform for professional interdisciplinary CIM training. With
perfectly matched software. For effective planning and engineering. .......236
iCIM 3000 the complete training system with potential ..............................238
iCIM engineering service ...............................................................................240
Ideal interfaces .............................................................................................158
In and out, electrically Storing station ........................................................214
In focus: the production process for six-packs ..............................................289
Individual solutions....................................................................... 250, 257, 300
Individual solutions systematic variety.......................................................241
Inductive sensor ............................................................................................205
Industrial quality in the Robot station ...........................................................198
Innovative technology and innovative learning .............................................288
Innovative training packages with detailed practical functions ....................... 76
Instructional material for Siemens S7, STEP 7 and Festo valve terminals ........ 52
Intensive electropneumatics: Equipment set TP 202 .......................................84
Interactive learning with Robotino
View ......................................................147
Internet search ................................................................................................ 15
InTouch ........................................................................................................... 36
L
Lathe machines: see MicroFMS, iCIM, EMCO
learn2work Educational ..................................................................................24
learn2work Enterprise .....................................................................................24
learn2work Professional .................................................................................24
learn2work: Commercial thinking and practical learning .................................24
Learning fields 1-4 of metalworking professions ............................................. 58
Learnline The yardstick for design and function ........................................... 65
Learntop The low-cost desktop mounting system ........................................ 72
Learntop-A ...................................................................................................... 72
Learntop-L ....................................................................................................... 72
Learntop-S ...................................................................................................... 72
Lifting module ...............................................................................................191
Linear potentiometer, 200 mm stroke ...........................................................138
LOGO! EduTrainer TP .....................................................................................121
LOGO! EduTrainer
........................................................................................121
LOGO! manual .................................................................................................54
LOGO! programming cable ............................................................................141
LOGO! Soft Comfort ......................................................................................... 36
LOGO! Training ................................................................................................ 22
M
Magnetic symbol sets ..................................................................................... 59
Mains cable ...................................................................................................132
Manual Siemens S7-300 .................................................................................54
Manual Transparent Models, Basic level .......................................................108
Manual Transparent Models, Optional models ..............................................108
Manual Transparent models, power supply unit ...........................................108
Measurement in hydraulics TP 610, Advanced level ......................................100
Measurement in pneumatics TP 210, Advanced level...................................... 86
Measuring and controlling as in industry ......................................................266
Measuring case .............................................................................................139
Measuring container for hydraulics ...............................................................139
Measuring module ........................................................................................191
Mechatronics .................................................................................................. 57
Mechatronics Assistant: The new 10,000-page teachware concept
on CD-ROM ................................................................................................. 55
Micro Memory Card .......................................................................................120
MicroFMS: CNC and robot technology similar to industry .............................245
Milling machines: see MicroFMS, iCIM, EMCO
Mitsubishi GX Trainer Package ................................................................ 34, 221
Mitsubishi MELSEC FX1N the small controller with the big range
of functions ...............................................................................................221
Mixing station ...............................................................................................272
Mobile workstations: More versatile than ever ............................................... 66
Motor controller SFC-DC ................................................................................215
Mounting adapter .........................................................................................137
Mounting frame/mounting set for inclined mounting of the profile plate ........ 70
Mounting frame/mounting set for vertical mounting of the profile plate ........ 70
Mounting frame: see 19 Mounting frame ....................................................222
Mounting frame: see A4 mounting frame ........................................................ 71
Mounting profile ...........................................................................................137
MPS
200 complete systems with blended learning package and

modular expansion options ......................................................................168
MPS
202 Mechatronics Small but complete with FluidSIM
,
Mechatronics Assistant and web-based training programs .......................170
MPS
202-Robotics Handling and assembly with COSIMIR

software package......................................................................................178
MPS
203 Fieldbus Mechatronics and fieldbus technology with

visualisation package and the Mechatronics Assistant .............................172
MPS
203-IT Remote maintenance and diagnosis with visualisation

package and Mechatronics Assistant ........................................................174
MPS
205-Mechatronics Everything you need for project work with

FluidSIM
, Mechatronics Assistant and web-based training programs .....176

MPS
210-Mechatronics the all-rounder with an all-inclusive

media package .........................................................................................180
MPS
500-FMS: Flexible production compatible, modular and versatile ....162

MPS
501-505 FMS The entry-level systems ..............................................166

MPS
512-FMS get started right away with a complete and

customised package .................................................................................167
MPS
516-FMS the complete package for demanding training scenarios ...164

MPS
commissioning service ........................................................................160

MPS
PA The new learning system for process automation ........................265

MPS
PA 204 Complete system .....................................................................268

MPS
PA workbook ....................................................... 269, 270, 273, 275, 277

MPS
stations .............................................................................................182ff
MR5 Milling cell with robot loading ............................................................247
MTLR5 Turning and milling with robot on linear axis ..................................249
MultiFMS: decentralised control technology .................................................254
MultiFMS: see Multifunctional: MultiFMS. The mechatronics learning
platform that integrates MPS
, a transport system and CNC .....................253

Multifunctional: MultiFMS. The mechatronics learning platform that
integrates MPS
, a transport system and CNC ..........................................253

Multiple tubing holder strip set .....................................................................136
MULTIPROG for FEC
3x...................................................................................34
Multitalented Handling station .....................................................................194
305
Index alphabetical
O
Offers for fieldbus training ............................................................................126
Oil drip tray for Learntop-S workstation .......................................................... 73
Oil dye ...........................................................................................................108
Oil spillage/protective mat ..................................................................... 71, 139
One training factory over 100 different training systems ............................299
On-off valve with filter regulating valve .........................................................187
On-off valve with filter/regulator, 5 m .........................................................135
Open- and closed-loop control ........................................................................ 22
Operating and observing the right solution for every operating task ..........222
Operating panel OP 177B ..............................................................................223
Order compilation station: see AFB order compilation station ......................295
Organiser for transparent models, Basic level ...............................................108
Oscilloscope..................................................................................................133
P
Pallet transport system: see AFB pallet transport system .............................298
PC adapter .................................................................................... 120, 141, 219
PC data cable RS232 .....................................................................................141
PicAlfa module ..............................................................................................195
Pick&Place module .......................................................................................211
Pick&Place station: see Small is beautiful Pick&Place station ....................210
PID industrial closed-loop controller .............................................................278
Piston pallet ..................................................................................................201
Plastic tubing ................................................................................................134
PLC board with CPX-FEC
..............................................................................279
PLC board with FEC
The robust minicontroller with integrated

Ethernet interface .....................................................................................218
PLC board with SIMATIC S7-300 The industry standard ..............................219
PLC starter kit .......................................................................................... 25, 124
Plexiglass model support ..............................................................................108
Plug fitting for transparent models ...............................................................108
Plug socket with cable ..................................................................................136
Plug-in adapter set .................................................................................. 73, 132
Plug-in adapter, electrical .............................................................................141
Pneumatic control engineering .......................................................................41
Pneumatic drive units, TP 220 ................................................................... 39, 88
Pneumatic drive units: Equipment set TP 220, Advanced level ....................... 88
Pneumatic positioning system SPC 200 ..........................................................54
Pneumatic slide module ................................................................................191
Pneumatics ..................................................................................................... 17
Pneumatics, Advanced level ...................................................................... 39, 81
Pneumatics, Basic level ............................................................................. 38, 39
PneuPos 1: Pneumatic positioning with the SPC 200 axis controller ............... 93
Power supply unit for mounting frame ..........................................................132
Power supply unit with set of hoses ..............................................................108
Powerful Fluidic Muscle Press station ........................................................208
Practical knowledge: Basic pneumatic controllers .......................................... 38
Pressure relief unit ........................................................................................137
Pressure sensor .................................................................................... 138, 209
Processing station: see Purely electrical Processing station .........................192
Professional software for MultiFMS ..............................................................256
Professional training in virtual learning environments with COSIMIR
............ 28
Profibus cable ...............................................................................................141
Profibus DP CP valve terminal .......................................................................207
Profile plate 350/700 ....................................................................................231
Profile plate 700/700 ....................................................................................279
Profile plate connector ..................................................................................231
Profile plate: see Aluminium profile plate ......................................... 71, 73, 132
Programmable logic controllers in practice ..................................................... 51
Programmable logic controllers, Basic level ............................................ 51, 125
Programmable logic controllers, TP 301 ........................................................125
Programming cable FX1N ..............................................................................221
Programming cable ML 1500 .........................................................................220
Programming cable TTL-RS232 .....................................................................218
Project management ....................................................................................... 15
Project work with MPS
.................................................................................224
Projects for teaching in the learning areas of automation, operations
engineering, mechatronics.......................................................................... 56
Proportional hydraulics equipment set, Advanced level TP 702 ....................104
Proportional hydraulics equipment set, Basic level TP 701 ...........................103
Proportional hydraulics, Advanced level ................................................. 46, 104
Proportional hydraulics, Basic level .................................................. 44, 46, 103
Protective cover for weight ...........................................................................137
Proximity sensors textbook ............................................................................. 50
Proximity sensors workbook ........................................................................... 50
Proximity sensors, equipment set FP 1110 ....................................................109
Punching station: see Hydraulics power the Punching station ......................202
Purely electrical Processing station ...............................................................192
Q
Quality with a certificate ...................................................................................4
R
Reactor station ..............................................................................................274
Recognition module ......................................................................................191
Relay, time-delay relay ..................................................................................136
Releasing tool ...............................................................................................134
Retaining module ..........................................................................................199
Retro-reflective sensor ..................................................................................205
Robot assembly station: see Add-on for the robot assembly station .............200
Robot interface box ............................................................................... 201, 231
Robot RV-2AJ .................................................................................................199
Robot station: see Industrial quality in the Robot station .............................198
Robotino
project ideas ................................................................................153

Robotino
View: see Interactive learning with Robotino
View .....................147
Robotino
: Experiencing, understanding and using technology ....................146

Rotary indexing table module .......................................................................193
Rotary/linear transfer module .......................................................................209
RS232 programming cable ............................................................................279
RSLogix 500 Starter ................................................................................ 34, 220
Rubber feet ..................................................................................... 73, 132, 231
S
Safety engineering .......................................................................................... 23
Safety glass the system ..............................................................................233
Safety glazing for a combination of Robot, Assembly, Punching stations ......233
Safety glazing for individual stations or combinations of stations ................233
Safety hood, twofold .....................................................................................233
Scenarios and learning areas ........................................................................150
Sensor technology 1 Sensors in pneumatics ................................................ 21
Sensor technology 2 Sensors for object detection ........................................ 21
Sensor tester.................................................................................................142
Sensor-actuator connector, 10-pin, 1-row, with LEDs....................................218
Sensors for distance and displacement ................................................... 50, 110
Sensors for distance and displacement, equipment set FP 1120...................110
Sensors for force and pressure ............................................................... 50, 111
Sensors for force and pressure, equipment set FP 1130 ...............................111
Separating module (springs) .........................................................................201
Separating station: see Flexibility Separating station .................................212
Separator module, pneumatic .......................................................................197
Service with Value added .................................................................................. 6
306
Index alphabetical
Servo motor MTR-DCI ....................................................................................215
Servopneumatic positioning ............................................................... 40, 93, 94
Set of bottles ................................................................................................278
Set of posters on hydraulics ............................................................................49
Set of posters on pneumatics ..........................................................................43
Set of wheels for new tank shape from 2005 ................................................140
Siemens AS-Interface master ..........................................................................54
Siemens course SIMATIC S7-300 .................................................................... 52
Siemens ET 200S Manual ................................................................................54
Silencer .........................................................................................................134
Compact .................................................................117
ET 200S ..................................................................118
plus ........................................................................119
Start .......................................................................118
Simple handling or complex assembly processes .........................................159
Simulation box, digital ..................................................................................142
Simulation box, digital/analogue ..................................................................142
Slide module .................................................................................................195
Slotted mounting plate ........................................................................... 73, 132
Small is beautiful Pick&Place station .........................................................210
Soft Stop SPC 11 .............................................................................................54
SoftStop: controlled end-position cushioning with SPC 11,
single-axis system, equipment set ..............................................................94
Software from Festo Didactic .......................................................................... 12
Solution sections ............................................................................................ 51
Sorting gate module, pneumatic ...................................................................205
Sorting gate/separator module, pneumatic ..................................................213
Sorting station with Profibus DP ...................................................................206
Sorting station: see Final Sorting station ......................................................204
Spare panel: see 19 Spare panel .................................................................222
Special mounting adapters ...........................................................................135
Stacking magazine module ...........................................................................187
Stacking magazine module (end caps) .................................................. 201, 203
Starting current limiter ..................................................................................213
Station Incoming goods/outgoing goods: see station AFB incoming
goods/outgoing goods station .................................................................297
Stationary workstations: Ergonomic and versatile .......................................... 68
STEP 7 Fundamentals ......................................................................................54
STEP 7 Professional for Training ..................................................................... 35
STEP 7 Software for Students ......................................................................... 35
STEP 7 Trainer Package ................................................................................... 35
STEP 7 Trainer Package Upgrade .................................................................... 35
Stepper module, expansion ..........................................................................135
Stopper module ............................................................................................205
Storage plate .................................................................................................. 71
Storing station: see In and out, electrically Storing station ........................214
Supplementary equipment set for servo motor drive ....................................131
Supplementary equipment set for stepper motor drive .................................130
Supplementary equipment set from Hydraulics, Basic level TP 501 and
Advanced level TP 502 to Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601 .................. 98
Supplementary equipment set from TP 201 to TP 301 ..................................125
Supplementary equipment set to upgrade from Hydraulics, Basic
level TP 501 to Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601 .................................. 98
Supplementary equipment set to upgrade from Pneumatics, Basic
level TP 101 to Electropneumatics, Basic level TP 201 ................................ 83
Supplementary equipment set to upgrade from single-axis system
with SPC 11 to single-axis system with SPC 200 (PneuPos 1) .....................94
SysLink connection plate ..............................................................................120
Systainer .......................................................................................................133
T
Tabletop power supply unit .................................................................. 132, 231
Tasks, log sheets, exercise circuits .................................................................41
T-connector (Quick Star quick push-in fitting) ...............................................134
T-connector BNC ...........................................................................................133
Temperature sensor ......................................................................................138
Terminal strip ................................................................................................136
Testing module .............................................................................................193
Testing station: see Focus on sensors Testing station ..................................190
The amazing world of pneumatics ...................................................................40
The complete Robotino
package .................................................................152
The fascination of technology ......................................................................... 16
The highlights ...............................................................................................151
The mobile robot ...........................................................................................148
The new sets of Festo equipment: New components and new
teaching concept for staff with practical competencies. .............................. 75
The new workbooks: project-oriented, with CD-ROM ...................................... 39
The production zones ....................................................................................290
The stations in the Modular Production System at a glance ..........................182
The system for mechatronics training ...........................................................156
T-head nut M5 ...............................................................................................136
Threaded coupling ........................................................................................137
Through beam sensor ...................................................................................197
Time management .......................................................................................... 15
Tool set ................................................................................................. 231, 278
Touch panel TP 177B ....................................................................................223
TP 400 component set ..................................................................................129
TP 401 supplementary equipment set DP .....................................................129
TP 801 Fundamentals of servo motor drive technology .................................130
TP 802 Fundamentals of stepper motor drive technology .............................131
TR5 Turned parts with robot loading ..........................................................248
Train efficiently ..................................................................................... 157, 261
Trainer Package, Internet link S7-300, CP343-1 Advanced .................... 120, 219
Training and Consulting .................................................................................... 8
Training document - Process optimisation ...................................................... 56
Training documentation: MPS
Conveyor project kit ....................................... 57

Distribution Station ....................................... 57

Sorting Station .............................................. 57

Training factory: see AFB training factory ......................................................292
Training project on presses, CD-ROM for students .......................................... 58
Training project on presses, CD-ROM for trainers ............................................ 58
Training project on presses, student manual .................................................. 58
Training project on presses, trainer manual .................................................... 58
Transparency set Fundamentals of PLCs ........................................................ 52
Transparency set Sensors ............................................................................... 50
Transparent model set for hydraulics ............................................................106
Transparent models for advanced training ....................................................107
Trolley ................................................................................................... 231, 278
Tubing cutter .................................................................................................134
U
Understanding process automation Seminars and workshops ...................262
Universal adapter ..........................................................................................135
Universal bracket .................................................................................... 71, 139
Universal connection unit, digital (SysLink) ..................................................142
Universal display ...........................................................................................139
V
Vacuum switch ..............................................................................................187
Vernier caliper ...............................................................................................139
W
WBT .............................................................................................................14 ff
Web-based Trainings ...................................................................................15 ff
307
Index alphabetical
Wheeled drawer unit for stationary workstations ............................................ 70
WinCC ............................................................................................................. 36
WinPisa for SPC 200 ........................................................................................ 36
Word input/output, 4 inputs/outputswith SM321/322 with
coding switch ............................................................................................120
Workbook: BIBB Hydraulics course .................................................................47
Workpiece insert Clock ..............................................................................232
Workpiece insert Hygrometer ....................................................................232
Workpiece insert Thermometer .................................................................232
Workpiece set Cylinder bodies ..................................................................232
Workpiece set Cylinder end caps ...............................................................232
Workpiece set For cylinder assembly .........................................................232
Workpiece set Housings ............................................................................232
Workpiece set Reject bodies ......................................................................232
Workpiece set Reject housings ..................................................................232
Workstations and training packages: Innovative technology with
value added ................................................................................................ 62
Y
Your ideal partner for vocational and further training ....................................... 1
308
Index numerical
110672 ....................................... 108
11735 ......................................... 108
11738 ......................................... 106
119352 ....................................... 137
120778 ....................................... 138
120856 ....................................... 231
14572 ......................................... 139
150768 ....................................... 213
151481 ....................................... 193
151496 ....................................... 134
151508 ......................................... 38
151915 ....................................... 279
152295 ....................................... 138
152885 ....................................... 135
152894 ....................................... 187
152917 ....................................... 133
152918 ....................................... 133
152919 ....................................... 133
152960 ....................................... 137
152962 ....................................... 140
152963 ....................................... 134
152970 ....................................... 137
152971 ....................................... 137
152973 ....................................... 137
153128 ....................................... 134
153291 ....................................... 134
153304 ....................................... 134
153327 ....................................... 143
153333 ....................................... 134
153376 ....................................... 134
158343 ......................... 73, 132, 231
158352 ....................................... 137
158357 ....................................... 133
158419 ....................................... 134
158481 ....................................... 142
158962 ....................................... 136
159298 ....................................... 133
159328 ....................................... 140
159329 ....................................... 108
159331 ................................. 73, 132
159333 ........................... 71, 73, 132
159339 ............................... 135, 143
159340 ............................... 135, 143
159342 ............................... 135, 143
159347 ............................... 135, 143
159350 ............................... 135, 143
159360 ............................... 135, 143
159378 ............................... 135, 143
159382 ....................................... 132
159386 ....................................... 137
159395 ....................................... 137
159396 ....................................... 132
159409 ........................... 71, 73, 132
159410 ....................71, 73, 132, 279
159411 ........................... 71, 73, 132
159422 ....................................... 136
159662 ....................................... 134
159663 ....................................... 134
160786 ....................................... 141
162228 ....................................... 231
Order no. Page
162231 ....................................... 142
162239 ....................................... 232
162240 ....................................... 232
162247 ....................................... 142
162267 ....................................... 134
162305 ....................................... 141
162340 ......................................... 59
162341 ......................................... 59
162352 ....................................... 203
162353 ............................... 201, 203
162360 ................... 71, 73, 132, 143
162380 ............................... 132, 231
162381 ............................... 132, 231
162382 ............................... 132, 231
162385 ....................................... 187
162386 ....................71, 73, 132, 231
162387 ....................................... 187
162405 ............................... 201, 203
162411 ....................................... 132
162412 ....................................... 132
162413 ....................................... 132
162414 ....................................... 132
162415 ....................................... 132
162416 ............................... 132, 231
162417 ............................... 132, 231
162418 ............................... 132, 231
162419 ............................... 132, 231
167020 ....................................... 134
167021 ....................................... 232
167090 ....................................... 138
167091 ....................................... 133
167101 ....................................... 125
167102 ....................................... 125
167104 ......................................... 98
167105 ......................................... 98
167121 ......................................... 25
167122 ....................................... 141
167132 ....................................... 122
167186 ............................... 137, 143
167197 ....................................... 141
167278 ....................................... 201
170095 ......................................... 36
170097 ......................................... 36
170245 ......................................... 54
170246 ......................................... 54
170395 ........................... 71, 73, 132
170643 ....................................... 142
177468 ....................................... 139
178410 ....................................... 134
178417 ....................................... 134
178424 ....................................... 134
183737 ....................................... 139
184455 ....................................... 137
184462 ......................................... 91
184463 ......................................... 97
184464 ......................................... 99
184465 ....................................... 103
184466 ....................................... 104
184467 ......................................... 92
184471 ....................................... 105
184474 ....................................... 109
184475 ....................................... 110
184476 ....................................... 111
184488 ....................................... 138
184489 ....................................... 138
184490 ....................................... 138
184550 ....................................... 219
184554 ............................... 120, 219
184555 ....................... 120, 141, 219
184556 ....................................... 120
184557 ......................................... 54
184558 ......................................... 54
184563 ......................................... 54
184564 ......................................... 54
184565 ......................................... 54
184566 ......................................... 54
184804 ....................................... 219
185692 ....................................... 141
186085 ....................................... 140
186087 ....................................... 140
186095 ....................................... 134
186116 ....................................... 134
186294 ....................................... 134
188935 ....................................... 218
189551 ....................................... 141
18959 ......................................... 142
18960 ......................................... 142
192108 ......................................... 36
192168 ......................................... 50
192215 ....................................... 139
192490 ......................................... 93
192496 ......................................... 93
192502 ......................................... 93
192503 ............................. 40, 93, 94
192778 ....................................... 123
192883 ......................................... 54
193129 ......................................... 43
193130 ......................................... 54
193131 ......................................... 54
193132 ......................................... 54
193133 ......................................... 54
193449 ......................................... 51
193730 ....................................... 122
193930 ......................................... 25
194039 ......................................... 53
194040 ......................................... 53
194041 ......................................... 53
194042 ......................................... 52
194043 ......................................... 53
195224 ............................... 135, 143
195225 ............................... 135, 143
195439 ......................................... 36
195442 ......................................... 36
195760 ....................................... 188
195761 ....................................... 206
195764 ....................................... 222
195765 ....................................... 222
195766 ....................................... 222
195767 ....................................... 222
195769 ....................................... 234
195773 ....................................... 193
195777 ....................................... 195
195779 ....................................... 191
195780 ....................................... 186
195781 ....................................... 190
195782 ....................................... 192
195783 ....................................... 194
195784 ....................................... 196
195786 ....................................... 204
195787 ....................................... 202
195788 ....................................... 198
195789 ....................................... 200
195897 ......................................... 94
196075 ......................................... 94
196083 ....................................... 189
196723 ......................................... 54
196724 ......................................... 54
196948 ......................................... 49
196949 ............................. 40, 93, 94
196953 ................................... 45, 97
196954 ................................... 45, 99
196959 ............................... 195, 197
196960 ....................................... 197
196962 ....................................... 197
196968 ....................................... 205
196969 ....................................... 205
196971 ....................................... 205
196973 ....................................... 187
196974 ....................................... 193
197118 ....................................... 134
197160 ....................................... 218
203340 ....................................... 108
2223............................................ 108
2307............................................ 134
236301 ....................................... 108
247661 ....................................... 132
254490 ....................................... 136
255851 ....................................... 134
2965............................................ 108
30303 ......................................... 108
33840 ......................................... 134
34031 ......................................... 141
34035 ......................................... 211
342046 ....................................... 137
342047 ....................................... 137
34634 ......................................... 134
346481 ....................................... 108
346482 ....................................... 108
350362 ....................................... 132
350363 ....................................... 132
350364 ....................................... 132
350366 ....................................... 132
350367 ....................................... 132
35653 ......................................... 139
35681 ......................................... 133
357283 ......................................... 73
374038 ....................................... 139
376931 ....................................... 133
376932 ....................................... 133
376934 ....................................... 133
Order no. Page Order no. Page Order no. Page
309
Index numerical
376935 ....................................... 133
376936 ....................................... 133
376937 ....................................... 133
376938 ....................................... 133
376939 ....................................... 133
376940 ....................................... 133
376941 ....................................... 133
380707 ....................................... 132
4499 ........................................... 143
4645 ........................................... 134
514158 ....................................... 136
525722 ......................................... 23
525951 ....................................... 138
525952 ....................................... 138
525953 ....................................... 138
525954 ....................................... 138
525955 ....................................... 138
525963 ....................................... 138
525964 ....................................... 138
526095 ................................... 45, 95
526205 ....................................... 197
526206 ....................................... 222
526212 ............................... 195, 197
526213 ............................... 209, 219
526215 ....................................... 195
526218 ....................................... 193
526228 ....................................... 197
526230 ....................................... 205
526337 ....................................... 135
526504 ....................................... 141
526505 ......................................... 36
526506 ......................................... 54
526507 ......................................... 54
526714 ....................................... 133
526715 ....................................... 133
526716 ....................................... 133
526717 ....................................... 133
526814 ....................................... 133
526850 ....................................... 191
526853 ....................................... 120
526861 ....................................... 201
526863 ....................................... 142
526875 ....................................... 218
526879 ....................................... 199
526880 ....................................... 226
526892 ....................................... 233
527424 ....................................... 117
527425 ....................................... 118
527433 ....................................... 121
528612 ......................................... 52
529134 ......................................... 55
529138 ....................................... 195
529141 ............................... 141, 219
529938 ......................................... 50
529939 ......................................... 50
532200 ....................................... 143
532929 ....................................... 189
532934 ....................................... 195
532935 ....................................... 197
532952 ....................................... 211
Order no. Page
532953 ....................................... 193
532954 ....................................... 191
533014 ....................................... 133
533018 ....................................... 117
533019 ....................................... 117
533020 ....................................... 117
533021 ....................................... 117
533022 ....................................... 117
533023 ....................................... 117
533027 ............................... 120, 219
533028 ....................................... 219
533029 ......................................... 54
533030 ....................................... 120
533031 ......................................... 54
533035 ....................................... 141
533036 ....................................... 141
533039 ............................... 141, 219
533498 ............................. 40, 93, 94
533499 ................................... 40, 92
533520 ......................................... 54
533521 ......................................... 54
533526 ....................................... 219
533527 ....................................... 219
533553 ....................................... 120
533554 ....................................... 120
533555 ....................................... 120
533556 ....................................... 120
533557 ....................................... 120
533558 ....................................... 120
533559 ....................................... 120
533560 ....................................... 119
533561 ....................................... 119
533562 ....................................... 119
533563 ....................................... 119
533564 ....................................... 119
533565 ....................................... 119
533662 ............................... 120, 219
533663 ............................... 120, 219
533664 ....................................... 120
534270 ......................... 51, 127, 128
534271 ......................... 51, 127, 128
534272 ......................... 51, 127, 128
534273 ......................... 51, 127, 128
534360 ....................................... 228
534361 ....................................... 229
534362 ....................................... 227
534363 ............................... 124, 230
534364 ............................... 201, 231
534367 ....................................... 213
534368 ....................................... 232
534619 ....................................... 232
534620 ....................................... 232
534621 ....................................... 232
534622 ....................................... 232
534623 ....................................... 232
534624 ....................................... 123
534625 ....................................... 199
534630 ....................................... 234
534631 ....................................... 234
535239 ....................................... 189
535242 ....................................... 207
535243 ....................................... 207
535245 ....................................... 234
535246 ....................................... 210
535247 ....................................... 211
535248 ....................................... 208
535249 ....................................... 209
535250 ....................................... 121
535251 ....................................... 209
535255 ....................................... 118
535811 ....................................... 122
535812 ........................... 71, 73, 137
535814 ....................................... 222
535820 ....................................... 220
535822 ....................................... 220
535827 ....................................... 220
535829 ................................. 34, 220
535832 ......................................... 70
535833 ......................................... 70
535834 ......................................... 70
535835 ......................................... 70
536200 ......................................... 71
536568 ......................................... 30
536569 ......................................... 30
536572 ......................................... 30
536573 ......................................... 30
536582 ......................................... 73
536740 ....................................... 120
536742 ....................................... 119
536743 ....................................... 119
536905 ....................................... 117
536906 ....................................... 117
536907 ....................................... 117
537000 ....................................... 199
537465 ....................................... 215
537927 ......................... 34, 218, 279
537928 ......................... 34, 218, 279
538236 ....................................... 215
538395 ....................................... 243
538487 ................................... 42, 44
538913 ....................................... 215
538944 ......................................... 31
538945 ......................................... 31
538957 ......................................... 57
538997 ......................................... 31
538998 ......................................... 31
539004 ....................................... 140
539005 ......................................... 34
539006 ....................... 120, 141, 219
539007 ......................................... 59
539015 ....................................... 131
539016 ....................................... 130
539017 ....................................... 131
539021 ......................................... 71
539022 ......................................... 71
539023 ......................................... 68
539025 ......................................... 68
539026 ......................................... 70
539028 ......................................... 66
539030 ......................................... 66
539032 ......................................... 70
539033 ......................................... 71
539053 ......................................... 31
539063 ......................................... 31
539084 ......................................... 30
539087 ......................................... 30
539089 ......................................... 29
539095 ......................................... 29
539111 ....................................... 160
539265 ......................................... 52
539308 ......................................... 57
539311 ......................................... 57
539729 ......................................... 71
539731 ......................................... 70
539733 ....................................... 140
539734 ....................................... 140
539735 ......................................... 70
539736 ................................. 71, 139
539737 ........................... 71, 73, 137
539739 ....................................... 130
539755 ......................................... 71
539760 ......................................... 58
539761 ......................................... 58
539762 ......................................... 58
539763 ......................................... 58
539764 ......................................... 58
539765 ......................................... 58
539767 ............................... 231, 278
53977 ........................................... 40
539934 ......................................... 56
540668 ......................................... 72
540669 ......................................... 72
540670 ......................................... 72
540671 ................................... 39, 79
540672 ................................... 39, 81
540673 ................................... 39, 82
540674 ................................... 39, 85
540681 ....................................... 221
540683 ....................................... 221
540686 ......................................... 53
540687 ......................................... 53
540688 ......................................... 53
540689 ......................................... 53
540692 ......................................... 58
540693 ......................................... 58
540697 ......................................... 70
540698 ......................................... 70
540701 ......................................... 86
540702 ....................................... 100
540705 ....................................... 160
540706 ....................................... 160
540710 ......................................... 78
540711 ......................................... 80
540712 ......................................... 82
540713 ......................................... 84
540717 ......................................... 83
540719 ....................................... 212
54085 ........................................... 40
540899 ......................................... 16
540901 ......................................... 16
310
Index numerical
540905 ......................................... 15
540907 ......................................... 15
540911 ......................................... 17
540913 ......................................... 17
540917 ......................................... 18
540919 ......................................... 18
540923 ......................................... 17
540925 ......................................... 17
540929 ......................................... 18
540931 ......................................... 18
540941 ......................................... 22
540943 ......................................... 22
540947 ......................................... 22
540949 ......................................... 22
540953 ......................................... 22
540955 ......................................... 22
540959 ......................................... 22
540961 ......................................... 22
541088 ................................... 39, 79
541089 ................................... 39, 81
541090 ................................... 39, 82
541091 ................................... 39, 85
541096 ....................................... 127
541097 ....................................... 128
541098 ....................................... 129
541099 ....................................... 129
541113 ....................................... 214
541114 ....................................... 140
541115 ....................................... 140
541116 ....................................... 140
541117 ....................................... 140
541118 ....................................... 140
541120 ....................................... 213
541122 ................. 73, 132, 135, 143
541126 ....................................... 220
541127 ....................................... 220
541128 ....................................... 221
541129 ....................................... 221
541131 ....................................... 221
541133 ................................. 71, 139
541134 ....................................... 139
541135 ....................................... 137
541139 ....................................... 278
541141 ....................................... 139
541149 ................................. 34, 221
541152 ....................................... 136
541153 ....................................... 136
541154 ....................................... 136
541155 ....................................... 135
541156 ....................................... 135
541157 ....................................... 135
541161 ....................................... 170
541162 ....................................... 170
541163 ....................................... 170
541164 ....................................... 170
541165 ....................................... 172
541166 ....................................... 174
541167 ....................................... 176
541168 ....................................... 176
541169 ....................................... 176
Order no. Page
541170 ....................................... 176
541171 ....................................... 178
541172 ....................................... 180
541173 ....................................... 180
541174 ....................................... 180
541175 ....................................... 180
541179 ....................................... 142
541184 ......................................... 88
541187 ....................................... 279
541499 ....................................... 142
542163 ......................................... 32
542164 ......................................... 32
542165 ......................................... 32
542166 ......................................... 32
542413 ....................................... 123
542503 ................................... 39, 79
542504 ............................. 38, 39, 81
542505 ................................... 39, 82
542506 ................................... 39, 85
542507 ................................... 39, 79
542508 ................................... 39, 81
542509 ................................... 39, 82
542510 ................................... 39, 85
542682 ......................................... 23
542841 ......................................... 31
542842 ......................................... 31
543068 ......................................... 56
543081 ................................. 25, 124
544145 ......................................... 26
544146 ......................................... 26
544153 ......................................... 26
544154 ......................................... 26
544247 ....................................... 152
544248 ....................................... 268
544249 ....................................... 268
544250 ....................................... 268
544251 ....................................... 268
544253 ....................................... 270
544254 ....................................... 272
544255 ....................................... 274
544256 ....................................... 276
544293 ....................................... 278
544294 ....................................... 223
544295 ....................................... 223
544300 ....................................... 220
544301 ....................................... 221
544302 ....................................... 278
544304 ....................................... 263
544317 ....................................... 136
544375 ....................................... 133
544436 ......................................... 31
544437 ......................................... 31
548573 ......................................... 35
548574 ......................................... 35
548575 ......................................... 35
548576 ......................................... 35
548580 ......................................... 29
548582 ........269, 270, 273, 275, 277
548590 ........269, 270, 273, 275, 277
548591 ........269, 270, 273, 275, 277
548593 ........269, 270, 273, 275, 277
548635 ....................................... 199
548637 ....................................... 136
548638 ....................................... 136
549241 ......................................... 48
549242 ......................................... 48
549517 ......................................... 24
549518 ......................................... 24
549519 ......................................... 24
549520 ......................................... 24
549623 ......................................... 19
549625 ......................................... 19
549626 ......................................... 19
549628 ......................................... 19
549629 ......................................... 20
549631 ......................................... 20
549632 ......................................... 20
549634 ......................................... 20
549752 ......................................... 21
549755 ......................................... 21
549758 ......................................... 21
549759 ......................................... 15
549761 ......................................... 21
549763 ......................................... 15
549766 ......................................... 23
549767 ......................................... 15
549769 ......................................... 23
549771 ......................................... 15
549982 ................................... 39, 88
550522 ....................................... 225
550583 ....................................... 225
550584 ......................................... 56
550585 ......................................... 56
550804 ......................................... 14
550805 ......................................... 14
551010 ......................................... 49
551011 ......................................... 49
551012 ......................................... 49
551013 ......................................... 43
551014 ......................................... 43
551015 ......................................... 43
5733............................................ 108
653393 ....................................... 195
654972 ....................................... 193
656858 ....................................... 195
656859 ....................................... 191
660546 ....................................... 199
660560 ............................... 120, 219
679598 ....................................... 209
680041 ....................................... 137
689089 ....................................... 213
696719 ....................................... 215
7658............................................ 134
80147 ......................................... 102
80148 ......................................... 102
80220 ......................................... 108
80230 ......................................... 108
80231 ......................................... 108
80235 ......................................... 108
80236 ......................................... 108
80242 ........................................... 90
80246 ........................................... 95
80247 ........................................... 96
81062 ........................................... 57
81063 ........................................... 57
90021 ........................................... 59
90022 ........................................... 59
90070 ........................................... 41
90090 ........................................... 41
90155 ................................... 50, 110
90156 ................................... 50, 110
90165 ................................... 50, 111
90166 ................................... 50, 111
90850 ........................................... 38
90851 ........................................... 38
90872 ........................................... 38
90877 ........................................... 38
91030 ......................................... 133
91180 ........................................... 38
91181 ........................................... 38
92190 ........................................... 47
92271 ........................................... 52
92491 ......................................... 137
93024 ........................................... 47
93045 ........................................... 50
93046 ........................................... 50
93070 ........................................... 41
93080 ........................................... 41
93130 ........................................... 38
93131 ........................................... 38
93132 ........................................... 38
93280 ........................................... 44
93281 ........................................... 44
93282 ........................................... 44
93287 ........................................... 44
93310 ........................................... 51
93311 ........................................... 51
93313 ................................... 51, 125
93314 ................................... 51, 125
93315 ........................................... 51
93316 ........................................... 51
93317 ........................................... 51
93610 ........................................... 44
93611 ........................................... 44
93680 ........................................... 47
93685 ........................................... 47
93690 ........................................... 47
93960 ........................................... 50
94014 ..................................... 45, 96
94015 ..................................... 45, 96
94330 ................................... 50, 110
94331 ................................... 50, 111
94342 ........................................... 50
94347 ..................................... 40, 92
94348 ................................... 46, 105
94351 ..................................... 45, 97
94352 ................................... 46, 103
94355 ........................................... 57
94368 ................................... 46, 105
94377 ........................................... 44
311
Index numerical
94378 ........................................... 44
94379 ........................................... 57
94384 ........................................... 38
94386 ........................................... 57
94404 ................................... 46, 103
94421 ........................................... 57
94427 ................................... 51, 125
94428 ..................................... 45, 95
94429 ..................................... 45, 96
94432 ........................................... 57
94437 ......................................... 108
94440 ........................................... 51
Order no. Page
94450 ................................... 46, 104
94454 ..................................... 45, 95
94455 ..................................... 45, 97
94456 ..................................... 45, 99
94457 ................................... 46, 103
94458 ................................... 46, 104
94459 ..................................... 40, 92
94460 ................................... 46, 105
94465 ..................................... 40, 92
94468 ..................................... 45, 95
94469 ................................... 46, 105
94470 ..................................... 45, 97
94471 ..................................... 45, 99
94472 ................................... 46, 103
94473 ................................... 46, 104
94524 ........................................... 51
94536 ........................................... 57
94537 ........................................... 51
94558 ........................................... 47
95000 ........................................... 42
95001 ........................................... 42
95003 ........................................... 42
95010 ........................................... 42
95011 ........................................... 42
95021 ........................................... 52
95040 ........................................... 48
95041 ........................................... 48
95043 ........................................... 48
95050 ........................................... 48
95051 ........................................... 48
95060 ........................................... 48
95061 ........................................... 48
95246 ........................................... 42
Publisher:
Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG
P.O. Box 10 07 10
73707 Esslingen
Rechbergstrae 3
73770 Denkendorf
Germany
Tel. ++49 (0)711/3467-0
Fax ++49 (0)711/34754-88500
Edition: August 2007
As a result of continuous develop-
ment and research work technical
specifications and illustrations are
subject to change. They are not bind-
ing. The specified data serves purely
as a product description and is no
guarantee in a legal sense.
All of the texts, diagrams, illustra-
tions and drawings featured in this
publication are the property of
Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG and
are thus protected under copyright.
Any reproduction, revision, trans-
lation, microfilming in any form, or
storage and processing in electronic
systems can only be undertaken
with the written permission of Festo
Didactic GmbH & Co. KG.
312
Festo worldwide
Argentina
Festo S.A.
Edison 2392
(B1640 HRV) Martinez
Prov. de Buenos Aires
Tel. ++54 (0)11/47 17 82 00, Fax 47 17 82 82
E-mail: info_ar@festo.com
Australia
Festo Pty. Ltd.
Head Office (Melbourne)
179-187 Browns Road, P.O. Box 261
Noble Park Vic. 3174
Call Toll Free 1300 88 96 96
Fax Toll Free 1300 88 95 95
Tel. ++ 61(0)3/97 95 95 55, Fax 97 95 97 87
E-mail: info_au@festo.com.au
Austria
Festo Gesellschaft m.b.H.
Linzer Strae 227
1140 Wien
Tel. ++43 (0)1/91 07 50, Fax 91 07 52 50
E-mail: info_at@festo.com
Belarus
IP Festo
Minsk, 220035
Mascherov Prospekt, 78, Belarus
Tel. ++375 (0)17/204 85 58, Fax 204 85 59
E-mail: info_by@festo.com
Belgium
Festo Belgium sa/nv
Rue Colonel Bourg 101
1030 Bruxelles/Brussel
Tel. ++32 (0)2/702 32 11, Fax 726 90 11
E-mail: info_be@festo.com
Brazil
Festo Automaao Ltda.
Rua Guiseppe Crespi, 76
KM 12,5 - Via Anchieta
04183-080 Sao Paulo SP-Brazl
Tel. ++55 (0)11/50 13 16 00, Fax 50 13 18 68
E-mail: info_br@festo.com
Bulgaria
Festo Bulgaria EOOD
1592 Sofia
9, Christophor Kolumb Blvd.
Tel. ++359 (0)2/960 07 12, Fax 960 07 13
E-mail: info_bg@festo.com
Canada
Festo Inc.
5300 Explorer Drive
Mississauga, Ontario L4W 5G4
Tel. ++1 (0)905/624 90 00, Fax 624 90 01
E-mail: info_ca@festo.com
Chile
Festo S.A.
Mapocho 1901
6500151 Santiago de Chile
Tel. ++56 (0)2/690 28 00, Fax 695 75 90
E-mail: cl0fcl@festo.com
China
Festo (China) Ltd.
1156 Yunqiao Road
Jinqiao Export Processing Zone, Pudong,
201206 Shanghai, PRC
Tel. ++86 (0)21/58 54 90 01, Fax 58 54 03 00
E-mail: info_cn@festo.com
Colombia
Festo Ltda.
Avenida El Dorado No. 98-43
Bogot
Tel. ++57 (0)1/404 80 88, Fax 404 81 01
E-mail: festo@festo.com.co
Croatia
Festo d.o.o.
Nova Cesta 181
10000 Zagreb
Tel. ++385 (0)1/619 19 69, Fax 619 18 18
E-mail: info_hr@festo.com
Czech Republic
Festo, s.r.o.
Modranska 543/76
147 00 Praha 4
Tel. ++420 261 09 96 11,
Fax ++420 241 77 33 84
E-mail: info_cz@festo.com
Denmark
Festo A/S
Islevdalvej 180
2610 Rdovre
Tel. ++45 70 21 10 90, Fax ++45 44 88 81 10
E-mail: info_dk@festo.com
Estonia
Festo OY AB Eesti Filiaal
Laki 11B
12915 Tallinn
Tel. ++372 666 15 60, Fax ++372 666 15 61
E-mail: info_ee@festo.com
Finland
Festo OY
Mkituvantie 9, P.O. Box 86
01511 Vantaa
Tel. ++358 (09)/87 06 51, Fax 87 06 52 00
E-mail: info_fi@festo.com
France
Festo E.U.R.L.
Head Office
Numro Indigo Tel. 0820/204640, Fax 204641
BP 25
8,rue du clos Sainte-Catherine
94363 Bry-Sur-Marne Cedex
Tel. ++33 (0)1/48 82 64 00, Fax 48 82 64 01
E-mail: info_fr@festo.com
Germany
Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG
Postfach 10 07 10
73707 Esslingen
Rechbergstrae 3
73770 Denkendorf
www.festo-didactic.de
Tel. 08 00/5 60 09 67, Fax 08 00/5 60 08 43
E-mail: did@de.festo.com
Greece
Festo Ltd.
40 Hamosternas Ave.
11853 Athens
Tel. ++30 210/341 29 00, Fax 341 29 05
E-mail: info_gr@festo.com
Hong Kong
Festo Ltd.
Unit C&D, 7/F, Leroy Plaza
15 Cheung Shun Street
Cheung Sha Wan, Kowloon
Hong Kong
Tel. ++ 852/27 43 83 79, Fax 27 86 21 73
E-mail: info_hk@festo.com
Hungary
Festo Kft.
Csillaghegyi t 32-34.
1037 Budapest
Tel. ++36 (06)1/250 00 55, Fax 250 15 93
E-mail: info_hu@festo.com
India
Festo Controls Private Ltd.
237B,
Bommasandra Industrial Area,
Bangalore Hosur Highway,
Bangalore 560 099
Tel. ++91 (0)80/22 89 41 00, Fax 783 20 58
E-mail: info_in@festo.com
Indonesia
PT. Festo
JL. Sultan Iskandar Muda No.68
Arteri Pondok Indah
Jakarta 12240
Tel. ++62 (0)21/27 50 79 00, Fax 27 50 79 98
E-mail: info_id@festo.com
Iran
Festo Pneumatic S.K.
#1,Behbahan St. Ramsar ave
Tehran 1581975411
Tel. ++98 (0)21/88 82 92 25, Fax 882 21 62
E-mail: info_ir@festo.com
Ireland
Festo Limited
Unit 5 Sandyford Park
Sandyford Industrial Estate
Dublin 18
Tel. ++ 353(0)1/295 49 55, Fax 295 56 80
E-mail: info_ie@festo.com
Israel
Festo Pneumatic Israel Ltd.
P.O. Box 1076, Haatzmaut Road 48
Yehud 56100
Tel. ++972 (0)3/632 22 66, Fax 632 22 77
E-mail: info_il@festo.com
Italy
Festo S.p.A
Via Enrico Fermi 36/38
20090 Assago (MI)
Tel. ++39 02/45 78 81, Fax 488 06 20
E-mail: info_it@festo.com
Japan
Festo K.K.
1-26-10 Hayabuchi, Tsuzuki-ku
Yokohama 224-0025
Tel. ++81 (0)45/593 56 10, Fax 593 56 78
E-mail: info_jp@festo.com
Korea South
Festo Korea Co., Ltd.
470-1 Gasan-dong, Geumcheon-gu
Seoul #153-803
Tel. ++82 (0)2/850 71 14, Fax 864 70 40
E-mail: info_kr@festo.com
Latvia
Festo SIA
Deglava iela 60
1035 Riga
Tel. ++371 (0)7/57 78 64, Fax 57 79 46
E-mail: info_lv@festo.com
Lithuania
Festo UAB
Karaliaus Mindaugo pr. 22
3000 Kaunas
Tel. ++370 (8)7/32 13 14, Fax 32 13 15
E-mail: info_lt@festo.com
Malaysia
Festo Sdn.Berhad
10 Persiaran Industri
Bandar Sri Damansara, Wilayah Persekutuan
52200 Kuala Lumpur
Tel. ++60 (0)3/62 86 80 00, Fax 62 75 64 11
E-mail: info_my@festo.com
Mexico
Festo Pneumatic, S.A.
Av. Ceyln 3, Col. Tequesquinahuac
54020 Tlalnepantla, Edo. de Mxico
Tel. ++52 (01)55/53 21 66 00, Fax 53 21 66 65
E-mail: info_mx@festo.com
Netherlands
Festo B.V.
Schieweg 62
2627 AN Delft
Tel. ++31 (0)15/251 88 99, Fax 261 10 20
E-mail: info_nl@festo.com
New Zealand
Festo Limited
MT. Wellington
Auckland NZ
Tel. ++64 (0)9/574 10 94, Fax 574 10 99
E-mail: info_nz@festo.com
Norway
Festo AB
Ostensjoveien 27
0661 Oslo
Tel. ++47 22 72 89 50, Fax ++47 22 72 89 51
E-mail: info_no@festo.com
Peru
Festo S.R.L.
Calle Amador Merino Reyna #480, San Isidro
Lima, Per
Tel. ++51 (0)1/222 15 84, Fax 222 15 95
Philippines
Festo Inc.
KM 18, West Service Road, South Superhighway
1700 Paranaque City, Metro Manila
Tel. ++63 (0)2/776 68 88, Fax 823 42 19
E-mail: info_ph@festo.com
Poland
Festo Sp. z o.o.
Janki k/Warszawy, ul. Mszczonowska 7
05090 Raszyn
Tel. ++48 (0)22/711 41 00, Fax 711 41 02
E-mail: info_pl@festo.com
Romania
Festo S.R.L.
St. Constantin 17
010217 Bucuresti
Tel. ++40 (0)21/310 29 83, Fax 310 24 09
E-mail: info_ro@festo.com
Russia
Festo-RF OOO
Michurinskiy prosp., 49
119607 Moskow
Tel. ++7 495/737 34 00, Fax 737 34 01
E-mail: info_ru@festo.com
Singapore
Festo Pte. Ltd.
6 Kian Teck Way
Singapore 628754
Tel. ++65 62 64 01 52, Fax ++65 62 61 10 26
E-mail: info_sg@festo.com
Slovakia
Festo spol. s r.o.
Gavlovicov ul. 1
83103 Bratislava 3
Tel. ++421 (0)2/49 10 49 10, Fax 49 10 49 11
E-mail: info_sk@festo.com
Slovenia
Festo d.o.o. Ljubljana
IC Trzin, Blatnica 8
1236 Trzin
Tel. ++386 (0)1/530 21 00, Fax 530 21 25
E-mail: info_si@festo.com
South Africa
Festo (Pty) Ltd.
22-26 Electron Avenue, Isando, P.O. Box 255
Isando 1600
Tel. ++27 (0)11/971 55 00, Fax 974 21 57
E-mail: info_za@festo.com
Spain
Festo Pneumatic, S.A.U.
Tel.: 901243660 Fax: 902243660
Avenida Granvia, 159
Distrito econmico Granvia LH
ES-08908 Hospitalet de Llobregat, Barcelona
Tel. ++ 3493/261 64 00, Fax 261 64 20
E-mail: info_es@festo.com
Sweden
Festo AB
Stillmansgatan 1, P.O. Box 21038
20021 Malm
Tel. ++46 (0)40/38 38 40, Fax 38 38 10
E-mail: info_se@festo.com
Switzerland
Festo AG
Moosmattstrasse 24
8953 Dietikon ZH
Tel. ++41 (0)44/744 55 44, Fax 744 55 00
E-mail: info_ch@festo.com
Taiwan
Festo Co., Ltd.
9 Kung 8th Road
Linkou 2nd Industrial Zone, Linkou #244
Taipei Hsien Taiwan
Tel. ++886 (0)2/26 01 92 81, Fax 26 01 92 87
E-mail: info_tw@festo.com
Thailand
Festo Ltd.
67/1 Moo 6 Phaholyothin Road
Klong 1, Klong Luang,
Pathumthani 12120
Tel. ++66 29 01 88 00, Fax ++66 29 01 88 33
E-mail: info_th@festo.com
Turkey
Festo San. ve Tic. A.S.
Tuzla Mermerciler Organize
Sanayi Blgesi 6/18
34956 Tuzla - Istanbul/TR
Tel. ++90 (0)216/585 00 85, Fax 585 00 50
E-mail: info_tr@festo.com
Ukraine
Festo Ukraina
Borisoglebskaja 11
Kiev 04070
Tel. ++380 (0)44/239 24 33, Fax 463 70 96
E-mail: info_ua@festo.com
United Kingdom
Festo Limited
Applied Automation Centre, Caswell Road
Brackmills Trading Estate
Northampton NN4 7PY
Tel. ++44 (0)1604/66 70 00, Fax 66 70 01
E-mail: info_gb@festo.com
United States
Festo Corporation
395 Moreland Road
Hauppauge, NY 11788
Tel. ++1 (0) 631-404-3182
Fax ++1 (0) 631-435-3847
Venezuela
Festo C.A.
Av. 23, Esquina calle 71, No. 22-62
Maracaibo, Edo. Zulia
Tel. ++58 (0)261/759 09 44, Fax 759 04 55
E-mail: festo@festo.com.ve
F
e
s
t
o

D
i
d
a
c
t
i
c

2
0
0
8
5
3

0
8
4

E
N

2
0
0
8

F
e
s
t
o

D
i
d
a
c
t
i
c

G
m
b
H

&

C
o
.

K
G
Festo Didactic 2008

Didactic Katalog 07 en Monitor

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Didactic Katalog 07 en Monitor

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

F

The new learning system Learning with robots .................... 144

The Modular Production System .......................................................156

, transport system, CNC .................251

PA The new learning system for process automation ........................264

Simulating systems and virtual learning environment .................... 28

Software from Festo Didactic

Training programs optionally of-

If you have other wishes, we can

with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR

with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR

E.g. single licence on CD-ROM

with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR

with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR

with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR

with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR

with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR

with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR

with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR

with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR

with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR

with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR

with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR

with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR

with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR

E.g. single licence on CD-ROM

with online activation DE/EN/ES/FR

EasyPort digital now includes

EasyPort from PC to the world of 24 volts

can be used to perform

Realistic simulations in real time

Learn simulate apply:

can also communicate

. A detailed learning program

you will benefit

Simulating systems and virtual learning environment

Flexible and modular:

The fascination of 3D simulation

supports todays changing

Simulating systems and virtual learning environment

Professional is the indus-

RCI Explorer forMitsubishi robots

Professional release 4.2

Update DE/EN 4.0 4.2 539095

Simulating systems and virtual learning environment

Robotics is the virtual

Robotics uses the robot

With extensive online documenta-

Industrial is the industri-

DE/EN USB Port 539084

Simulating systems and virtual learning environment

PLC is a PC-based graphi-

mechatronic training system.

Professional PLC control

PLC Advanced sets new

, and to use them to learn PLC

Simulating systems and virtual learning environment

Single licence DE USB Port 542165

Simulating systems and virtual learning environment

Production management with

FST for FEC

offers powerful func-

DE/EN/FR 539005 DE/EN 541149